Part A: Authors and Their Works An Annotated Listing of Criticism ACHEBE, CHINUA (1930- ) A1 COTT, JONATHAN. "Chinua Achebe: At the Crossroads." In Pipers, pp. 161-92. (Also in Parabola 6, no. 2 [Spring 1981]:30-39.) Relates the themes and concerns of Achebe's works for adults to African storytelling tradition and to his four works for children, Chike and the River, "The Flute," The Drum, and How the Leopard Got His Claws. Includes an interview with Achebe about his work. A2 MILLER, JAMES. "The Novelist as Teacher: Chinua Achebe's Litera ture for Children." Children's Literature 9 (1981): 7-18. Discusses Chike and the River and How the Leopard Got His Claws in terms of Achebe's developing concerns as a teacher. A3 WELCHEL, MARIANNE. "Achebe's `The Flute.'" In Butler, Sharing, pp. 248-51. Discusses Achebe's approach to folklore, particularly for children. Based partly on an interview Welchel conducted with Achebe in April 1976. ADAMS, ADRIENNE (1906- ) A4 SADOWSKI, ELOISE N. "Glimpses of an Artist: Adrienne Adams." EE 51 (October 1974):933-39. Discusses Adams's background and offers insights into techniques of book illustration. Includes a bibliography of books she has illustrated. A5 WAUGH, DOROTHY. "Adrienne Adams, Illustrator of Children's Books." American Artist 29 (November 1965):54-59, 74-75. Concentrates on Adams's technique. ADAMS, RICHARD (1920- ) A6 ADAMS, RICHARD. "Some Ingredients of Watership Down." In Blishen, Thorny Paradise, pp. 163-73. Discusses briefly a number of writers and books that have influ enced his own work. A7 ANDERSON, CELIA CATLETT. "Troy, Carthage, and Watership Down." ChLAQ 8, no. 1 (Spring 1983):12-13. Finds resemblances in Watership Down to the Aeneid and, to a lesser extent, the Iliad. A8 FRITZ, JEAN. "An Evening with Richard Adams." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 2 (Summer 1978):67-72. An acclaimed biographer provides insights into the personality and work of an acclaimed fantasist. A9 GREEN, TIMOTHY. "Richard Adams' Long Journey from Watership Down." Smithsonian 10, no. 4 (July 1979):76-83. Discusses Adams's life, his writing, and his motivating concerns in this beautifully photographed account of a visit to the writer at his home on the Isle of Man. A10 HAMMOND, GRAHAM. "Trouble with Rabbits." CLE, o.s., no. 12 (September 1973):48-63. Explores and analyzes Adams's successes and failures in Watership Down. Letter in response from Joyce Stranger, a biologist and children's writer, in CLE, o.s., no. 14 (1974):70-72. A11 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 201-10. Sees Watership Down as a synthesis of "old heroics and new psychology," as "a way of learning to understand other cultures and modes of living things," and as an example of an effort to "maintain continuity across deep historical chasms. . . . A sprawling, immoder ate, unreflective book." A12 -----. "Spellbinding and Anthropology: The Work of Richard Adams and Ursula Le Guin." In Butts, Good Writers, pp. 114-28. Sees Adams in Watership Down and Le Guin in Wizard of Earth sea as coinciding "with the dissident impulse in old and new frames of thought to celebrate and to understand without disenchantment the creative powers of natural life in all its forms." A13 STONE, JAMES S. "The Rabbitness of Watership Down." English Quarterly 13, no. 1 (Spring 1980):37-46. Shows how "The fascination or enchantment of Watership Down stems from the way in which Richard Adams makes us enter the secondary world of the rabbits and experience it through their senses." A14 THOMAS, JANE RESH. "Old Worlds and New: Anti-Feminism in Watership Down." Horn Book 50 (August 1974):405-8. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents of Criticism, pp. 311-14.) "The males are superhuman and the females sub-human." Main tains that Adams reveals "an anti-feminism which deprives his female characters of the spiritual fruit of community." Letter in response in Horn Book 51 (February 1975):3, 93, from Jean Jordan. Jane Tho mas replies, p. 94. A15 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Pipers, pp. 32-46. Adams discusses his life and work in an interview. ADELBORG, OTTILIA (1855- ) A16 WERKMASTER, BARBRO. "Ottilia Adelborg: A Second Look at Her Role in Swedish Book Illustration." Phaedrus 9 (1982):11-16. Discusses the contribution of "Sweden's first important picture- book artist representative of a Swedish art nouveau style adapted for children in a personal way." ADKINS, JAN (1944- ) A17 BAGNALL, NORMA. "Profile: Jan Adkins." LA 57 (May 1980): 560-66. Adkins discusses his life, his philosophy of writing, and his views on children's literature in this interview. Includes an annotated bibliography of books by Adkins. AESOP (6th century B.C.) A18 ADAMS, F.B., Jr. "The Codex Pithoeanus of Phaedrus." Horn Book 41 (June 1965):260-66. A history of versions of Aesop's "Fox and Crow," occasioned by the acquisition and public display of the Codex by the Pierpont Morgan Library. A19 AESOP: Five Centuries of Illustrated Fables. Selected by John J. McKendry. New York: Metropolitan Museum of Art; distributed by New York Graphic Society, Greenwich, Conn., 1964, 95 pp. McKendry's introduction, pp. 5-10, provides a brief history of the fables, points out some of their salient characteristics, and traces the various styles and techniques that have been used to illustrate them. The main part of the book consists of reproductions of the illustrations, accompanied by contemporaneous texts. A20 MINER, ROBERT G., Jr. "Aesop as Litmus: The Acid Test of Chil dren's Literature." Children's Literature 1 (1972):9-15. Surveys versions of Aesop over the centuries and suggests that differences in versions may tell something about the times, cultures, and attitudes toward children of the societies that created them. A21 PERKINS, AGNES, ed. "Special Section: The Five Hundreth Anniver sary of Aesop in English." ChLAQ 9, no. 2 (Summer 1984):60-75. Includes an introduction by Agnes Perkins, pp. 60-62; "`Strange and Mervayllous Historyes': William Caxton, First English Printer," by Olivia Bottom, pp. 62-63, 72; "Tradition and the Individual Retel ling," by Barbara Mirel, pp. 63-66, which compares retellings of "The Fox and Crow," by Ruth Spriggs, Joseph Jacobs, Eve Rice, Randolph Caldecott, Eric Carle, and Jack Kent; "To Instruct and Amuse: Some Victorian Views of Aesop's Fables," by Anita C. Wilson, pp. 66-68; "Tolstoy's Fables: Tools for a Vision," by Kristin Lehman, pp. 68-70; "Fables and Illustrations," by Joan Bush, pp. 70-72, which reviews John McKendry's Aesop: Five Centuries of Illustrated Fables; "The Modern Fable: James Thurber's Social Criticisms," by Ruth A. Maharg, pp. 72-73, which compares and contrasts the fables of Aesop and Thurber; and "Fables into Picture Books," by Pat Pflieger, pp. 73-75, 80, an overview of numerous modern picture-book versions. (References have been accidentally placed on p. 70.) A22 PROVENZO, EUGENE FRANCIS, Jr. "Education and the Aesopic Tradition." Ph.D. dissertation, Washington University, 1976, 416 pp., ED 131 462. Describes the history and use of Aesop's fables as part of the Western pedagogical tradition, and to "demonstrate how the different uses of the fables by different cultures reflect specific social, political, and economic concerns of the societies from which they are drawn. A23 REINSTEIN, P. GILA. "Aesop and Grimm: Contrast in Ethical Codes and Contemporary Values." CLE, n.s. 14, no. (Spring 1983):44-53. Explores differences in origins, content, and reader response. The fables "teach self-preservation" and portray a realistic world, while the folktales present a more idealized world where "wickedness is punished, and virtue rewarded." A24 TAYLOR, MARY-AGNES. "The Literary Transformation of a Slug gard." Children's Literature 12 (1984):92-104. Traces the variants and various literary treatments of the fable of the grasshopper and the ant through the centuries, including John Ciardi's poem John J. Plenty and Fiddler Dan, and Leo Lionni's Frederick. AHLBERG, JANET (1944- ), and AHLBERG, ALLAN (1938- ) A25 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Two-in-One." Horn Book 58 (December 1982):686-90. Praises The Baby's Catalog especially. A26 NEUMARK, VICTORIA. "A Marriage of Words and Pictures." TES, 20 June 1980, pp. 42. The Ahlbergs discuss their work in an interview. AIKEN, JOAN (1924- ) A27 AERS, LESLEY. "Writers for Children--Joan Aiken." Use of English 22 (Summer 1971):336-44. (Reprinted as "Joan Aiken's Historical Fantasies," in Butts, Good Writers, with an updated postscript, pp. 12-23.) Traces Aiken's development in style and technique, including her use of fantasy, characterization, simplification, and exaggeration in The Wolves of Willoughby Chase, Black Hearts in Battersea, and Nightbirds on Nantucket. A28 AIKEN, JOAN. "Between Family and Fantasy: An Author's Perspec tives on Children's Books." Quarterly Journal of the Library of Congress 29 (October 1972):308-26. (Reprinted in Haviland, Open hearted Audience, pp. 47-68.) Discusses books that have influenced her writing and her views on realism and fantasy. A29 -----. "Hope Is the Spur." Signal 45 (September 1984):146-51. Points out ways in which hope has been a spur in her own life and in the lives of some of her fictional characters such as Dido Twite, and Felix in Go Saddle the Sea and Bridle the Wind. A30 -----. "A Thread of Mystery." CLE, o.s., no. 2 (July 1970):30-47. (Reprinted as "Writing for Enjoyment," in Fox, Writers, Critics, and Children.) Discusses influences on Aiken's writing, her preoccupation with the mystery and the past, significant books in her life, and her own writings, especially The Wolves of Willoughby Chase and its sequels, Black Hearts in Battersea and Nightbirds on Nantucket, with their imaginary historical period. A31 CADOGAN, MARY, and CRAIG, PATRICIA. You're a Brick, pp. 357-60. Analyzes Aiken in terms of recent trends in children's books and links with the past, and discusses what she sees as successes and failures in the individual books. A32 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 38-39. Although somewhat admiring, Crouch maintains that "Aiken lacks self discipline. Her stories gallop recklessly in all directions at once." A33 ELLIS, ALEC. "Joan Aiken." School Librarian 18 (June 1970): 147-51. Provides a good introduction to Aiken's work. "The well- documented narrative is gloriously shot through with fantasies both searing and side-splitting." A34 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 295-303. Sees Midnight Is a Place as Dickensian and characterizes Aiken as a romantic. "She takes the traditional forms of popular Victorian drama and throws them into a new configuration," and she "has found the right language in which to tell the tale." A35 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 3-10. In an interview Aiken discusses her background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of her works. A36 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. "Joan Aiken." Signal 5 (May 1971):72-77. Earlier version of essay in a Sense of Story. A37 -----. Sense of Story, pp. 17-27. Comments on the Dickensian quality of Aiken's work, and calls her "one of the liveliest and most exuberant of today's writers for children." Works discussed include The Wolves of Willoughby Chase, Nightbirds on Nantucket, Black Hearts in Battersea, and The Whispering Mountain. A38 USREY, MALCOLM. "America's Gift to British Children: The Tall Tales of Joan Aiken." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):196-202. Finds similarities to traditional American tall tales with their mix of humor and solemnity and their outlandish and exaggerated plots in Aiken's Wolves of Willoughby Chase, Black Hearts in Battersea, and Nightbirds on Nantucket. A39 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Pipers, pp. 161-70. Aiken discusses her life and work in an interview. ALCOTT, LOUISA MAY (1832-88) A40 ALBERGHENE, JANICE M. "Alcott's Psyche and Kate: Self-Portraits, Sunny-Side Up." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association. 8 (1981):37-43. Makes biographical links between Psyche in "Psyche's Art" (which is one of the three tales in the Three Proverbs), Kate in An Old-Fashioned Girl, and Alcott herself. A41 -----. "Austen and Alcott or Matriarchy: New Women or New Wives?" Novel 10 (Fall 1976):6-26. (Reprinted in Towards a Poetics of Fiction. Edited by Mark Spilka [Bloomington, Ind.: Indiana University Press, 1977], pp. 266-86.) Sees in Jane Austen's Pride and Prejudice and Alcott's Little Women "the passage of a bevy of sisters from the collective colony of women presided over by their mother to the official authority of masculine protection." A42 AUERBACH, NINA. "Waiting Together: Two Families." In Commu nities of Women: An Idea in Fiction. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978, pp. 35-73. Compares the matriarchal families of Jane Austen's Pride and Prejudice and Alcott's Little Women. A43 BACON, FRANCES A. "Life in the 60s as Reflected in the Alcott Books." EER 9 (November 1932):231-32, 244. Contains fascinating insights concerning the historical background of Alcott's books. A44 BLACKBURN, WILLIAM. "Moral Pap for the Young? A New Look at Louisa May Alcott's Little Men." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 7 (1980):98-106. Maintains that Little Men contains passages revealing depth and darkness behind the conventional morality, showing that Alcott was a true artist after all. A45 BRAGG, MELVYN. "Little Women." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 2 (Summer 1978):95-100. Identifies character as Alcott's chief concern. A46 BROPHY, BRIGID. "A Masterpiece, and Dreadful." NYTBR, 17 Janu ary 1965, Children's Book section pp. 1, 44. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 66-70.) Describes Alcott's books as masterpieces of sentimentality. A47 BURROWS, ALVINA TREUT. "A Critical Study of Little Women." EE 37 (May 1960):285-92. Interprets the book as a biography of the Alcott family. Evaluates its style and technique, its combination of dialogue and action, and its universal themes, such as the conflict between idealism and materialism. A48 CARPENTER, HUMPHREY. "Louisa Alcott and the Happy Family." In Secret Gardens, pp. 86-99. In Alcott's work "we see clearly the questioning of parental authority which is hinted at by the English fantasy writers." Suggests the influence of Charlotte Yonge's The Daisy Chain on Little Women. Concludes that "Louisa Alcott had set out to be subversive, to describe her doubts about sexual stereotyping and the demands of family life, but she became a traitor to her destructive cause, and was in the end responsible for an act of construction, the creation of the Arcadian family novel." A49 CURTIS, DAVID. "Little Women: A Reconsideration." EE 45 (November 1968):878-79. Urges that Little Women be given more critical attention and argues that it has many qualities that make it deserving of its century of popularity. A50 ELBERT, SARAH. A Hunger for Home: Louisa May Alcott and "Little Women." Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1984, 278 pp. Emphasizes Alcott's feminist concerns and the conflict of women's political, economic, and educational equality with the demands of domestic life. Views this conflict as central to Alcott's life and work and central to women today. A51 GOLDMAN, SUZY. "Louisa May Alcott: The Separation Between Art and Family." L&U 1, no. 2 (Fall 1977):91-97. Although Alcott herself succeeded in the artistic world, she never allowed her female characters to do the same, requiring them to choose marriage in a time when women were not allowed to combine marriage and art (or career). A52 HAMBLEN, ABIGAIL ANN. "Louisa May Alcott and the `Revolution' in Education." Journal of General Education 22, no. 2 (July 1970):81-92. Explores the educational theories expressed in Alcott's fiction. A53 HOLLANDER, ANNE. "Reflections on Little Women." Children's Lit erature 9 (1981):28-39. Sees the book in terms of "how the feelings familiar in childhood are preserved in later days, and how individual character abides through life." A54 Horn Book 44 (October 1968). Includes Cornelia Meigs's introductions to centennial editions of Little Women and to her own Invincible Louisa and Glimpses of Louisa; an article by Lavinia Russ, "Not to Be Read on Sunday," which explores the long-lasting appeal of Little Women despite critical disparagement; and an article by Aileen Fisher and Olive Rabe about the writing of We Alcotts. A55 JANEWAY, ELIZABETH. "Meg, Jo, Beth, Amy, and Louisa." NYTBR, 29 September 1968. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, 1st ed., pp. 286-90; 2d ed., 253-57.) Why does this dated, sentimental, moralizing work endure? Because it is full of life and "was written by a secret rebel against the order of the world and woman's place in it, and all the girls who ever read it know it." A56 KELLY, R. GORDON. "Human Nature in Three Late 19th Century American Children's Novels." In Escarpit, Portrayal of the Child, pp. 249-57. Examines Little Women, Horatio Alger's Ragged Dick, and Mark Twain's Adventures of Tom Sawyer in terms of their views of human nature. A57 KEYSER, ELIZABETH LENNOX. "Domesticity versus Identity: A Review of Alcott Research." CLE, n.s. 16, no. 8 (Autumn 1985):165-75. Includes comments on recent books on Alcott by Sarah Elbert, Joy A. Marsella, and Ruth MacDonald. Suggests Alcott deserves more consistent close reading than she has been given so far. A58 -----. "Women and Girls in Louisa May Alcott's Jo's Boys." Interna tional Journal of Women's Studies 6 (November-December 1983):457-71. Explores Alcott's ambivalence about women's career aspirations as reflected in Jo's Boys. A59 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 130-32. Analyzes Little Women in terms of its treatment of loss in the form of death. A60 KOLBA, ELLEN D. "Out on a Limb." English Journal 73 (November 1984):38-41. Examines Alcott's Jack and Jill and Susan Coolidge's What Katy Did as two "domestic romances" showing "an intelligent and active but headstrong young girl who must become an invalid in order to grow into a happy, productive woman." A61 McCURRY, NIKI ALPERT. "Concepts of Childrearing and Schooling in the March Novels of Louisa May Alcott." Ph.D. dissertation, Northwestern University, 1976, 114 pp., DA 37:4356A. Argues that Little Women, Little Men, and Jo's Boys present the picture of an ideal upbringing and faithfully depict the educational philosophy and methods of Bronson Alcott. A62 MacDONALD, RUTH K. Louisa May Alcott. Boston: Twayne, 1983, 111 pp. Concentrates on a close critical reading of Alcott's works for children and adults. Places the works for children within the context of Alcott's life and her works for adults. Includes a biographical sketch, one chapter devoted to the March family stories, another to the other juveniles, and a third to the works for adults. Also includes selected bibliographies of primary and secondary sources. A63 -----. "The Progress of the Pilgrims in Little Women." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 7 (1980):114-19. Explores the reasons Pilgrim's Progress was so influential in American girls' books, particularly in Little Women. A64 -----. "Recent Alcott Criticism." Children's Literature 9 (1981):210-13. Reviews eleven recent books and articles on Alcott and concludes that although recent criticism has extended Alcott's reputation beyond that as a writer of children's books, "We need a more sensitive reading of her children's books rather than a further diminution of her reputation as a writer for children." A65 -----. Review. ChLAQ 9, no. 3 (Fall 1984):135. Reviews recent Alcott criticism, including Madelon Bedell's intro duction to the Modern Library College Edition of Little Women and Joy A. Marsella's The Promise of Destiny: Children and Women in the Short Stories of Louisa May Alcott. A66 MAY, JILL P. "Spiritual Females of the Nineteenth Century: Liberated Moods in Little Women." CLE, n.s. 11, no. 1 (Spring 1980):10-20. Sees in Alcott's women the forerunners of their twentieth-century sisters, "quietly beginning the march toward freedom within a mar riage," and shows how they differ from the conventional nineteenth- century heroine. A67 MEIGS, CORNELIA L. Louisa M. Alcott and the American Family Story. New York: Henry Z. Walck, 1971, 127 pp. Relates Alcott's life to her writings, and places her books in the context of the American family stories of Jacob Abbott, Susan Cool idge, Laura E. Richards, Margaret Sidney, Kate Douglas Wiggin, and others. A68 MONTEIRO, GEORGE. "Louisa May Alcott's Proverb Stories." Ten nessee Folklore Society Bulletin 42, no. 3 (September 1976):103-7. Examines Alcott's use of proverbs in her Three Proverb Stories, "Kitty's Class-Day," "Aunt Kipp," and "Psyche's Art." A69 PAULY, THOMAS H. "Ragged Dick and Little Women: Idealized Homes and Unwanted Marriages." Journal of Popular Culture 9 (Winter 1975):583-92. Examines the attitudes toward marriage portrayed by Alcott and Alger, maintaining that "The protagonists created by both authors become aligned with positions which militate against marriage, thus unwittingly undermining the very institution these writers are con sciously striving to recommend." A70 PAYNE, ALMA J. Louisa May Alcott: A Reference Guide. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1980, 87 pp. The introduction to this bibliography of works by and about Alcott provides an excellent overview of available criticism. The annotated bibliography attempts "to include all scholarship of any substance on Louisa May Alcott." Includes many reviews but no for eign items unless translated into English. A71 SALWONCHIK, MARIE. "The Educational Ideas of Louisa May Alcott." Ph.D. dissertation, Loyola University of Chicago, 1972, 150 pp., DA 33:1596. Examines Alcott's educational ideas as expressed in her fiction. A72 SHULL, MARTHA I. "The Novels of Louisa May Alcott as Commen tary on the American Family." Ph.D. dissertation, Bowling Green University, 1975, 244 pp., DA 36:5304A. Examines the matriarchal family system presented in Alcott's novels and uses it "as a mirror to comment on changes in the struc ture of the American family." A73 SMITH, GROVER, Jr. "The Doll-Burners: D.H. Lawrence and Louisa Alcott." Modern Language Quarterly 19, no. 1 (March 1958):28-32. Explores possible influences on D.H. Lawrence's Sons and Lovers of the doll-burning scene in Alcott's Little Men. A74 STERN, MADELINE B. "Behind a Mask: The Unknown Thrillers of Louisa May Alcott." SLJ 21 (January 1975):13-17. Explores Alcott's "gory, gruesome novelettes," and finds they "will disclose not only the nature of the creation, but also the nature of the creator," in this excerpt from the book of the same name, pub lished by William Morrow & Co, 1975. A75 -----. "Louisa M. Alcott: An Appraisal." New England Quarterly 22, no. 4 (December 1949):475-98. Provides a perceptive overview of Alcott's career; suggests that her accurate depiction of domestic life and her studies of adolescent psychology have earned her a permanent place in literature. A76 ULLOM, JUDITH C., comp. "Louisa May Alcott: A Centennial for Little Women." Washington D.C.: Library of Congress, 1969, 91 pp. Contains an extensive listing of various editions and translations of Alcott's works, including reprints of some of the illustrations and a brief listing of biocritical studies. A77 "Views and Reviews on Louisa May Alcott." In Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 64-65. (Reprinted from Nation 8 [May 20, 1869]:400; 21 [October 14, 1875]:250-51.) Two early reviews of Alcott's books, the second one attributed to Henry James. A78 YELLIN, JEAN FAGAN. "From `Success' to `Experience': Louisa May Alcott's Work." Massachusetts Review 21 (1980):527-29. Explores Alcott's portrayal of a female in an untraditional role in her fictionalized autobiography Work. ALDIS, DOROTHY (1896-1966) A79 SARTAIN, HARRY W. "Dorothy Aldis: Poet Laureate of Young Chil dren." EE 44 (May 1967):453-60. Considers Aldis's poetry for children to have the following essen tial qualities: (1) worthwhile ideas, (2) honesty, (3) uniqueness, (4) imagery, (5) musical quality, (6) rich mood, and (7) appeal to emo tion. Includes a bibliography of Aldis's works. A80 SEGEL, ELIZABETH. "In Biography for Young Readers, Nothing Is Impossible." L&U 4 (Summer 1980):4-14. (Reprinted in Carr, Beyond Fact, pp. 148-53.) Argues that the highly praised Nothing Is Impossible: The Story of Beatrix Potter glosses over the deep unhappiness of Potter's life and her major disappointments. "If ever there was a life which demonstrates that some things are not possible, it is Beatrix Potter's . . . . Dorothy Aldis, in screening out the pain, as too bleak for pre- adolescent readers, obscured the moving reality, and substituted for it a conventional formula." ALEXANDER, LLOYD (1924- ) A81 ALEXANDER, LLOYD. "The Flat-Heeled Muse." Horn Book 41 (April 1965):141-46. Explores the role of fantasy in his work, and its meaning for him. A82 -----. "High Fantasy and Heroic Romance." Horn Book 47 (October 1971):508-11. (Reprinted in Norton, Folk Literature of the British Isles, pp. 162-70, and in White, Children's Literature, pp. 112-17.) Explores the nature of the classical hero as personified by Taran in the Prydain series. A83 -----. "Notes on The Westmark Trilogy." Advocate 4, no 1 (Fall 1984):1-6. Comments on the writing of the trilogy, especially the concluding volume, The Beggar Queen. A84 CARR, MARION. "Classic Hero in a New Mythology." Horn Book 47 (October 1971):508-13. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 112-17.) Applies Jan de Vries's definition of the traditional hero to Taran, hero of the Chronicles of Prydain, and finds that he fits eight of the ten motifs. A85 GREENLAW, M. JEAN. "Profile: Lloyd Alexander." LA 61 (April 1984):406-13. Alexander discusses his life and work in an interview. A86 JACOBS, JAMES SWENSEN. "Lloyd Alexander: A Critical Biography." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Georgia, 1978, 684 pp., DA 39:3559A. Focuses on "Alexander's life, the reception of his writing, and his perception of the world." Considers professional reviews and Alex ander's own views of literature and himself. A87 -----. "A Personal Look at Lloyd Alexander." Advocate 4, no. 1 (Fall 1984):8-18. Based on the research for his doctoral dissertation, Jacobs relates Alexander's background and personality to various aspects of his work. A88 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. The Pied Pipers, pp. 208-20. Alexander discusses his life and work in an interview. ALGER, HORATIO (1832-99) A89 SCHARNHORST, GARY F. "Good Fortune in America: The Life and Works of Horatio Alger, Jr. and the Fate of The Alger Hero from the Civil War to World War II." Ph.D. dissertation, Purdue Univer sity, 1978, 389 pp., DA 39:2911A. Examines Alger's life, writings, and critical reception in American culture between 1860 and 1947. ALLEE, MARJORIE HILL (1890-1945) A90 WINSLOW, AMY. "Marjorie Hill Allee." Horn Book 22 (May-June 1946):183-95. A biocritical survey and appreciation, emphasizing Allee's convic tions on social problems. ALLEN, RICHARD A91 BARDGETT, KEITH. "Skinhead in the Classroom." CLE, o.s., no. 8 (July 1972):56-64. Proposes various approaches to Skinhead in the classroom. A92 ELDERS, DEREK. "Top of the Charts: The Significance of Skinhead." Use of English 27, no. 3 (Summer 1976):44-48. "The case against Skinhead is that no sane appraisal of sex and violence is possible in language as impoverished as that demonstrated in the foregoing extracts." ALMEDINGEN, E.M. (1898-1971) A93 ALDERSON, VALERIE. "E.M. Almedingen 1898-1971: An Apprecia tion." Children's Literature Review 1, no. 5 (October 1971):149-52. An appreciative biocritical overview. A94 RAY, SHEILA G. "E.M. Almedingen." School Librarian 21, no. 4 (December 1973):301-3. Praises Almedingen's stories, set in old Russia, for the insights they shed on that country today. ALS, ROALD A95 GORMSEN, JACOB. "An Interview." Bookbird 3-4 (1982):24-29. In an interview Als discusses his approach to illustration. AMBRUS, VICTOR G. (1935- ) A96 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 11-20. In an interview Ambrus discusses his background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of his works. ANDERSEN, HANS CHRISTIAN (1805-75) A97 BAYLEY, JOHN. "Duckling Among the Swans." TLS, 19 September 1975, pp. 1049-50. Reviews Elias Bredsdorff's Hans Christian Andersen: The Story of His Life and Work, 1805-1875. A98 BREDSDORFF, ELIAS. Hans Christian Andersen: The Story of His Life and Work, 1805-1875. New York: Charles Scribners & Sons, 1975, 376 pp. Part 2 of this biography, pp. 308-58, surveys and classifies Andersen's tales, analyzes his language and style and that of his translators, and comments on the inspiration for, and origins of, a number of tales. An extensive bibliography of primary and second ary materials is included on pages 366-72. A99 DAL, ERIK. "Research on Hans Christian Andersen: Trends, Results and Desiderata." Orbis Litterarum 17, nos. 3-4 (1962):166-83. Provides a thorough survey of international Andersen research before 1962. A100 FELL, CHRISTINE E. "Symbolic and Satiric Aspects of Hans Ander sen's Fairy Tales." Leeds Studies in English n.s. 1 (1967):83-91. Examines structure, values, and the symbolic and satirical ways in which Andersen conveys values in "The Snow Queen," "The Little Mermaid," "Thumbelina," and "The Darning Needle." A101 GRONBECH, BO. Hans Christian Andersen. Twayne's World Author Series, no. 612. Boston: Twayne, 1980, 171 pp. Provides a biographical and critical overview of Andersen's life and work. Chapter 3, "The Fairy Tales," pp. 88-133, provides back ground and analysis of a number of retold and original tales. Chap ter 4, "Criticism, Influence, Research," summarizes critical responses and Andersen research. Includes bibliographies. A102 HAUGAARD, ERIK C. "Hans Christian Andersen: Twentieth Century View." Scandinavian Review 63 (December 1975):4-12. Explores Andersen's handling of poverty and misfortune, his views of art and the artist, and his ability to mix realism and romanticism. A103 -----. "The Poet Who Lives." Horn Book 51 (October 1975):443-48. Examines the qualities of Andersen's tales that keep them alive. Andersen was able to identify with the heroes of fairy tales and regarded them as a guide by which to live. A104 -----. Portrait of a Poet: Hans Christian Andersen and His Fairy Tales." In Haviland, The Openhearted Audience, pp. 69-81. Reflects upon considerations in translating Andersen: his ideas, his qualities of style, and the nature of fairy tales. A105 -----. "Random Thoughts by a Translator of Andersen." Horn Book 48 (December 1972):557-62. (Reprinted in Koefoed, Children's Liter ature and the Child, pp. 67-70, entitled "A Meeting with Erik Chris tian Haugaard," and in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 277-82.) Discusses Andersen's basic beliefs in a Christian God, in the worth of literature, in souls for animals, plants, and even inanimate objects. Also explores his bitterness and his sense of pity, all of which are in evidence in his tales. A106 HAZARD, PAUL. "Prince of Story Tellers." In Books, Children and Men, pp. 92-105. (Reprinted in Horn Book 19 [May-June 1943]:141-47.) Calls him "the very prince of all story tellers." He was able "to penetrate the soul of both animate and inanimate things." Andersen is aware that there is much sorrow in the world, yet "Life finds its reasons for enduring." A107 HEARN, MICHAEL PATRICK. "Afterword." In Kate Greenaway's Original Drawings for "The Snow Queen" by Hans Christian Ander sen, pp. 53-58. N.Y.: Schocken, 1981. Finds similarities in the personalities and biographies of Andersen and Greenaway, and concludes that Greenaway's unfinished sketches offer "an unusually sensitive interpretation" of the tale. A108 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. Three Centuries, pp. 42-52. A biocritical overview. A109 JAN, ISABELLE. "Hans Christian Andersen or Reality." In On Chil dren's Literature, pp. 45-55. Sees Andersen as exploding the conventions of the folktale. "In him childhood and manhood merged." A110 KUTTY, K. NARAYAN. "A Look at Andersen's `The Shadow.'" In Butler, Sharing, pp. 251-56. Provides an in-depth analysis of Andersen's short story. A111 MISHLER, WILLIAM. "H.C. Andersen's `Tin Soldier' in a Freudian Perspective." Scandinavian Studies 50 (Autumn 1978):389-95. Concludes that "a psychoanalytic reading helps the reader to recognize the way in which the story contains its own interpretation." A112 RUBECK, MARY ANN. "Annotations Documenting and Interpreting the Reflection of Hans Christian Andersen's Life in His Fairy Tales." Ph.D. dissertation, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1981, 260 pp., DA 42:1622A. "The purpose of this study was to explore, document, interpret and to relate the parallelism between elements in the fairy tales and events in the life of Andersen." A113 RUBOW, PAUL V. "Idea and Form in Hans Christian Andersen's Fairy Tales." In A Book on the Danish Writer Hans Christian Andersen: His Life and Work, edited by Svend Dahl and H.G. Topsoe-Jensen. Copenhagen: Det Berlingske Bogtrykkeri, 1955, pp. 97-135. Discusses the tales within the context of the traditional fairy tale and Andersen's beliefs. A114 SALE, ROGER. Fairy Tales, pp. 63-73. Andersen marks the transition from fairy tales to later children's literature. His work is marred by the narrator's intruding voice. "The Little Mermaid" and "The Snow Queen" are analyzed in depth. A115 SICHERMANN, RUTH. "Time To Tell An Andersen Tale." TON 30 (January 1974):161-68. Comments upon several of Andersen's tales suitable for telling to children. A116 WILLIAMS, ALAN MORAY. "Hans Christian Andersen." Time and Tide (February 1963):9-13. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, 1st ed., pp. 265-69; 2d ed., pp. 233-37.) A brief biocritical overview. ANDREW, PRUDENCE (1924- ) A117 CROSS, GILLIAN. "Prudence Andrew: Fantasy in the Realistic Novel." CLE, o.s., no. 21 (Summer 1976):81-85. Suggests that Andrew, instead of approaching social problems with a "watered-down adult view," attempts to examine them as children themselves might, especially in Mr. O'Brien. Also discusses Una and Grubstreet (Una and the Heaven Baby, U.S. version). ANDREWS, J[AMES] S[IDNEY] (1934- ) A118 TAYLOR, ANNE. "Travelling In Time--Towards a Project." CLE, o.s., no. 13 (1974):68-79. A detailed analysis of The Bell of Nendrum, showing ways in which it was used with a group of students. ANGLUND, JOAN WALSH (1926- ) A119 BANNER, BARBARA A. "Authors and Editors: Joan Walsh Anglund." Publishers Weekly 199 (January 1971):35-36. Discusses Anglund's background and the origins of some of her books. A120 LANES, SELMA G. Down the Rabbit Hole, pp. 31-34, 37-42. Compares Greenaway and Anglund. ANNO, MITSUMASA (1920- ) A121 AOKI, HISAKO. "A Conversation with Mitsumasa Anno." Horn Book 59 (April 1983):137-45. Discusses his background and the background of some of his books. A122 FISHER, M.F.K. "Everywhere, Something Is Happening." NYTBR, 13 November 1983, Children's Book sec., pp. 39, 52. Reviews Anno's U.S.A. A123 MacCANN, DONNARAE, and RICHARD, OLGA. "Picture Books for Children." WLB 55 (January 1981):370. A careful review of both text and illustrations. A124 MATSUI, TADASHI. "The Art of Mitsumasa Anno." Bookbird 1-2 (1982):36-37. Praises Anno's ability to represent difficult phase and space concepts pictorially. A125 MORDOH, ALICE MORRISON. "Folklife in the Work of Mitsumasa Anno." ChLAQ 10 (Fall 1985):104-8. Concentrates on Anno's accurate presentations of traditional cultural landscape and folk architecture. APPLETON, VICTOR [Stratemeyer Syndicate pseudonym] A126 MOLSON, FRANCIS. "Three Generations of Tom Swift." ChLAQ 10, no. 2 (Summer 1985):60-63. Provides a detailed analysis of three separate series of Tom Swift. A127 PRAGER, ARTHUR. "Peril: The Mother of Invention." In Rascals at Large, pp. 127-65. Discusses the Tom Swift series. Later chapters examine the Tom Swift war books, pp. 191-93, and the Don Sturdy series, pp. 309-11 and 322-27. A128 "Tom Swift Flies Again!" Publishers Weekly 164 (19 December 1953):2363-64. An overview of the series on the occasion of the issuing of the first three titles in the new series, starring Tom Swift, Jr., and written by Victor Appleton II. Arabian Nights A129 KIRBY, W.B. "The Forbidden Doors of the Thousand and One Nights." Folklore Journal 5 (1887):112-24. Examines five tales from the Arabian Nights based upon "(1) the existence of a door, which the hero is forbidden to open; and (2) his falling in love with a beautiful woman whom he sees from the housetop." A130 WILSON, ANNE. "A New Arabian Nights." Signal 40 (January 1983):26-29. Reviews Geraldine McCaughrean's One Thousand and One Arabian Nights (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1982, 249 pp.), which she considers the most beautiful retelling in English. ARDIZZONE, EDWARD (1900-79) A131 ARDIZZONE, EDWARD. "About Tim and Lucy." Horn Book 14 (March 1938):88-90. (Reprinted in Fryatt, Horn Book Sampler, pp. 1-3.) Tells how he came to create the Tim and Lucy books. A132 -----. "The Born Illustrator." Signal 3 (September 1970):73-80. Ardizzone's comments on illustration are preceded by a selection of "some favourite illustrations drawn by him for children," pp. 67-72. A133 -----. "Edward Ardizzone: An Autobiographical Note." Junior Book shelf 14, no. 2 (March 1950):39-45. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 1-5.) More biographical than critical; however, Ardizzone reflects on writing for children and the origins of some of his books. A134 BELL, QUENTIN. "Edward Ardizzone." Studio 149 (May 1955):144-47. Provides a critical analysis of Ardizzone as an illustrator, concentrating on his works for adults. A135 CROUCH, MARCUS. "One Old, One New." Junior Bookshelf 34, no. 5 (October 1970):273-74. A review of two books by Ardizzone. Brief but insightful com ments on Johnny's Bad Day and the republished Lucy Brown and Mr. Grimes, "the famous book which offended the Puritan heart of America in the middle thirties." A136 -----. "To Edward Ardizzone, with Thanks." Junior Bookshelf 43, no. 6 (December 1979):309-12. Reviews Gabriel White's Edward Ardizzone, and adds his own reminiscences and appreciation of Ardizzone's work. A137 HOGARTH, GRACE ALLEN. "Edward Ardizzone, 1900-1979: An Editor's View." Horn Book 56 (December 1980):680-86. Reminiscences of Ardizzone over the years, primarily personal but with some interesting sidelights on his attitudes toward his books, their origins and publication history. A138 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 21-30. In an interview, Ardizzone discusses his background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of his works. A139 STONE, HELEN. "Artist's Choice." Horn Book 26 (May 1950): 210-11. Analyzes the illustrations in Tim to the Rescue. A140 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. "Edward Ardizzone." CLE, o.s., no. 3 (November 1970):21-29. Discusses in detail the Tim series. "He writes for tough indepen dent little kids who run away from home against good advice and do not faint at the sight of blood." Praises Ardizzone's pictures as a contrast to much of the "wretched" art to which children are sub jected. A141 WHITE, GABRIEL. Edward Ardizzone: Artist and Illustrator. New York: Schocken, 1980, 192 pp. This study and pictorial record of Ardizzone's career as artist and illustrator devotes two chapters specifically to his books, pp. 121-52. Includes references. A142 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Pipers, pp. 35-48. Ardizzone discusses his life and his work in an interview. ARMSTRONG, RICHARD (1903- ) A143 ARMSTRONG, RICHARD. "Writing for Boys." Junior Bookshelf 13 (July 1949):73-76. Expresses his views on writing for boys. Followed by an appre ciative critical appraisal, "Richard Armstrong: Writer for Boys," by H.J.B.W., pp. 79-82. A144 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 187-92. Singles out Sea-Change as his best work, and also comments on Whinstone Drift. "He is no great stylist. . . . It is in the exposition and analysis of character that Armstrong excels." ARMSTRONG, WILLIAM (1914- ) A145 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 52-54. Analyzes Sounder in terms of the theme of rejection. A146 KUZNETS, LOIS R. "Some Issues Raised by the `Issues Approach.'" ChLAQ 5 (Fall 1980):20. Responds to Schwartz's analysis of Sounder (below). A147 SCHWARTZ, ALBERT V. "Sounder: A Black or White Tale?" IRBC 3, no. 1 (1970). (Reprinted in MacCann and Woodard, Black Ameri can, pp. 89-93.) Analyzes the book from the perspective of two questions raised by Julius Lester (see A1523): "Does it accurately present the black perspective?" and "Will it be relevant to black children?" Concludes that the answer to both questions is "No." ARNOW, HARRIETTE (1908- ) A148 McMAHAN, ELIZABETH. "Harriette Arnow's The Dollmaker: A Teacher's Lament." English Journal 72 (1983):55-58. Focuses on the "teachable aspects" of the book, which she feels is "long overdue its rightful critical recognition." Summarizes and provides references to existing criticism. ARTHUR, RUTH (1905- ) A149 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 201-3, 205-6, 218. Analyzes A Candle in Her Room as a story of self-fulfillment spread out over more than one generation, and Requiem for a Prin cess and The Whistling Boy as "mirror stories," the one dealing with adoption, the other with a stepmother. A150 -----. "The Painful Art of Growing Up: The Novels of Ruth M. Arthur." Junior Bookshelf 42, no. 5 (October 1978):239-44. Provides a detailed analysis of Arthur's work, identifying the development of common themes and techniques. A151 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 31-40. Arthur discusses her background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of her works. ARTZYBASHEFF, BORIS (1899-1965) A152 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 187-96. "Boris Artzybasheff brought to the making of books for children a special wit and polish and a total sense of style." Traces his relatively short but phenomenally successful career as a picture-book artist. A153 BECHTEL, LOUISE S. "Boris Artzybasheff." Horn Book 42 (April 1966):176-80. An appreciation touching on aspects of his life and art. A154 COLUM, PADRAIC. "Boris Artzybasheff." Horn Book 4 (August 1928):38-40. A brief discussion of the artist's style, accompanied by examples of his work and a list of his books. A155 LOCKWOOD, BRUCE. "Boris Artzybasheff." Creative Art 12 (January 1933):11-18. An early biocritical overview. Includes references and bibliogra phies. A156 "Seven Simeons and Its Creator." Junior Bookshelf 2, no. 2 (December 1937):68-70. An early review of this award-winning book. A157 WATSON, ERNEST W. "The Art of Boris Artzybasheff." American Artist 5 (December 1941):11-15. A brief biocritical overview. ARUNDEL, HONOR (1919-73) A158 BOYD, CELIA. "Growing Pains: A Survey of Honor Arundel's Nov els." Signal 4 (January 1973):38-51. A159 RUSSELL, J. "Honor Arundel." Junior Bookshelf 37 (December 1973):367-69. A brief appreciation. ASHLEY, BERNARD (1935- ) A160 BRADMAN, TONY. "Children's Writers: 8 Bernard Ashley." School Librarian 30 (March 1982):6-12. Compares and contrasts Ashley's work with Graham Greene's, and considers him one of the most talented writers in the field of chil dren's literature at present. ATWOOD, MARGARET (1939- ) A161 BECKMAN, SUSAN. "Margaret Atwood: Can. Lit. to Kid Lit." CCL 12 (1978):78-81. Reviews Atwood's first book for children, illustrated and hand- lettered by its author. D'AULNOY, MADAME (1650-1705) A162 DeGRAFF, AMY VANDERLYN. "The Tower and the Well: A Study of Form and Meaning in Mme. d'Aulnoy's Fairy Tales." Ph.D. dis sertation, University of Virginia, 1979, 242 pp., DA 40:888A. Shows how "the application of psychological concepts to Madame d'Aulnoy's fairy tales can generate meanings as rich and complex as the structures that imply them." A163 FILSTRUP, JANE. "Individuation in `La Chatte Blanche.'" Children's Literature 6 (1977):77-92. Compares d'Aulnoy's tale with "Rapunzel" and other tales from Grimm and from the Arabian Nights and Perrault, analyzing them in terms of birth and individuation. A164 MITCHELL, JANE. "Thematic Analysis of Mme. D'Aulnoy's Contes De F‚es." Ph.D. dissertation, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1973, 235 pp., DA 35:466A. Examines the major themes of d'Aulnoy's fairy tales: her Zeitgeist, metamorphosis, and love. A165 PALMER, MELVIN DELMAR. "Madame d'Aulnoy in England." Ph.D. dissertation, 1969, 236 pp., DA 31:396A. Chronicles the history of Madame d'Aulnoy's works in English and explores the confusions concerning her biography. A166 SALE, ROGER. Fairy Tales, pp. 54-58. Describes "The Green Snake" as "masquelike and courtly, . . . far from the huts and castles in which fairy tales were told of old," but nevertheless "a beautiful tale." A167 WILLIAMS, ELIZABETH DETERING. "The Fairy Tales of Madame d'Aulnoy." Ph.D. dissertation, Rice University, 1982, 297 pp., DA 43:465A. Analyzes the themes, style, and structure of d'Aulnoy's fairy tales and places them within the historic context of the seventeenth cen tury. AVERY, GILLIAN (1926- ) A168 BOWEN, NAOMI. "Gillian Avery: A Conversation." School Librarian 23, no. 3 (September 1975):205-8. (Reprinted in Culpan, Variety is King, pp. 102-5.) In an interview Avery discusses Childhood's Pattern and her historical fiction, especially The Warden's Niece. A169 BUTTS, DENNIS. "Writers for Children: 9 Gillian Avery." School Librarian 16, no. 2 (July 1968):153-57. An introduction to Avery's historical fiction. A170 CADOGAN, MARY, and CRAIG, PATRICIA. You're a Brick, pp. 361-64. Analyzes Avery's approach to historical fiction, her handling of characters, and her approach to feminism in The Warden's Niece. A171 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 173-76. Discusses The Warden's Niece, Avery's "most individual achieve ment," and The Children of the House, "a strong and authentic social document." A172 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 224-26. Sees The Warden's Niece as an "inevitably personal" interpretation of history. "In less sensitive hands, the subject matter could far too easily have become a pale ontological project--how to do a spot of local history, using local resources. But the characters are too varied for a reader ever to lose sight of the livingness and contingent quality of full-blooded historical inquiry." AWDRY, W., Rev. (1911- ) A173 CHURCHER, JOHN. "Journey to the End of the Tunnel." Junior Bookshelf 41 (October 1977):267-69. Discusses the appeal of Awdry's railway books. BABBITT, NATALIE (1932- ) A174 DE LUCA, GERALDINE. "Extensions of Nature: The Fantasies of Natalie Babbitt." L&U 1, no. 2 (Fall 1977):47-70. Discusses Babbitt's first five novels and the way she maintains "a tension between the vulnerable and hopeful world of childhood and the more easily compromised world of adults." A175 HIRSCH, CORINNE. "Toward Maturity: Natalie Babbitt's Initiatory Journeys." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 7 (1980):107-13. Kneeknock Rise (1970), Tuck Everlasting (1975), and The Eyes of the Amaryllis (1977) explore "a common predicament by means of the initiatory journey of its young protagonist, who leaves the protected world of childhood to confront a fundamental human prob lem: the desire for security and concomitant need to take risks to achieve independence and involvement in life." A176 LANES, SELMA G. "A Talk with Natalie Babbitt." NYTBR, 14 November 1982, Children's Book sec., pp. 44, 54. An interview in which Babbitt discusses her work, particularly Herbert Rowbarge, which is also reviewed by Anne Tyler on these same pages. A177 LYNCH, CATHERINE, M. "Winnie Foster and Peter Pan: Facing the Dilemma of Growth." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Asso ciation 9 (1982):107-11. Suggests that both Peter Pan and Tuck Everlasting explore a conflict central to childhood experience: to grow up to adult respon sibilities or not to grow up at all. Argues that Babbitt deepens the Peter Pan myth by dramatizing the fact that embracing adulthood includes, of necessity, choosing death. A178 MERCIER, JEAN F. "Natalie Babbitt." Publishers Weekly 208 (28 July 1975):66-67. A brief biocritical overview. A179 MOSS, ANITA. "A Second Look: The Search for the Delicious." Horn Book 60 (December 1984):779-83. Explores Babbitt's use of the quest romance "to show up human kind's folly in failing to recognize elemental meanings and in cutting itself off from sacramental experience." A180 WILDER, VIRGINIA. Review. IRBC 9, no. 1 (1978):17. Faults Phoebe's Revolt on the basis of sexism. BACON, PEGGY (1895- ) A181 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 196-98. Examines Peggy Bacon's illustrations for Buttons, text by Tom Robinson, in terms of their place in the evolution of a picture-book style. BAGNOLD, ENID (1889-1981) A182 KOLBA, ELLEN D. "Recommended: Enid Bagnold." English Journal 72 (October 1983):76-77. A biocritical overview, concentrating on National Velvet. BLANK, CLAIR A183 MASON, BOBBIE ANN. The Girl Sleuth, pp. 101-6. Despite lacking the action and slick style of Stratemeyer books, the Beverly Gray college mystery series was popular because she was "one of the most adventurous and independent of the girl detectives." BANNERMAN, HELEN [Brodie Cowan Watson] (1863-1946) A184 BURKE, VIRGINIA M. "Mummy Didn't Mean No Harm." LA 53 (March 1976):272-75. Summarizes the history of Little Black Sambo, especially critical reaction to it since 1972. A185 DINNAGE, ROSEMARY. "The Taming of Teatime Tigers." TLS, 24 July 1981, p. 834. Reviews Elizabeth Hay's Sambo Sahib: "The Story of Little Black Sambo" and Helen Bannerman, and comments on Marjorie McDonald's psychoanalysis of Sambo (see below). A186 GARD, ELIZABETH. "Bits Strewn All Over the Page." Books for Your Children 5 (1970):4. (Reprinted in Tucker, Suitable for Children?, pp. 184-90.) In an interview Bannerman's daughter discusses and exonerates Black Sambo, while admitting uneasiness about the violence in Little Kettle Head. A187 HAY, ELIZABETH. Sambo Sahib: "The Story of Little Black Sambo" and Helen Bannerman. Edinburgh: Paul Harris; Totowa, N.J.: Barnes & Noble, 1981, 194 pp. This highly sympathetic biography of Bannerman outlines the publishing history of The Story of Little Black Sambo, and attempts to correct several longstanding inaccuracies. Information on the writing, setting, and original publication of the book is included. The final chapter, "Sambo Blacked," concerns the charges of racism that have been leveled at the book. A188 HILL, JANET. "Oh! Please Mr. Tiger." TLS, 3 November 1972, pp. 1315-16. (Reprinted in Tucker, Suitable for Children?, pp. 191-96.) Explains why Hill has changed her opinion about Little Black Sambo and now feels it is time for it to be retired. Compares the attitudes in Little Black Sambo and Little White Squibba and finds them both condescending and patronizing. Concludes that Banner man's books express "benevolent paternalism" and reveal "the deep roots of racism in our history, culture, and language." A189 McDONALD, MARJORIE. "Little Black Sambo." Pychoanalytic Study of the Child 29 (1973):511-28. Interprets the tale as a concealed primal scene story, and contrasts it with "Epaminondas," which has "little of psychoanalytic interest." Argues that "it is just this unconscious childhood sexuality that underlies Sambo's racism." A190 SCHILLER, J. "The Story of Little Black Sambo." Book Collector 23, no. 3 (Autumn 1974):381-86. Provides a publication history of the book and argues that "If any negative stereotypes of the black child have come from The Story of Little Black Sambo, it was certainly not the intention of its author but rather the offspring of a conscience-ridden society." A191 STOKES, HORACE W. "Sambo and the Twins." Horn Book 12 (1936):373-74. This account of the origins of Little Black Sambo and one of its sequels is interesting primarily for the historical perspective so different from today's. A192 YUILL, PHYLLIS J. "Little Black Sambo: A Closer Look." New York: Council on Interracial Books for Children, 1976, 52 pp. (Also avail able from ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 123 308.) Examines the origins of the story and traces its history in the United States through overlapping periods of popularity and controv ersy. A193 -----. "Little Black Sambo: The Continuing Controversy." SLJ 22 (March 1976):71-76. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection.) A survey and summary of responses to the book. BARBOUR, RALPH HENRY (1870-1944) A194 ERISMAN, FRED. "The Strenuous Life In Practice: The School and Sports Stories of Ralph Henry Barbour." Rocky Mountain Social Science Journal 7 (April 1970):29-37. Explores Barbour's "dramatically intensified version" of the Progressive Era ideals of progress and moral values. A195 PRAGER, ARTHUR. Rascals at Large, pp. 286-93. Describes the typical Barbour book, complete with an example of a "grand heart-stopping moment." Considers Barbour one of the best writers of boys' books. BARNE, KITTY (1883-1957) A196 COLWELL, EILEEN. "Kitty Barne: An Appreciation." Junior Book shelf 25 (October 1961):197-201. A biocritical overview. BARRIE, J[AMES] M[ATTHEW] (1860-1937) A197 BLACKBURN, WILLIAM. "Peter Pan and the Contemporary Adoles cent Novel." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):47-53. Maintains that Peter Pan, like many contemporary adolescent novels, deals with the passage from innocence to maturity, but unlike many of them, also offers a consolation for the loss of innocence. A198 CARPENTER, HUMPHREY. "J.M. Barrie and Peter Pan: `That Ter rible Masterpiece.'" In Secret Gardens, pp. 170-87. Views Peter Pan as "a detailed map of the earthly paradise, the secret garden." Claims that Barrie "invokes religious belief in his creation only to dismiss it as childish nonsense. . . . At the heart of the sentimental dream is a cynical, mocking voice." A199 EGAN, MICHAEL. "The Neverland of Id: Barrie, Peter Pan and Freud." Children's Literature 10 (1982):37-55. Argues that Barrie unconsciously created a vast symbolic metaphor (Neverland) of the child's id, and populated it with arche typal characters engaged in Oedipal conflicts. Sees Freudian analysis as the key to interpreting Barrie's work. A200 GREEN, MARTIN. "The Charm of Peter Pan." Children's Literature 9 (1981):19-27. Compares the appeal and techniques of Barrie and Disney, and concludes they both represent the "end of the line" in popular culture in terms of sweetness and unreality. A201 GREEN, ROGER L. J.M. Barrie. New York: Walck, 1961, 64 pp. Outlines Barrie's career as a writer, commenting that "All of Barrie's life led up to the creation of Peter Pan." Concentrates on Peter Pan, but also discusses Barrie's other plays and books. A202 GRIFFITH, JOHN. "Making Wishes Innocent: Peter Pan." L&U 3, no. 1 (Spring 1979):28-37. Shows how Barrie used whimsy, wit, and fantasy to render the unthinkable harmless and innocent in what is basically the story of a child defeating his father (Captain Hook) and playing house with his mother (Wendy). A203 KARPE, MARIETTA. "The Origins of Peter Pan." Psychoanalytic Review 43, no. 1 (January 1956):104-10. Provides a psychoanalytic interpretation of Barrie's preoccupation with aging, death, eternal youth, and immortality, and his over whelming appeal to international audiences. A204 LURIE, ALISON. "The Boy Who Couldn't Grow Up." New York Review of Books, 6 February 1975, pp. 11-15. Explores the biographical origins of Peter Pan and compares it to Barrie's Mary Rose. A205 MEISEL, FREDERICK L. "The Myth of Peter Pan." Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 32 (1977):545-63. Interprets Peter Pan as a fantasy or myth "which has as its center a self image that is of the opposite sex." Concludes that the story is "of a child's repair of injured narcissism," as well as a "cautionary tale" on the consequences of not growing up. A206 RUSSELL, PATRICIA READ. "Parallel Romantic Fantasies: Barrie's Peter Pan and Spielberg's E.T.: The Extraterrestrial." ChLAQ 8 (Winter 1983):28-30. Argues that there are many links between the two plays, but whereas "Barrie has created a tragedy of romanticism; Spielberg has made it into comedy." A207 STEVENSON, LIONEL. "A Source for Barrie's Peter Pan." Philological Quarterly 8 (April 1929):210-14. Argues that the structure of Peter Pan closely resembles that of George MacDonald's Lilith. A208 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. "Fly Away Peter." Signal 37 (January 1982):43-40. Examines the play's appeal to children by looking at "how the play came to be written in the first place," and providing a psycho logical interpretation of it. Response by Neil Philip in Signal 38 (May 1982):129-32. BARSTOW, STAN A209 HALL, BARBARA. Comment in "Teachers at Work II: Two Novels in the Classroom." CLE, n.s. 11, no. 3 (Autumn 1980):127-28. Discusses her use of A Kind of Loving in a classroom of sec ondary students. BARTHELME, DONALD (1931- ) A210 GATES, D. "A Highly Irregular Children's Story: The Slightly Irregu lar Fire Engine." Virginia Quarterly Review 52 (Spring 1976):298-308. Provides a detailed analysis of Barthelme's children's story, showing how he uses the same techniques on a child's level that he uses in his extremely sophisticated fiction for adults. BARTO, AGNIA A211 KORKIN, VLADIMIR, and BARTO, AGNIA. "20th Century: Children and Books." Soviet Literature 4:141-47. This Soviet children's poet discusses Soviet children's literature and his own writing in an interview. BAUM, L[YMAN] FRANK (1856-1919) A212 ABRAHM, PAUL M., and KENTER, STUART. "Tik-Tok and the Three Laws of Robotics." Science-Fiction Studies 5, no. 1 (March 1978):67-80. Claims that Tik-Tok, Dorothy's companion in Oz, represents a perfect embodiment of Asimov's Three Laws of Robotics. A213 American Book Collector 13, no. 4 (December 1962), 32 pp. Special Baum issue articles include "L. Frank Baum--Shadow and Substance," by Russell P. MacFall, pp. 9-11; "`Utopia Americana' A Generation Afterwards," by Edward Wagenknecht, pp. 12-13; "Why Librarians Dislike Oz," by Martin Gardner, pp. 14-16; "How My Father Wrote the Oz Books," by Harry Neal Baum. There are several other items and a checklist of Baum's writings. A214 Baum Bugle. Published three times a year since 1957 by the International Wizard of Oz Club, 220 N. Eleventh St., Escanaba, Michigan 49829. Devoted to Baum scholarship and news. A215 BECKWITH, OSMOND. "The Oddness of Oz." Children's Literature 5 (1976):74-91. Provides a detailed psychoanalytical interpretation of the Oz books, comparing their appeal to young girls to that of Alice. A216 BEWLEY, MARIUS. "The Land of Oz: America's Great Good Place." In Masks and Mirrors: Essays in Criticism. New York: Atheneum, 1970, pp. 255-67. Finds similarities between Baum's style and themes and and those of Stephen Crane, Hawthorne, and other mainstream American writ ers. A217 BROTMAN, JORDAN. "A Late Wanderer in Oz." Chicago Review 18, no. 2 (1965):63-73. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, pp. 156-69.) Concludes that the Oz stories "have charm and variety and body enough to be real fairy tales." They also tell us much about the values and aspirations of the American people and their migration from the Middlewest to California. A218 CATH, STANLEY H., and CATH, CLAIRE. "On the Other Side of Oz: Psychoanalytic Aspects of Fairy Tales." Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 33 (1978):621-39. Examines common fairy tale themes, as exemplified in The Wizard of Oz, in psychoanalytic terms. Concludes, "Like all myths, dreams, and fables, The Wizard of Oz provides an age-appropriate mirror lighted by a distant and indirect source, filled with double messages and ambiguities. The final resolution is the protagonist's `return home,' a little wiser, a little more tolerant, and a little more mature (one hopes)." A219 ERISMAN, FRED. "L. Frank Baum and the Progressive Dilemma." American Quarterly 20 (Fall 1968):616-23. Interprets the Oz books and the Aunt Jane's Nieces books in terms of Baum's solution to the progressive dilemma of reconciling and adapting rural ideals to an urban society. A220 GARDNER, MARTIN. "John Dough and the Cherub." Children's Lit erature 2 (1973):110-18. (Also to be published as the introduction to a facsimile of first edition of John Dough and the Cherub [New York: Dover Publications].) Provides an introduction and background to the work. A221 -----. "Why Librarians Dislike Oz." Library Journal 88 (15 February 1963):834-36. (Reprinted from American Book Collector, December 1962.) Suggests seven reasons why librarians have long refused to put Oz on their shelves. A222 GARDNER, MARTIN, and NYE, RUSSELL B., eds. The Wizard of Oz and Who He Was. East Lansing: Michigan State University Press, 1957, 208 pp. Contains an annotated version of the original 1900 edition of The Wonderful Wizard of Oz, including reproductions of numerous W.W. Denslow illustrations. Preceded by Gardner's essay "The Royal Histo rian of Oz," pp. 19-45, and Nye's "An Appreciation," pp. 1-18, a revised and expanded version of an article that first appeared in Fantasy and Science Fiction. Nye explores Baum's strengths and possible reasons for his critical neglect, while Gardner chronicles the history of Oz and suggests numerous areas for further study of the books. Also contains a bibliography of primary and secondary sources. A223 GREENE, DAVID L. "The Concept of Oz." Children's Literature 3 (1974):173-76. Argues that Baum's concept of Oz is more complex than the uto pia most critics have considered it to be. A224 GREENE, DOUGLAS G. "Introduction." The Woggle Bug Book (1905): A Facsimile Reproduction. Delmar, N.Y.: Scholars' Facsimiles and Reprints, 1978, pp. 5-7. Points out that the Woggle Bug Book, while not of the quality of Baum's major works, is important "for the light it sheds on Baum's writing at an important period in his career." A225 HAMILTON, MARGARET. "There's No Place Like Oz." Children's Literature 10 (1982):153-55. Reflects on the significance of "home" to the popularity of the Wizard of Oz. A226 HEARN, MICHAEL PATRICK. The Annotated Wizard of Oz. New York: Clarkson N. Potter, 1973, 384 pp. Hearn's introduction, interspersed with numerous photographs and reproductions of illustrations, some in color, summarizes the book's publication history, its critical reception, and its increasing recognition as literature. Extensive annotations accompany the text. There is an appendix devoted to W.W. Denslow, and an annotated chronological checklist of Baum's writings. Also includes bibliogra phies of writings on Baum and Denslow. A227 -----. "L. Frank Baum and the `Modernized Fairy Tale.'" CLE, n.s. 10, no. 2 (Summer 1979):57-67. Maintains that Baum consciously sought to alter many of the forms of traditional literature and through his experimentation "made a significant contribution to twentieth century juvenile literature." A228 JONES, VERNON H. "The Oz Parade." New Orleans Review 3 (1973):375-78. Summarizes Baum's career and his recently burgeoning critical recognition. A229 LITTLEFIELD, HENRY M. "The Wizard of Oz: Parable on Populism." American Quarterly 16, no. 1 (1964):47-58. Provides a detailed analysis of the first and most popular of the Oz books. Concludes that "Baum's fantasy succeeds in bridging the gap between what children want and what they should have," that he conveyed messages while keeping entertainment foremost. A230 MANNIX, DANIEL P. "The Father of the Wizard of Oz." American Heritage 16 (December 1964):108-9. Provides an illustrated overview of Baum's career and his popular and critical reception. A231 PRENTICE, ANN E. "Have You Been To See the Wizard?" TON 27 (November 1970):32-44. Provides background on Baum and surveys the history of the Oz books' reception by the public, librarians, and critics. Includes a bibliography of secondary sources. A232 SALE, ROGER. "Baum's Magic Powder of Life." Children's Literature 8 (1980):157-63. Reviews recent Baum research. A233 -----. "L. Frank Baum and Oz." In Fairy Tales, pp. 222-43. Sees Baum as a reflection of American optimism. "A good deal of the best of American children's literature is like this; it enchants by its ease, its unselfconsciousness, its naivet‚. And the first to achieve this, and still the best, is Baum." Examines Ozma, The Road to Oz, the Tin Woodman, and Glinda. "The essence of Baum is his restless, careless ease, his indifference to the complexities of life, his eagerness to describe what enchanted him without ever exploring or understanding it." A234 -----. "L. Frank Baum and Oz." Hudson Review 25 (Winter 1972-73):571-92. Provides insights into Baum's "rare gifts," analyzing the essence of his greatness and arguing that his "apparently crushing limitations are really only the defects" of his virtues. A235 SCHUMAN, SAMUEL. "Comic Mythos and Children's Literature--or, Out of the Fryeing Pan and into the Pyre." In It's a Funny Thing, Humour. Edited by Antony J. Chapman and Hugh C. Foot. Oxford: Pergamon, 1977, pp. 119-21. Finds evidence of Northrop Frye's archetypal comic pattern in L. Frank Baum's The Wizard of Oz, and in "Hansel and Gretel" and "Jack and the Beanstalk." A236 SMYERS, RICHARD PAUL. "A Librarian Looks at Oz." Library Occurrent 21 (December 1964):190-92. Examines librarians' objections to the Oz series, and the conti nuing and growing enthusiasm of Oz fans. BAUMANN, HANS (1914- ) A237 "Famous Authors of Literature for Youth." Bookbird 3 (1965):19-22. A brief biocritical overview, including a bibliography of Bau mann's books. BAWDEN, NINA (1925- ) A238 BAWDEN, NINA. "A Dead Pig and My Father." CLE, o.s., no. 14 (May 1974):3-13. (Reprinted in Fox, Writers, Critics, and Children pp. 3-14.) Describes some of the experiences she has incorporated in her writing, maintaining "the only real difference between writing for adults or for children is whose eyes I'm looking through." A239 -----. "The Imprisoned Child." In Blishen, Thorny Paradise, pp. 62-64. Discusses why she writes for children. A240 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Nina Bawden--Storyteller Argent, Children's Writer Proper." Horn Book 50 (June 1974):264-68. Praises her "clean, uncluttered but well-sculptured style," her characterizations, and her skill in portraying relationships in Carrie's War. A241 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 46-47. Characterizes A Handful of Thieves as coming "dangerously near to being a model children's novel." A242 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 267-70. Praises Carrie's War, although he feels Bawden lacks "fight." The end of the book "creates, in its straight, workmanlike prose, the reality of what most threatens our children--that they will lose those they most love, uncomprehendingly destroy what they most cherish." A243 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 41-48. In an interview Bawden discusses her background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of her works. A244 MOSS, ELAINE. "Nina Bawden: An Author for Today." Signal 4 (January 1971):28-33. An appreciative overview. A245 REES, DAVID. "Making the Children Stretch: Nina Bawden." In Marble in the Water, pp. 128-40. Traces Bawden's development as a writer, from The Secret Pas sage to Carrie's War and Peppermint Pig, which he considers her finest work. She demands much from children, but does not offer more than they can grasp. A246 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. A Sounding, pp. 18-29. Traces Bawden's development as writer for children from "fic tional clich‚" to the "wholly admirable" Carrie's War (1973) and The Peppermint Pig (1975). A247 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. The Child and the Book, pp. 147-51. Examines Bawden's treatment of the "misapprehensions" of her child characters, which "are always due to the romantic, sometimes superficial perception of things of younger children's thinking." A248 -----. "Getting Used to Things as They Are: Nina Bawden as a Chil dren's Novelist." CLE, o.s., no. 13 (1974):35-44. Suggests that the tension between realism and fantasy, present to some extent in all fiction, is "particularly evident" in Bawden's work. Attempts to show why this characteristic is especially relevant to the young. BAYNES, PAULINE (1922- ) A249 MOSS, ELAINE. "Pauline Baynes: Mistress of the Margin." Signal 11 (May 1973):88-93. Reports on a visit to Baynes to discuss her life and work. B.B. [Denys James Watkins-Pitchford] (1905- ) A250 FISHER, MARGERY. "`B.B.' as a Writer for Young People." Bookbird 5, no. 3 (1967):21-27. Provides an overview of B.B.'s wide-range of illustrations and writings, from fairy tales to animal stories to nature adventures. A251 RYAN, J.S. "B.B.--Delineator of England's Natural Glories." Orana 19 (February 1983):11-24. Provides an extensive critique of B.B.'s writings and praises his ability to make us "much more imaginatively aware of the myriad perceptions, sympathies, and intuitions available to each one of us." "Beauty and the Beast" A252 MINTZ, THOMAS. "The Meaning of Rose in `Beauty and the Beast.'" Psychoanalytic Review 56, no. 4 (1969-70):615-20. Explores the symbolism of the rose in the context of "Beauty and the Beast." BEHN, HARRY (1898-1973) A253 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 485-87. Provides insight into the charm and unique character of the Peter Pauper Press book All Kinds of Time. A254 BEHN, HARRY. Chrysalis. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1968, 92 pp. A study of childhood and poetry. Includes reminiscences and comments on children, the creative process, Haiku, and poetry for children. A255 -----. "On Haiku." Horn Book 40 (April 1964):166-67. Comments on the nature of Haiku, with examples from his own translations. A256 -----. "Poetry for Children." Horn Book 42 (April 1966):163-75. Expresses his views about poetry for children, illuminated by examples from his own poetry. A257 GROFF, PATRICK J. "Children's Poetry of Harry Behn." EE 38 (November 1960):441-46. Evaluates Behn's poetry in terms of rhythm, sound, sense, and suggestion. A258 RICHARDSON, CARMEN C. "Harry Behn: Wizard of Childhood." EE 51 (October 1974):975-76, 1002. This appreciative overview seeks the key to Behn's success in communicating both the innocent view of a child and the wisdom of a sage. A259 ROOP, PETER. "Profile: Harry Behn." LA 62 (January 1985):92-94. Finds the key to understanding Behn's poetry for children in Chrysalis and A Golden Hive. A260 RUMMEL, MARY KAY. "Haiku Translations of Harry Behn." LA 58 (April 1981):431-36. Analyzes Behn's approach to Haiku for the classroom teacher. BEISSEL, HENRY (1929- ) A261 CARNEGIE, DAVID. "All Things Have Their Season: Henry Beissel's Children's Drama." CCL 8-9 (1977):74-83. Analyzes the Canadian author's children's and marionette plays. BEMELMANS, LUDWIG (1898-1962) A262 BADER, BARBARA. "Ludwig Bemelmans." American Picturebooks, pp. 47-51. Considers Castle Number Nine "Bemelmans's best story, and also his most interestingly illustrated book," despite the success of the Madeline stories. A263 BEMELMANS, LUDWIG. "Caldecott Award Acceptance." Horn Book 30 (August 1954):270-75. (Reprinted in Junior Bookshelf 18, no. 6 [December 1954]:284-89.) Tells of the origins of Madeline. A264 -----. "The Humor of Ludwig Bemelmans." Publishers Weekly 134 (22 October 1938):1508-10. A brief biocritical overview. A265 -----. "The Story of Bemelmans's Madeline." Publishers Weekly 178 (14 November 1960):16-17. Tells of Madeline's origins. A266 GRAHAM, MARGARET BLOY. "Artist's Choice." Horn Book 31 (December 1955):474-75. Reflections on Parsley, the pictures and text. A267 GROFF, PATRICK J. "The Children's World of Ludwig Bemelmans." EE 43 (October 1966):559-68. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 6-18.) Relates Bemelmans's life and childhood to his writing and art. Comments on the quality of his work and offers some interpretation. A268 MASSEE, MAY. "Ludwig Bemelmans." Horn Book 30 (August 1954):263-69. Mainly biographical background with an excerpt from Father, Dear Father (1953). A269 ROOT, SHELTON L., Jr. "Ludwig Bemelmans and His Books for Chil dren." EE 34 (January 1957):3-12. Examines Bemelmans's own statements about his writing, inter views Bemelmans's editor, and studies the stories to trace the artist's development as an author-illustrator. Compares earlier efforts (Hansi, The Golden Basket) with some of his less successful books (Parsley, The High World) and the highly successful Madeline Books. BENARY-ISBERT, MARGOT (1889-1979) A270 BENARY-ISBERT, MARGOT. "An Author's Reflections." Library Journal 82 (15 May 1957):1329-34. Talks about her writing, her childhood, and children and reading. Concludes that children need books about people who have struggled against all odds and won because they believed in something, and also about people who succumbed but kept their integrity, "even in defeat." A271 -----. "The Need of Understanding in Our Shrinking World." Horn Book 31 (June 1955):167-76. The author tells how and why her postwar experience led her to write for children, and how she has used some of her experiences in her books. A272 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 180-82. Reviews The Ark. "Her finest achievement is in the character of Margret, who more than the others carries into peacetime the scars of war." A273 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 108-10. Analyzes The Ark in terms of its handling of the theme of war. BENT, LAURA (1884-1979) A274 BENET, LAURA. "The Childhood of Genius." Horn Book 14 (Januar y-February 1938):12-18. The author describes her frustrating search for indications in the boy Shelley of the poet who was to come. A275 GRAY, ELIZABETH JANET. "Ariel in the Making." Horn Book 14 (January-February 1938):7-10. A highly favorable review of The Boy Shelley. BENNETT, RAINEY (1907- ) A276 VANDERGRIFT, KAY E. Child and Story, pp. 157-60. Analyzes The Secret Hiding Place in terms of character and playful humor. BERKOVA, DAGMAR (1922- ) A277 STEHLIKOVA, BLANKA. "Czech Artist Dagmar Berkova." Bookbird 13 (1976):67-74. A profile of the Czech illustrator, including lists of illustrations, exhibitions, and awards. BERNA, PAUL (1913- ) A278 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 40-42. Berna depicts a classless and sexless society in A Hundred Million Franks. "Not since Emil (Kastner) have children been depicted with such spirit and unsentimental affection." Considers it Berna's best. A279 NORRIS, RALPH E. "In Search of a Head." Junior Bookshelf 42, no. 4 (August 1978):183-86. Identifies the horse as a symbol for the gang in A Hundred Mil lion Franks, and discusses the importance of the fact that both are headless. BERTON, PIERRE (1920- ) A280 SIGMAN, JOSEPH. "Pierre Berton and the Romantic Tradition." CCL 7 (1977):21-27. Although Berton's The Secret World of Og is grounded in the conventions of the romantic tradition, Sigman points out that his outlook is essentially hostile to the romantic vision of childhood's dreams and magic. A281 STOTT, JON C. "An Interview with Pierre Berton." CCL 23-24 (1981):4-19. A wide-ranging interview that includes some comments on The Secret World of Og, said to be one of the most popular Canadian children's books of all times. BESKOW, ELSA (1874-1953) A282 ORVIG, MARY. "Elsa Beskow Maartman, 1874-1953." TON 22 (April 1966):240-52. Examines Beskow's work within the context of her life and times. Includes a bibliography of her books, indicating those that have been translated and lists material about Beskow in Swedish. BEST, HERBERT (1894-1981) A283 MacKENZIE, JEAN KENYON. Review of Garram the Hunter. Horn Book 6 (May 1930):155-61. Favorable early review. "A full book, and the reading of it will give a boy a fine full feeling." A284 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, pp. 112-14. "Although Garram, an African, is the hero of the novel, the per spective of the novel is Euroamerican." Points out that 1930s ste reotypes of Africa are perpetuated in Garram the Hunter. BILECK, MARVIN (1920- ) A285 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 478-80. Praises Bileck's distinctive style of illustration. BISHOP, CLAIRE HUCHET A286 KINGSTON, CAROLYN. Tragic Mode, pp. 10-11. Analyzes All Alone in terms of its theme of rejection. A287 -----. Tragic Mode, pp. 105-7. Analyzes Pancakes-Paris in terms of the theme of war. A288 LANES, SELMA. "A Case for The Five Chinese Brothers." School Library Journal 24 (October 1977):90-91. Defends the book against Albert V. Schwartz's attack. A289 SCHWARTZ, ALBERT V. "The Five Chinese Brothers: Time to Retire." IRBC 8, no. 3 (1977):3-7. Condemns Five Chinese Brothers for peddling racism and misan thropy, and argues that it should be retired. Summarizes the book's reviewing history and quotes Asians who oppose the book. BLAKE, QUENTIN (1932- ) A290 BLAKE, QUENTIN. "Wild Washerwomen, Hired Sportsmen, and Enor mous Crocodiles." Horn Book 57 (October 1981):505-13. Comments on his illustrations, his philosophy of illustrating, and his way of working. A291 MOSS, ELAINE. "Quentin Blake." Signal 16 (January 1975):33-39. Discusses the contributions of the humorist to children's illustra tion. BLAKE, WILLIAM (1757-1827) A292 HEARN, MICHAEL PATRICK. "William Blake's Illustrations for Chil dren's Books." American Book Collector 2, no. 2 (March-April 1981):33-43. Examines Blake's illustrations for children's books, all of which "possess something of the Blakean spirit." BLEGVAD, ERIK (1923- ) A293 BLEGVAD, ERIK. Self-Portrait. Reading, Mass.: Addison-Wesley, 1979, 32 pp. The Danish-born illustrator discusses his life and his work in this self-portrait. BLUME, JUDY (1938- ) A294 CHAMBERS, NANCY, and SALWAY, LANCE. "Endpapers." Signal 30 (September 1979):169-76, passim. Chambers and Salway exchange lengthy comments on Judy Blume and Robert Cormier. A295 COUNCIL ON INTERRACIAL BOOKS FOR CHILDREN. "Old Values Surface in Blume Country." IRBC 7, no. 5 (1976):8-10. Argues that although Blume gives sex the "now" treatment, she depicts mostly traditional middle-class values concerning sex roles, competition, and racial and ethnic issues. A296 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Seventeenth Summer and Forever as Love- Romances." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 214-15. Analyzes Forever as a love-romance and compares it with Maur een Daly's Seventeenth Summer. A297 EAGLEN, AUDREY. "Answers from Blume Country: An Interview with Judy Blume." TON 34 (Spring 1978):233-43. In an interview Blume discusses many of the issues raised in the IRBC article "Old Values Surface in Blume Country" (A295). Don narae MacCann responds in TON 35 (Fall 1978):33-38. A298 GARBER, STEPHEN M. "Judy Blume: New Classicism for Kids." English Journal 73 (April 1984):56-59. "The main character of a Judy Blume novel is an illustration of a problem." The books are classical in that they focus attention on the middle-class experience; they provide a pattern for life, but they offer only norms, not a transformation of reality. A299 HAMILTON, LYNNE. "Blume's Adolescents: Coming of Age in Limbo." Signal 41 (May 1983):88-96. Although sexual taboos have been lifted, "throughout Blume's novels the age-old image of the female, a dependent, ineffectual creature whose importance can only be derived from a man, remains drooped over its pedestal." Examines Blume's "demystifying" of potentially transforming crises in Are You There God? It's Me, Margaret; Deenie; Tiger Eyes; and Forever. "Her heroines adjust and cope; they do not suffer and change." A300 HAUCK, ROSEANN PHILOMENA. "Judy Blume and Beyond." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1982, 14 pp., ED 220 859. Compares teachers' and students' responses to Judy Blume. A301 -----. "The World of Judy Blume." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Oregon, 1981, 148 pp., DA 42:3414A. Investigates the world as depicted in nine of Judy Blume's juve nile novels, concentrating on (1) the nature of the environment in the novels, (2) the major problems of the main character, and (3) the values presented. A302 JACKSON, RICHARD W. "Books that Blume." EE 51 (September 1974):779-83. Blume's editor provides insight into the editorial and writing processes. A303 MAYNARD, JOYCE. "Coming of Age with Judy Blume." New York Times Magazine, 3 December 1978, pp. 80-86, 90, 92, 94. Parents comment on Blume's books, particularly Forever. A304 PORTE, BARBARA ANN. "Point of View: What Is It About Books by Judy Blume?" Advocate 2, no. 1 (Fall 1982):44-49. Examines the appeal of Blume's books and concludes part of it lies in the fact that children, like adults, like to read about themselves. A305 REES, DAVID. "Not Even for a One Night Stand." In Marble in the Water, pp. 173-84, Boston: Horn Book, 1980. A highly critical attack on Blume for trivial focus, poor quality language, and moral and social deficiencies. Especially critical of Are You There God, It's Me, Margaret? as "a bore and an embarrassment, a complete waste of one's time. . . . the ultimate in the read-it-and throw-it-away kind of book." A306 ROBERSON, TERRI. "Judy Blume's Forever, and Other Novels: Are Teachers Ready for Them?" Focus: Teaching English Language Arts 3, no. 2 (Winter 1977):35-39. (Also available from ERIC Educa tional Document Reproduction Service, ED 157 082.) Examines in terms of the problems and solutions in a number of Blume's novels. A307 SAUNDERS, PAULA C. "Judy Blume as Herself." Writer's Digest 59 (February 1979):18-24. In an extensive interview Blume discusses herself and her work. A308 SIEGEL, R.A. "Are You There God? It's Me, Me, ME!: Judy Blume's Self-Absorbed Narrators." L&U 2 (Fall 1978):72-77. The key to Blume's popularity lies in the way her narrative tech niques "are used to communicate a style of experiencing and perceiv ing the self and the world and a definition of what it means to be a pre-adolescent child in suburban America." Concludes that her books are "poor nourishment for the imagination of children." A309 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Pipers, pp. 308-20, Blume discusses her life and work in an interview. BLYTON, ENID (1897-1968) A310 BARKER, KEITH. "The Use of Food in Enid Blyton's Fiction." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 1 (Spring 1982):4-11. Blyton "carried the use of food in her books to new heights (or, perhaps, depths) and in so doing demonstrated the manipulation of both her readers and her own subconscious creative forces." A311 BLISHEN, EDWARD. "Who's Afraid of Enid Blyton?" Where, July 1967. (Reprinted in Culpan, Variety Is King, pp. 79-82.) Argues that Blyton's banality dampens the imagination. He sus pects that Blyton's supporters find "her bland insipid world, with its strict nursery basis, a comforting one." A312 CADOGAN, MARY, and CRAIG, PATRICIA. You're A Brick, pp. 336-47. Sees "a decline in the adventure story which culminates in the books of Enid Blyton." Analyzes Blyton's appeal to children and uses Six Bad Boys ("perhaps [her] nastiest story") as an example of her techniques and her use of the "happy family" motif. A313 CULLINGFORD, CEDRIC. "Why Children Like Enid Blyton." New Society 9 (August 1979):290-91. Maintains that "the attraction lies precisely in the predictability that teachers often so object to." A314 DIXON, BOB. "The Nice, the Naughty and the Nasty: The Tiny World of Enid Blyton." CLE, o.s., no. 15 (1974):43-61. (Reprinted in Catching Them Young, pp. 56-73.) Examines Blyton's ideological basis, as pronounced in her prefaces and as exemplified in the Famous Five series. An editorial comment by Kenneth Sterck follows. Brian Alderson responds in CLE, o.s., no. 17 (Summer 1975):101-3. A315 DOHM, JANICE. "The Work of Enid Blyton." In Ford, Young Writ ers, Young Readers, pp. 99-106. (Also in Journal of Education and reprinted in Culpan, Variety is King, pp. 83-88.) Analyzes the reasons for Blyton's popularity. A316 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 186-91. "No book which aims to deal ambitiously with children's reading can simply condemn the novels of Enid Blyton and have done with her. . . . Enid Blyton invites children to hold her hand on a walk through an adventure recounted with such flatness both of diction and of representation that any reader could be sure that no threat either to experience or to technique lurked in any sentence." A317 McKELLAR, PETER. "Enid Blyton." In Meek, Cool Web, pp. 222-25. (Reprinted from Imagination and Thinking: A Psychological Analysis [London: Cohen & West, 1957].) Blyton describes her writing process. A318 RAY, SHEILA. The Blyton Phenomenon. London: Andre Deutch, 1982, 246 pp. The first half of the book concentrates on the history of the public's reception and rejection of Blyton's books, whereas the second half examines the question of why children like her books and ana lyzes critical consideration of her Noddy and nursery stories, pp. 132-39; her fantasies, pp. 140-51; her holiday adventure stories, pp. 152-70; her detective fiction, pp. 171-77; her circus stories, pp. 178-84; her family stories, pp. 185-94; and her school stories, pp. 195-200. Includes a bibliography of criticism and Blyton's books. A319 SHAVIT, ZOHAR. "The Portrayal of Children in Popular Literature. The Case of Enid Blyton." In Escarpit, Portrayal of the Child, pp. 315-32. Finds that Enid Blyton and Carolyn Keene exemplify the way writers of popular children's literature manage to create temporary illusions of "an exclusive children's world." A320 STONEY, BARBARA. Enid Blyton. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1974, 252 pp. Concentrates on biography rather than criticism. A321 TINDALL, GILLIAN. Review. New Statesman (27 September 1974):434. Reviews Barbara Stoney's biography of Enid Blyton, finding it "never quite gets to grips with the peculiar element of Enid Blyton's tractive but positively repulsive to many adults." A322 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. "The Blyton Enigma." CLE, o.s., no. 19 (Winter 1975):191-97. (Reprinted in Culpan, Variety is King, pp. 72-78.) Surveys reviews of Barbara Stoney's unflattering biography and takes up a cudgel in Blyton's defense. She was "on the child's side" and also "mastered her craft as a novelist." Explores other reasons for her popularity with children despite critical disapproval. A323 -----. The Child and the Book, pp. 105-16. Provides fascinating insights into Blyton's appeal for children: the child heroes, the reliance on clich‚ and simplification that allows the stories to "move at a truly spanking pace," her identification with the child's own "egocentric, quasi-magical views about life," the "theme of children having everything their own way." Maintains that Blyton was sometimes a "more skillful writer for children than she has been given credit for," and suggests further avenues of approach to her work. A324 WELCH, COLIN. "Dear Little Noddy." Encounter 10, no. 1 (January 1958):18-22. (Reprinted in New Zealand Libraries 21, no. 9 [1958].) A parent complains of lack of depth in the highly popular Noddy books. "In this witless, spiritless, snivelling, sneaking doll the children of England are expected to find themselves reflected." A325 WOODS, MICHAEL. "The Uses of Blyton." New Society, 19 Septem ber 1974, pp. 731-33. Surveys teachers' views of Blyton's books. Finds hostility soften ing. A326 WRIGHT, PETER. "Five Run Away Together--Should We Let Them Back?" English in Education 14, no. 1 (Spring 1980):16-22. Argues that Blyton's books provide children with "a sense of security . . . a resting place," and that many of her questionable attitudes "are being defused by the passage of time." BOND, MICHAEL (1926- ) A327 BLOUNT, MARGARET. "Animals are Equal: A Bear in a London Family." In Animal Land, pp. 307-22. Analyzes Paddington as a bear who "has joined the human race without the transition really showing." A328 BOND, MICHAEL. "Jumping in at the Deep End: On Writing for Children." Horn Book 56 (June 1980):335-39. The creator of Paddington Bear discusses his background, meth ods, and goals in writing. A329 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 49-54. In an interview Bond discusses his background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of his works. BONHAM, FRANK (1914- ) A330 BONHAM, FRANK. "The World of Rufus Henry." Horn Book 42 (February 1966):34-36. Tells of exploring the world of gangs as background for Durango Street. BONTEMPS, ARNA (1902-73) A331 BONTEMPS, ARNA. "The Lonesome Boy Theme." Horn Book 42 (December 1966):672-80. Reflects upon the significance of the lonesome boy theme in his own works. A332 -----. "Sad-Faced Author." Horn Book 15 (January-February 1939):7-12. The story behind the Sad-Faced Boy. BORLAND, HAL (1900-1978) A333 BELL, LOREN C. "The Onion and When the Legends Die." English Journal 73 (November 1984):56-57. Outlines eight layers in Tom Black's circular journey back to "the heart of things." BORN, ADOLPH (1930- ) A334 STEHLĺKOVŕ BLANKA. "Adolf Born and the Development of Czech Book Illustration for Children." Phaedrus 9 (1982):22-26. An in-depth discussion of Born's work within the context of the development of Czech book illustration. BOSTON, LUCY M. (1892- ) A335 BLATT, GLORIA. "Profile: Lucy M. Boston." LA 60 (February 1983):220-25. Reports on a visit to Boston at her home, with comments on the way its various elements have been worked into her stories. Includes photographs and a bibliography of works by Boston. A336 BOSTON, LUCY M. "Christmas at Green Knowe." Horn Book 31 (December 1955):471-73. A description of Green Knowe, particularly of events in the music room at Christmas time, and how these helped to inspire Bos ton's fantasies. A337 -----. "The Place That Is Green Knowe." Junior Bookshelf 26 (December 1962):295-302. (Reprinted in Horn Book 39 [June 1963]:259-64 and in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 216-21 as "A Message from Green Knowe.") Discusses her house, "which is the underlying symbol" in all her books, her conception of children's books as works of art, and a little of her background. A338 CAMPBELL, ALASDAIR. "Children's Writers: 4. Lucy Boston." School Librarian 26 (September 1978):212-17. Attempts to convince librarians that Boston is "potentially a popular author, as well as an outstandingly good one." A339 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Why the Children of Green Knowe?" In "The Reader in the Book." Signal 23 (May 1977):64-68. (Reprinted in Chambers, Signal Approach, pp. 267-75.) Applies the critical theory of the "implied reader" to The Chil dren of Green Knowe. A340 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Lucy Boston at 80." Junior Bookshelf 36, no. 6 (December 1972):355-57. Brief critical reflections on Boston's work. A341 HOLLINDALE, PETER. "The Novels of L.M. Boston." In Butts, Good Writers, pp. 25-33. Surveys Boston's dominant themes, the sense of place, of space, of time. Sees "continuity and change" as her most important themes, and "displacement" as a close second. Relates her fiction to her autobiography, Memory in a House. A342 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 55-64. In an interview Boston discusses her background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of her works. A343 MEEK, MARGARET. "A Private House." In Meek, Cool Web, pp. 325-30. (Also in TLS, 15 June 1973.) Uses Boston's autobiography, Memory In a House, as a basis for examining her fiction. A344 REES, DAVID. "Green Thought in a Green Shade--L.M. Boston." In Painted Desert, pp. 1-16. Contends that A Stranger at Green Knowe and An Enemy at Green Knowe are the best of the Green Knowe books, and agrees with John Rowe Townsend that The Sea Egg is her best work. Con cludes that it is "the power of a particular place" that distinguishes Boston and gives her work a richness. A345 ROBBINS, SIDNEY. "A Nip of Otherness, Like Life: The Novels of Lucy Boston." CLE, o.s., no. 6 (1971):5-16. Praises Boston's originality and depth. "Here is, surely, a `classic' series of children's stories which, though hardly `safe' in any superficial sense, will set free and extend the imagination and feeling of those children who are enabled to absorb them." A346 ROSE, JASPER. Lucy Boston. New York: Henry Z. Walck, 1965, 71 pp. Includes a biographical sketch and vivid personal impressions of Boston. Emphasizes her appeal to a wide range of ages, her skill and excellence as a writer, her plotting, her mysteriousness, and her affinities with the Victorians. A347 ROSENTHAL, LYNNE. "The Development of Consciousness in Lucy Boston's The Children of Green Knowe." Children's Literature 8 (1980):53-67. A Jungian analysis that sees the work in terms of its attempt to help children with the uncertainty of modern life by providing "images and processes by which they might recover lost wholeness." The recurring image of the ark and the theme of rescue are explored. A348 STOTT, JON C. "From Here to Eternity: Aspects of Pastoral in the Green Knowe Series." Children's Literature 11 (1983): 145-55. "Whereas most pastorals show the impossibility of escaping the destructiveness of time, the Green Knowe books imply that those who have fully experienced and completely committed themselves to the pastoral world will always remain part of it." A349 TOWNSEND, JOHN R. Sense of Story, pp. 28-38. Discusses Boston's house as the center for her tales, but praises the Sea Egg, which is dominated by the sea, not the house, as her finest book. A350 TRAVERS, P.L. "World Beyond World." Book Week, 7 May 1967, pp. 4-5. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 246-49.) Discusses The Sea Egg and The Green Knowe Books. Points out that in Boston's work "one is never aware that any of the stories has either beginning or end, the point of view is always mature, and the characters are perfectly balanced and juxtaposed, like those in a fairy tale." A351 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Pipers, pp. 277-84. Boston discusses her life and work in an interview. BOUTET DE MONVEL, MAURICE (1850-1913). A352 HEARN, MICHAEL PATRICK. "Maurice Boutet de Monvel: Master of the French Picture Book." Horn Book 55 (April 1979):170-81. An overview of the career, chief accomplishments, significance and influence of the French illustrator. A353 LANES, SELMA G. "A Second Look: Joan of Arc." Horn Book 58 (February 1982):79-83. Analyzes Boutet de Monvel's successful techniques of illustration in this review of a new edition of his classic Joan of Arc. Boy's Own Paper A354 MOYLES, R.G. "A Boy's Own View of Canada." CCL 34 (1984):41-56. Discusses the images of Canada conveyed by The Boy's Own Paper. BRADBURY, RAY (1920- ) A355 DIMEO, RICHARD STEVEN. "The Mind and Fantasies of Ray Brad bury." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Utah, 1970, 236 pp., DA 31:3541A. Explores "the opinions, characters, and central themes of Ray Bradbury for the autobiographical and psychological implications of his symbolism." A356 DOMINIANNI, ROBERT. "Ray Bradbury's 2026: A Year with Current Value." English Journal 73 (November 1984):49-51. Suggest approaches to The Martian Chronicles, particularly the short story "August 2026: There Will Come Soft Rains," for the secondary classroom. BRANFIELD, JOHN (1931- ) A357 McMAHON-HILL, GILLIAN. "John Branfield's Novels: `Writing About Real Issues.'" CLE, o.s., no. 12 (September 1973):29-41. Explores John Branfield's handling of "real issues" of contempo rary settings in two novels for young adults, Nancecuke and Sugar Mouse. BRAZIL, ANGELA (1869-1947) A358 FREEMAN, GILLIAN. The Schoolgirl Ethic: The Life and Works of Angela Brazil. London: Allen Lane, 1976, 160 pp. Traces interrelationships between Brazil's life and her books. A359 MARSH, GEVEN. "Angela Brazil." Junior Bookshelf 12 (March 1948):27-31. Points out ways in which Brazil stands apart from her imitators. BRENNAN, NICHOLAS (1948- ) A360 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Look Out for Olaf." Horn Book 51 (February 1975):26-30. Praises Brennan's originality, his ablility to draw popular and contemporary sources together, to create a work entirely his own. Discusses Jasper and the Giant, The Wonderful Potion and Other Stories, and Olaf's Incredible Machine. BRIDGERS, SUE ELLEN (1942- ) A361 BRIDGERS, SUE ELLEN. "People, Families and Mothers." ALAN Review 9, no. 1 (Fall 1981):1, 36. (Also in ERIC Educational Docu ment Reproduction Service, ED 208 419.) The writer discusses her difficulty in telling people what her books are "about," notably Home Before Dark, All Together Now, and Notes for Another Life, and makes an attempt to do so. BRIGGS, KATHERINE M. (1898-1980) A362 HODGES, MARGARET. "Katherine M. Briggs: A Memoir." CLE, n.s. 12, no. 4 (1981):209-13. A363 MOSS, ELAINE. "K.M. Briggs: Novelist." Signal 30 (September 1979):133-39. Discusses the folklorist's novels Hobberdy Dick and Kate Crack ernuts. These demonstrate "through story the important part played in the lives of the people in seventeenth-century England and Scot land by their belief in hobgoblins, ghosts, witchcraft, and devil worship." A364 PHILIP, NEIL. "The Goodwill of Our Hearts: K.M. Briggs as Novel ist." Folklore 92, no. 2 (1981):155-59. Discusses Hobberdy Dick and Kate Crackernuts. BRIGGS, RAYMOND (1934- ) A365 BRIGGS, RAYMOND. "That Blooming Book." Junior Bookshelf 38, no. 4 (August 1974):195-96. Tells of the origins of Father Christmas. A366 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Fungus, Encore." Horn Book 56 (February 1980):88-90. Chambers champions the controversial Fungus the Bogeyman, explaining why he thinks it one of the most significant children's books of the last ten years. A367 FRITZ, JEAN. "The House That Jack Built." Horn Book 42 (Decem ber 1966):681-3. Describes the way in which Briggs's Mother Goose illustrations fulfill the images in her own mind and experience. A368 MOSS, ELAINE. "Raymond Briggs: On British Attitudes to the Strip Cartoon and Children's Book Illustration." Signal 28 (January 1979):26-33. In an interview Briggs discusses the strip cartoon as a combina tion of two art forms--the narrative and the illustrative--and expresses dismay that the form is not given the critical attention and appreciation he feels it deserves. Fungus the Bogeyman and Father Christmas are also commented upon at length. BRINK, CAROL RYRIE (1895-1981) A369 BRINK, CAROL RYRIE. "Caddie Woodlawn; Newbery Medal Winner 1936: Her History." Horn Book 12 (July-August 1936):248-50. Excerpt from the Newbery Medal acceptance speech. The story behind Caddie Woodlawn. A370 HADLOW, RUTH M. "Caddie Woodlawn." EE 37 (April 1960): 221-26, 237. An enthusiastic appreciation pointing out key incidents and strong points of the book. A371 ODLAND, NORINE. "Carol Ryrie Brink and Caddie Woodlawn." EE 45 (April 1968):425-28, 451. Discusses the book's background and the methods used in writing it. BRINSMEAD, H[ESBA] F[AY] (1922- ) A372 BRINSMEAD, H.F. "How and Why I Write for Young People." Book bird 7, no. 4 (1969):24-26. The author explains her motivation for writing and describes "how" she writes; includes an extended example from Sapphire for September. A373 McVITTY, WALTER. "Hesba Fay Brinsmead: Truth and Romantic Vision." In Innocence and Experience, pp. 133-62. Sees Brinsmead's apparently realistic teenage fiction as actually representing a "fusion between truth and romantic vision." Includes a brief biographical sketch, Brinsmead's own comments, and a bibliog raphy of her books. A374 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. Sense of Story, pp. 39-47. Praises Brinsmead's sympathy for the young people she writes about, her strongly realized settings, and her vitality, although he faults her sometimes unsatisfactory story structure and unmemorable male characters. Discusses Beat of the City. BRISLEY, JOYCE LANKESTER (1896-1978) A375 FACTOR, JUNE. "Joyce Lankester Brisley: An Appreciation." CLE, n.s. 10, no. 4 (Winter 1979):163-73. A study of the Milly-Molly-Mandy stories that, despite their currently unpopular didacticism, retain an appeal. Classifies Brisley as a major "minor" writer. BROOKE, L[EONARD] L[ESLIE] (1862-1940) A376 BROOKE, HENRY. Leslie Brooke and Johnny Crow. London: Freder ick Warne, 1982, 144 pp. This biography and memoir by Brooke's son includes many com ments on Brooke's illustrations and stories and their origins. Includes many reproductions and a checklist of books illustrated by Brooke. A377 CROUCH, MARCUS S. "Homage to Leslie Brooke." Junior Bookshelf 16, no. 2 (July 1952):86-93. Finds in Brooke's work both "painstaking technical ability and infinite personal kindliness." Ranks him among the very best. A378 HOGARTH, GRACE. "A Second Look: Johnny Crow." Horn Book 59 (February 1983):77-80. Suggests that the key to Brooke's success continued to appeal to children may be that he was with his own children when he created his books. A379 Horn Book. "L. Leslie Brooke." 17, no. 3 (May-June 1941). Special Issue. Contains a variety of tributes and appreciations, including a biographical sketch by Anne Carroll Moore and a fine critical analysis by Lillian H. Smith. (Smith's article is reprinted as "A Canadian Tribute to Leslie Brooke" in Fryatt, Horn Book Sampler, pp. 224-27.) A380 MOORE, ANNE CARROLL. "Leslie Brooke: Pied Piper of English Picture Books." Horn Book 1 (November 1924):10-13. (Reprinted in Fryatt, Horn Book Sampler, pp. 60-62.) Primarily an appreciative overview. BROOKS, NOAH (1830-1903) A381 STREET, DOUGLAS. "The Fairport Nine, The American Boy's First Baseball Novel." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 8 (1981):91-97. Argues that the one-hundred year old novel, the first to use the sport of baseball as its framework, is still worth reading because of "a remarkably vibrant quality about the writing." BROOKS, WALTER R[OLLIN] (1886-1958) A382 CART, MICHAEL. "Freddy, St. Peter, and Me." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 3 (Autumn 1983):142-48. Reminisces about growing up with the Freddy books and examines the qualities they represented. A383 SALE, ROGER. Fairy Tales, pp. 245-58. Analyzes the Freddy books, especially Wiggins for President. Describes Brooks as an author "that anyone can carry around through one's days, because one's days have many situations in them very much like Brooks's." BROWN, JAMIE A384 BLACKBURN, WILLIAM. "The Metaphor or the Moral? Didacticism in Contemporary Adolescent Fiction." CCL 27-28 (1982):175-76. Suggests that with Superbike! Brown has arrived at a "way of teaching without moralizing or condescending." BROWN, MARCIA (1918- ) A385 BADER, BARBARA. "Marcia Brown." In American Picturebooks, pp. 313-22. Traces Brown's career and her development as an artist. A386 BROWN, MARCIA. "Big and Little: Caldecott Award Acceptance." Horn Book 38 (August 1962):342-46. The story behind Once a Mouse. An account by Helen Adams Master of Brown's career in the years between 1955 and 1962 fol lows, pp. 347-52. A387 -----. "Caldecott Award Acceptance." Horn Book 31 (August 1955):279-90. Tells about her background, her philosophy of illustrating chil dren's books, and the background of some of her books. A bio graphical sketch by her editor, Alice Dalgliesh, follows, pp. 291-95. A388 -----. "Caldecott Medal Acceptance." Horn Book 59 (August 1983):414-22. Analyzes the origins of Shadow, the techniques she used to create it, and the effect she wanted to achieve. A biographical sketch by Janet A. Lovanger follows, pp. 423-26. A389 -----. "My Goals as an Illustrator." Horn Book 43 (June 1967):305-16. Discusses her goals, techniques, and the necessity of matching the illustration to the work. Also speaks of trends in illustration and three of her own works: Once A Mouse, The Wild Swans, and "The Story of Paka'a and His Son Ku." A390 -----. "Shadow: The Voice of Illustration." Advocate 3, no. 1 (Fall 1983):12-18. Reviews the origins of Shadow and defends it against critics who see it as stereotyped. A391 HOWARD, ELIZABETH F. "Shadows and Marcia Brown's Shadow." Horn Book 59 (October 1983):621-23. Discusses some of the controversial interpretations and accusations of racial stereotypes that have surrounded Shadow. A392 KENT, NORMAN. "Marcia Brown: Author and Illustrator." American Artist 27 (January 1963):26-31. A brief biocritical overview. A393 PAINTER, HELEN W. "Marcia Brown: A Study in Versatility." EE 43 (December 1966):841-55, 876. An overview of her life and work, stressing her versatility. Includes references. A394 WILSON, GERALDINE. Review. IRBC 14, nos. 1&2 (1983):33-34. Feels the book caricatures the religious life of another people in a stylized and disrespectful manner, and reinforces stereotypes of Africa and Africans that have been combatted in recent decades. BROWN, MARGARET WISE (1910-52) A395 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 215-29 passim, 252-64. Discusses her contributions to the books published by the William R. Scott company on pages 215-29, and provides in-depth interpreta tions of her creations, particularly Good-Night Moon, in the latter section. A396 BECHTEL, L.S. "Margaret Wise Brown: `Laureate of the Nursery.'" Horn Book 34 (June 1958):172-86. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 19-27.) A brief bio-critical overview and personal recollection. A397 BLIVEN, BRUCE, Jr. "Child's Best Seller." Life 21 (2 December 1946):59-66. Brown discusses her life and work in this illustrated interview. A398 HEINS, ETHEL L. "A Second Look: The Noisy Books." Horn Book 52 (December 1976):646-47. Explores the appeal of The Noisy Books to the young child. A399 MARCUS, L.S. "Legend of Margaret Wise Brown." Publishers Weekly 224 (22 July 1983):74-76. Summarizes the enduring aspects of Brown's achievements. "No writer since . . . has achieved a voice and vision so knowlingly alert to the sensual immediacies and actual concerns of persons newly aware of the world beyond their toes." A400 SAUL, E. WENDY. "Children's Literature: A View from the Great Green Room." Advocate 2, no. 1 (Fall 1982):16-24. Applies techniques suggested by Aidan Chambers in "The Reader in the Book" to Good-Night Moon, and compares this interpretation with the responses recorded in two parent diaries. A401 SENDAK, MAURICE. "Artist's Choice." Horn Book 31 (August 1955):296-97. Analyzes the appeal of The Two Little Trains, this "miracle" of bookmaking. BROWN, PALMER (1919- ) A402 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 492-94. Discusses the distinguishing characteristics of Brown's four books. BROWN, ROY (1921-82) A403 SHADIOW, LINDA. "The Author as Villain: The Treatment of Out siders in Four Roy Brown Mysteries." ALAN Review 9 (Fall 1981):6-7. (Also in ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Ser vice, ED 208 419.) Accuses Brown of "adding to the fear, uneasiness, and misunder standing many young adult readers already feel" toward the mentally ill, the retarded, and other people characterized as "outsiders." BROWNE, ANTHONY (1923- ) A404 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England." Horn Book 56 (April 1980):211-14. Praises Shirley Hughes and Anthony Browne as foremost repre sentatives of a new wave of English picture-book making. A405 -----. "Letter from England: Making Them New." Horn Book 57 (December 1981):703-8. Analyzes Charles Keeping's illustrations for The Highwayman and Browne's for Hansel and Gretel as examples of revitalizing old tales. A406 DOONAN, JANE. "Talking Pictures: A New Look at Hansel and Gre tel." Signal 42 (September 1983):123-31. Examines the way in which Browne's illustrations interpret the folktale. A407 MARANTZ, SYLVIA, and MARANTZ, KENNETH. "An Interview with Anthony Browne." Horn Book 61 (November 1985):696-704. The discussion ranges over Browne's work and the critical response it has received. The Brownies' Book A408 SINNETTE, ELINOR D. "The Brownies' Book: A Pioneer Publication for Children." In Black Titan, W.E.B. Dubois: An Anthology by the Editors of "Freedomways. Boston: Beacon Press, 1970, pp. 164-75. Describes The Brownies' Book, a periodical for children edited by W.E.B. Dubois, whose purpose was "To seek to teach universal love and brotherhood for all little folk, black and brown and yellow and white." BROWNING, ROBERT (1812-1889) A409 BLACKBURN, WILLIAM. "Lifting the Curse of the Roman: Quintus Horatius Flaccus Meets The Pied Piper of Hamelin." Paper presented at the 34th Annual Meeting of the Rocky Mountain Modern Lan guage Association (Denver, Colorado, October 16-18, 1980). ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1980, 23 pp., ED 195 998. Finds similarities in The Pied Piper of Hamelin and Lewis Car roll's Alice in Wonderland, especially in the way immutable laws are rearranged in such a way "as to set logic, order, authority, or accepted standards of behavior slightly awry. . . . Both violate the reigning didactic premise that had been in existence since Horace." A410 QUEENAN, BERNARD. "The Evolution of the Pied Piper." Children's Literature 7 (1978):104-14. Traces the historical origins of the Pied Piper of Hamelin. BRUCE, MARY GRANT (1878-1958) A411 ALEXANDER, ALISON. Billabong's Author. Sydney: Angus & Rob ertson, 1979, 150 pp. This biography of Mary Grant Bruce contains sections on the writing, and critical reception of the Billabong books. Includes bibliographies. A412 NIALL, BRENDA. Seven Little Billabongs: The World of Ethel Turner and Mary Grant Bruce. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press, 1979, 219 pp. Outlines the lives and literary careers of the two writers in part 1, and in part 2 concentrates on their novels' themes, characters, family patterns, and depiction of the Australian landscape. BRUCKNER, KARL (1906- ) A413 KINGSTON, CAROLYN. Tragic Mode, pp. 116-20. Analyzes The Day of The Bomb in terms of its treatment of the theme of war. BRUNHOFF, JEAN De (1899-1937), and BRUNHOFF, LAURENT De (1925- ) A414 DORFMAN, ARIEL. The Empire's Old Clothes: What the Lone Ranger, Babar, and other Innocent Heroes Do to Our Minds. New York: Pantheon, 1983, 225 pp. Includes a lengthy and thoughtful critique of the Babar books as representative of new colonialism, pp. 17-64. A415 GRAHAM, ELEANOR. "The Genius of De Brunhoff: The Creator of the Babar Books." Junior Bookshelf 5 (January 1941):49-56. Praises Jean De Brunhoff's benevolence, inventions, and under standing of human nature. Also comments on the books' production. A416 HASKELL, ANN S. "Babar's Anniversary Album: Six Favorite Stories." NYTBR, 15 November 1981, pp. 49, 68. Reviews this new collection with its introduction by Maurice Sendak. A417 HILDEBRAND, ANN M. "Jean De Brunhoff's Advice to Youth: The Babar Books as Books of Courtesy." Children's Literature 11 (1983):76-95. Places the Babar books in the context of French society of the time and makes a convincing case for them as part of the courtesy- book tradition. Argues that they portray a system of behavior writ ten by the absent father for the children who would have to grow up without him. A418 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "Jean De Brunhoff and the Benevolent Monarchy of King Babar." In Three Centuries, pp. 195-200. Highly critical of Laurent with much praise for Jean. A419 IMHOLTZ, AUGUST A. "Sanskrit Verses in a Babar Book." CLE, n.s. 12, no. 4 (1981):207-8. Discovers the meaning of the "Song of the Elephants" in Babar the King in Sanskrit, and raises questions of possible Sanskrit connections in other Babar books. A420 LEACH, EDMUND. "Babar's Civilization Analysed." New Society 1, no. 12 (20 December 1962):16-17. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Con nect, pp. 176-82.) Suggests that Babar's appeal to adults lies in the carefully structured society of exotic animals, far enough from reality to be comfortable. A421 MITCHELL, MARGUERITE MacKELLAR. Review. Horn Book 9 (February 1933):29-30. First American review, highly favorable, of original French edi tions of the Story of Babar (Histoire de Babar) and The Travels of Babar (Le Voyage de Babar). "The reviewer admits, rather reluc tantly, that these books are intended, probably, only for children." Praises the "dashing simplicity" of the illustrations and the "directness" of the storytelling. A422 PAYNE, HARRY C. "The Reign of King Babar." Children's Litera ture 11 (1983):96-108. Suggests that the longstanding appeal of the Babar books to both children and adults lies in their combination of childlike gratification and adult responsibility. Points out that Babar himself creates an "adult" civilized world, whereas most fantasies contain already created worlds ready for the characters to stumble into. "Brunhoff offers a vision of an elephant-child who grows up, in spite of obstacles, with ease, trust and initiative, and who nurtures a society that makes it easy for others to do the same." A423 RICHARDSON, PATRICK. "Teach Your Baby to Rule." New Society, 10 March 1966 pp. 25-26. (Reprinted in Tucker, Suitable for Chil dren, pp. 179-83.) The earlier Babar stories "are a primer in power politics," a "parody reaction" to the dictatorships of the 1930s. A424 SALE, ROGER. Fairy Tales, pp. 12-15. Analyzes the style and illustrations in Travels of Babar. A425 SENDAK, MAURICE. "Homage to Babar on His 50th Birthday." In Babar's Anniversary Album. New York: Random House, 1981, pp. 6-15. "There is always an underlying emphasis on developing a child's (an elephant child's) personal freedom and individuality through self-control. . . . No one before, and very few since, has utilized the double-spread illustration to such dazzling, dramatic effect." Sendak shares his personal and professional reactions to the Babar books. A426 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Pipers, pp. 77-86. Laurent De Brunhoff discusses his life and work in an interview. BRYAN, ASHLEY (1923- ) A427 SWINGER, ALICE K. "Profile: Ashley Bryan." LA 61 (March 1984):305-11. A brief biocritical overview. BUCHAN, JOHN (1875-1940) A428 BLACKBURN, WILLIAM. "John Buchan's Lake of Gold: A Canadian Imitation of Kipling." CCL 14 (1979):5-13. A comparison with Kipling reveals that "in a fully successful work, the `Canadian' quality of setting and background must express itself through situations and characters having some more potent claim on our attention than that conferred by the accidents of geog raphy and historical coincidence." BUCK, PEARL S. (1892-1973) A429 KINGSTON, CAROLYN. Tragic Mode, pp. 134-38. Analyzes the theme of loss in The Beech Tree and The Big Wave. BULLA, CLYDE ROBERT (1914- ) A430 GRIESE, ARNOLD A. "Clyde Robert Bulla: Master Story Weaver." EE 48 (November 1971):766-78. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 28-40.) A fine overview of Bulla's work, dwelling on the breadth of his writing, his background, and his wide-ranging interests. Character izes Bulla as a "master plot weaver," and comments on his empathy and style. BURCH, ROBERT (1925- ) A431 BURCH, ROBERT. "Stories from the Front Porch." ChLAQ 9, no. 4 (Winter 1984-85):164-67. Discusses the influences of his rural southern background on his work. A432 KINGSTON, CAROLYN. Tragic Mode, pp. 22-25. Analyzes the theme of rejection in Queenie Peavy. A433 OLIVER, JO ELLEN. "`Old' and `New' Realism in Adolescents' Litera ture." Journal of Reading 21 (January 1980):335-38. Considers Skinny an example of the `old realism' as defined by R. Wald in "Realism in Children's Literature," LA (October 1975):938-41. BURKERT, NANCY EKHOLM (1933- ) A434 ART OF NANCY EKHOLM BURKERT. Edited by David Larkin. Introduction by Michael Danoff. New York: Harper & Row, 1977, 95 pp. Danoff's introductory essay traces influences on Burkert's art and discusses her philosophy of art and illustration. The book contains numerous black and white and color reproductions of Burkert's illus trations, paintings, and sculptures. A435 COCHRAN-SMITH, MARILYN. "The Art of Nancy Ekholm Burkert." ChLAQ 4, no. 3 (Fall 1979):1, 8-10. (Reprinted in May, Children and Their Literature, pp. 117-21.) Stresses Burkert's sense of place, detail, and authenticity, and discusses the suitability of these elements to the works of fantasy she has illustrated. Includes references. A436 GARDNER, JOHN. Review of Snow White. NYTBR, 5 November 1972), pp. 1, 18, 30. Compares Burkert favorably to Dore and Tenniel, but has less respect for Jarrell's translation. Provides a fine analysis of Burkert's illustrations for Snow White and for Lear's Scroobious Pip. A437 ROSEN, BARBARA. Review of Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs. Children's Literature 2 (1973):224-25. Discusses the balance between text and illustration. BURNETT, FRANCES HODGSON (1849-1924) A438 BIXLER, PHYLLIS. "Idealization of the Child and Childhood in Frances Hodgson Burnett's Little Lord Fauntleroy and Mark Twain's Tom Sawyer." In Research About Nineteenth Century Children and Books: Portrait Studies. Edited by Selma K. Richardson. Urbana: University of Illinois, Graduate School of Library Science, 1980, pp. 85-96. Places the idealization of the child in the context of pastoral traditions in literature. A439 -----. "The Oral-Formulaic Training of a Popular Fiction Writer: Frances Hodgson Burnett." Journal of Popular Culture 15, no. 4 (Spring 1982):42-52. Examines Burnett's use of oral traditions and formulas. A440 BIXLER, PHYLLIS, and AGOSTA, LUCIEN. "Formula Fiction and Children's Literature: Thornton Waldo Burgess and Frances Hodgson Burnett." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 2 (Summer 1984):63-72. Applies John G. Cawelti's description of formula fiction to an analysis of the works of Thornton Burgess and Frances Hodgson Bur nett. A441 CADOGAN, MARY, and CRAIG, PATRICIA. "Rags To Riches and Riches to Rags." In You're A Brick, pp. 60-72. Explores the "Cinderella quality" of Burnett's books, especially That Lass O'Lowrie's. A442 CARPENTER, HUMPHREY. Secret Gardens, pp. 188-90. Although the Secret Garden is the unifying theme of Carpenter's book he devotes only a few paragraphs to this "last book which uses the Arcadian image quite so confidently." A443 CATE, DICK. "Uses of Narrative." EE 53 (Winter 1971):45-50. (Reprinted in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 24-31, as "Forms of Storying: The Inner and Outer Worlds.") Shows how the various characters in A Little Princess use fic tionalizing or make-believe on various levels and how this makes the book "realistic." A444 GOHLKE, MADELON S. "Re-Reading The Secret Garden." College English 41 (April 1980):894-902. (Discussion in 43 [April 1981):423-25.] Examines the book through a combination of "personal reminis cence" and "more conventional literary analysis," and finds that "each side of the transaction illuminates the other." A445 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 111-13. Highly praises The Secret Garden as "a pagan Garden of Eden for children where culture is detached from labour and returned to creativeness." Links it with Philippa Pearce's Tom's Midnight Garden, written forty years later. A446 KEYSER, ELIZABETH LENNOX. "Quite Contrary: Frances Hodgson Burnett's The Secret Garden." Children's Literature 11 (1983):1-13. Argues that Mary's independence and contrariness make her appealing and memorable, but Colin's ascendence in the last third of the book is less successful, reflecting Burnett's own conflict about sex roles. A447 KOPPES, PHYLLIS BIXLER. "Tradition and the Individual Talent of Frances Hodgson Burnett: A Generic Analysis of Little Lord Fauntleroy, A Little Princess, and The Secret Garden." Children's Literature 7 (1978):191-207. Argues that in Little Lord Fauntleroy and A Little Princess, Burnett combined the genres of fairy tale and exemplum, and in The Secret Garden "she gave symbolic enrichment and mythic enlargement to her poetic vision by adding tropes from a pastoral tradition at least as old as Virgil's Georgics." A448 LASKI, MARGHANITA. Mrs. Ewing, Mrs. Molesworth, and Mrs. Hodgson Burnett. London: A. Marhr, 1950, 121 pp. Provides a critical analysis of Burnett's children's stories on pages 73-96. A449 LEWIS, NAOMI. "The Road to Misselthwaite." TLS, 5 July 1974, pp. 711-12. Reviews Ann Thwaite's Waiting for the Party. A450 LURIE, ALISON. "Happy Endings." NYRB, 28 November 1974, p. 40. Review of Waiting for the Party: The Life of Frances Hodgson Burnett by Ann Thwaite. Explores the reasons for the enduring popularity of Little Lord Fauntleroy and The Secret Garden. A451 MacLEOD, ANNE SCOTT. "Ragged Dick and L.L.F.: A Curious Kin ship." Horn Book 59 (October 1983):613-20. Despite differences, Horatio Alger's Ragged Dick and Burnett's Little Lord Fauntleroy each represents his creator's idealized version of American boyhood and a "prototype of democratic character." A452 ROXBURGH, STEPHEN D. "`Our First World': Form and Meaning in the Secret Garden." CLE, n.s., 10, no. 3 (Autumn 1979):120-30. (Also in Proceeding's of the Children's Literature Association 6 [1979]:165-77.) Analyzes The Secret Garden in terms of Northrop Frye's mythic structures and archetypal modes, finding similarities with T.S. Eliot's "Burnt Norton." A453 THREADGOLD, ROSEMARY. "The Secret Garden: An Appreciation of Frances Hodgson Burnett as a Novelist for Children." CLE, n.s. 10, no. 3 (Autumn 1979):113-19. Attempts to find a key to the lasting popularity of the book through an analysis of its themes and style. A454 WHITE, ALISON. "Tap-Roots into a Rose Garden." Children's Liter ature 1 (1972):74-76. Finds parallels in the garden images of T.S. Eliot's "Burnt Nor ton" and Burnett's Secret Garden. BURNFORD, SHEILA (1918-85) A455 KERTZER, ADRIENNE E. "Animal Lessons: Correcting the Perspec tive." CCL 12 (1978):85-88. Reviews Bel Ria: Dog of War and finds the animals more fully drawn than the humans. BURNINGHAM, JOHN (1936- ) A456 BURNINGHAM, JOHN, and OXENBURY, HELEN. "A Dialogue on Illustrating." In Robinson, M. Readings in Children's Literature, pp. 104-23. Burningham and Oxenbury discuss the course of their careers, their approaches to illustration, and the backgrounds of a number of their books. BURROUGHS, EDGAR RICE (1875-1950) A457 FARMER, PHILIP JOSE. "Tarzan Lives." Esquire 77 (April 1972):127-31, 195. An imaginary "interview" with the eighth duke of Greystoke. A458 HOLTSMARK, ERLING B. Tarzan and Tradition: Classical Myth in Popular Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1981, 196 pp. "This study, then, hopes to indicate the precise nature of the relationship of Burroughs' Tarzan to the classical prototypes, not because he needs more readers, but because he merits more serious attention than critics and academicians have hitherto given him." A459 NESTEBY, JAMES RONALD. "The Tarzan Series of Edgar Rice Bur roughs: Lost Races and Racism in American Popular Culture." Ph.D. dissertation, Bowling Green State University, 1978, 263 pp., DA 39:4347A. Concludes that "Burroughs is a blatant racist who is also capable of satirizing through lost races and cultures his own and American ideas about the development and disintegration of races and cultures. Tarzan represents a rejection of twentieth-century American values, for the values he upholds are from the nineteenth century." A460 -----. "Tenuous Vine of Tarzan of the Apes." Journal of Popular Culture 13 (Winter 1979):483-87. Explores possible precedents for Burroughs's Tarzan. A461 ORTH, MICHAEL. "Tarzan's Revenge: A Literary Biography of Edgar Rice Burroughs." Ph.D. dissertation, Claremont Graduate School, 1974, 409 pp., DA 35:3002A. "Tarzan denied all the values of the industrial, urban society in which Burroughs and his readers lived, and from which they con sciously drew their ideals, and thus Burroughs had to deny the source of all his success." A462 PENDLETON, THOMAS A. "Tarzan of the Papers." Journal of Popu lar Culture 12, no. 4 (Spring 1979):691-701. Examines the way comic strip versions of Tarzan were able to overcome the literary difficulties inherent in continuing to present, challenge, and maintain interest in a hero with superhuman powers. A463 PORGES, IRWIN. Edgar Rice Burroughs: The Man Who Created Tar zan. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1975, 820 pp. Although this lengthy biography contains little critical evaluation, it provides extensive background on Burroughs, describes his methods of working, and contains extensive notes and references. Chapter 8, "Tarzan of the Apes," concentrates on the origins of the first of the Tarzan books, Burroughs's themes, and the early critical response. A464 PRAGER, ARTHUR. "The Victory Cry of the Bull Ape." In Rascals at Large, pp. 19-43. Discusses Tarzan of the Apes, outlines the standard Burroughs plot, and pokes fun at Buroughs's prose style. Prager also discusses Tarzan the Untamed in his chapter on World War I (pp. 180-86). A465 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, pp. 172-74. Points out that the Tarzan series is full of stereotypes of Africa prevalent at the turn of the century. A466 TOPPING, GARY. "The Pastoral Ideal in Popular American Literature: Zane Grey and Edgar Rice Burroughs." Rendezvous 12, no. 2 (Fall 1977):11-25. Examines Grey and Burroughs as popular "wilderness cult" writ ers. Sees Tarzan as "a savage who is unhappy in civilization, yet he is a civilized man who is unhappy in the jungle." BURTON, HESTER (1913- ) A467 BURTON, HESTER. "How I Came to Write Time of Trial." Junior Bookshelf 28 (July 1964):135-38. BURTON, VIRGINIA LEE (1909-68) A468 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 199-203. Briefly discusses Burton's achievement as a picture-book artist with a narrative bent. A469 BURNS, PAUL C., and HINES, RUTH. "Virginia Lee Burton." EE 44 (April 1967):331-35. Relates Burton's books to her life and beliefs, and examines their appeal. A470 BURTON, VIRGINIA LEE. "Making Picture Books." Horn Book 19 (July-August 1943):228-29. Describes how she made The Little House and other books, and iterates her belief in the importance of books for children. A471 -----. "Symphony in Comics." Horn Book 17 (July-August 1941):307-11. Describes her experiment of working with her son to create Cal ico the Wonder Horse or the Saga of Stewy Slinker in comic-book style. Also analyzes the appeal of comics. A472 COLBY, JEAN POINDEXTER. "A Book Production Story." Horn Book 24 (March-April 1948):110-18. Depicts the painstaking process that went into producing the detailed design of Song of Robinhood, edited by Anne Malcolmson. A473 KINGMAN, LEE. "Virginia Lee Burton's Dynamic Sense of Design." In Horn Book 46 (October-December 1970):449-60, 593-602. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 41-55.) Provides in-depth analysis of Burton's texts and art. A474 MacCAMPBELL, JAMES C. "Virginia Lee Burton: Artist-Storyteller." EE 33 (January 1956):3-10. Provides background on Burton's life and discusses her use of devices which appeal to children. A475 STOTT, JON C. "Pastoralism and Escapism in Virginia Lee Burton's The Little House." North Dakota Quarterly 49, no. 1 (Winter 1981):33-36. Sees in The Little House "a profound representation of two main aspects of American social history; the fear of spreading urbanization and the yearning for a return to a simpler, rural way of life." BUSCH, WILHELM (1832-1908) A476 TAYLOR, R. LORING. "The Ambiguous Legacy of Wilhelm Busch." Children's Literature 1 (1972):77-92. Surveys and analyzes research on Busch, creator of the comic strip "Katzenjammer Kids." Includes a bibliography of German scho larship on Busch. BYARS, BETSY (1928- ) A477 BYARS, BETSY. "Beginnings, `Human Things,' and the Magical Moments." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 8 (1981):4-8. Comments on the origins of some of her books. A478 -----. "Writing for Children." Signal 37 (January 1982):3-10. Tells of the origins of her writings. A479 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Arrows--All Pointing Upward." Horn Book 54 (December 1978):680-84. Discusses changes in Byars's work "coming from her strengthening confidence about her attitudes toward childhood and what fiction can and should offer child readers." Focuses especially on The Cartoonist and Pinballs. A480 HANSEN, I.V. "A Decade of Betsy Byars' Boys." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 1 (Spring 1984):3-11. Analyzes Byars's skillful portrayals of small boys. A481 KUZNETS, LOIS T. "Betsy Byars' Slice of `American Pie.'" ChLAQ 5, no. 4 (1981):31-33. A brief critical overview. A482 REES, DAVID. "Little Bit of Ivory--Betsy Byars." In Painted Desert, pp. 33-46. Maintains that Byars's novels all have similar structures, themes, and audience, and display "wit and good sense, a succinct prose style with tense, vivid perceptions and ironical observations of life." Like Jane Austen, Byars works on a "little bit (two inches wide) of ivory." A483 ROBERTSON, INA. "Profile: Betsy Byars--Writer for Today's Child." LA 57 (March 1980):328-34. A brief biocritical overview, including Byars's response to a questionnaire. Includes bibliographies of secondary materials and of children's books by Byars. A484 SEGEL, ELIZABETH. "Betsy Byars: An Interview." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 4 (Winter 1982):171-79. Touches on her life and childhood and briefly discusses many of her books, their technique and background. A485 WATSON, KEN. "The Art of Betsy Byars." Orana 16 (February 1980):3-5. Traces Byars's development of a more economical style and tighter plot construction. CALDECOTT, RANDOLPH (1846-86) A486 BODGER, JOAN H. "Caldecott Country." Horn Book 37 (June 1961):227-28. Caldecott's pictures come alive for a family who visits the places where he lived. A487 ENGEN, RODNEY K. Randolph Caldecott: Lord of the Nursery. London: Oresko, 1976, 104 pp. A biocritical overview, followed by a well-illustrated catalog of Caldecott's work, including his books. A488 HEARN, MICHAEL PATRICK. Introduction to The Caldecott Aesop: Twenty Fables Illustrated by Randolph Caldecott. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1978, pp. 1-6. Hearn comments on Alfred Caldecott's handling of the text and Randolph Caldecott's illustrations. He analyzes the publishing history of the fables and of this particular edition, first published in 1883. A489 HUTCHINS, MICHAEL. "Caldecott's Gentle Art with Children." Pen rose Annual 72 (1980):145-56. Primarily a brief biographical account that includes discussion and illustrations of the printing processes used to create the Three Jovial Huntsmen. Characterizes Caldecott as "a superb storyteller who could develop a narrative with spontaneous, witty drawings that delighted children and adults alike." A490 LAWS, FREDERICK. "Randolph Caldecott." In Egoff, Only Connect, pp. 317-25. (Reprinted from Saturday Book #16.) Analyzes Caldecott's technique as an illustrator, and his place in the history and development of book illustration. A491 VAN STOCKUM, HILDA. "Caldecott's Pictures in Motion." Horn Book 22 (March-April 1946):119-25 Examines the way in which Caldecott achieves the effect of con tinuous movement in his illustrations. CAMERON, ELEANOR (1912- ) A492 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "Fantasy, Science Fiction, and the Mushroom Planet Books." ChLAQ 5, no. 1 (Winter 1981):5-9. (Reprinted in Bator Signposts, pp. 294-300.) Discusses the background of her Mushroom Planet books and their links with science fiction and fantasy. A493 -----. "Into Something Rich and Strange: Of Dreams, Art, and the Unconsious." Quarterly Journal of Library of Congress, April 1978, pp. 92-107. (Reprinted in Haviland, The Openhearted Audience, pp. 153-75.) Examines the role of the dreams in all art, including her own. Comments also on the difference in her work before and after writ ing her book of critical essays, Green and Burning Tree. A494 -----. "One Woman as Writer and Feminist." ChLAQ 7, no. 4 (1982):3-6. Provides a feminist analysis of some of her own books. A495 -----. "A Realm of One's Own." In Green and Burning, pp. 48-70. Discusses how she wrote the Mushroom Planet books for her son David. In relating their origins to her son's love for Doctor Dolittle, also makes some insightful comments on Lofting's works. A496 NODELMAN, PERRY. "Beyond Explanation; and Beyond Inexplicabil ity, in Eleanor Cameron's Beyond Silence." Children's Literature 12 (1984):122-33. (Followed by Cameron's "A Response to Perry Nodel man's `Beyond Explanation,'" pp. 134-46. A summary of Nodelman's paper also appears in Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 [1982]:128-29.) Nodelman suggests that although a Cameron story may seem to have many loose ends, "Cameron uses these apparent loose ends to achieve completeness." A497 -----. "The Depths of All She Is: Eleanor Cameron." ChLAQ 4 (Winter 1980):6-8. Finds Cameron's fiction and criticism expressive of herself as a human being. CAMPBELL, JULIE A498 MASON, BOBBIE A. "Just Plain Trixie." In The Girl Sleuth, pp. 91-98. The Trixie Belden series, including some books written by Kathryn Kenny, is seen as portraying "one of the most liberating" of the girl sleuths. CAMPBELL, MARIA (1940- ) A499 STOTT, JON C. "A Conversation with Maria Campbell." CCL 31-32 (1983):15-22. This Canadian Native American writer discusses her life and work in an interview. CANIFF, MILTON (1907- ) A500 ADAMS, JOHN; MARSHALL, RICK; and NANTIER, T. Milton Caniff: Rembrandt of the Comic Strip. Endicott, N.Y.: Flying Buttress, 1981, 62 pp. Analyzes Caniff's skill as a comic-strip artist and storyteller. Includes many illustrations. A501 MINTZ, LAWRENCE E. "Fantasy, Formula, Realism, and Propaganda in Milton Caniff's Comic Strips." Journal of Popular Culture 12, no. 4 (Spring 1979):653-80. Attempts to analyze the success of Caniff's comic strip creations in terms of a formula combining fantasy and realism. Includes extensive references. CARIGIET, ALOIS (1902-85) A502 CARIGIET, ALOIS. "Acceptance Speech." Bookbird 4 (1966):7-9. Hans Christian Andersen Award, 1966. Tells of the origins of the Ursli books. A503 WERTH, KURT. "Artist's Choice." Horn Book 36 (February 1960): 26-27. Praises the illustrations of The Snowstorm by Selina Ch”nz and provides a detailed analysis of one particular picture. CARLE, ERIC (1929- ) A504 KLINGBERG, DELORES R. "Profile: Eric Carle." LA 54 (April 1977):445-52. A biocritical overview. CARLSON, DALE (1935- ) A505 CARLSON, DALE. "Girls Are Equal Too." TON 32 (April 1976): 269-77. Discusses her Girls Are Equal Too, its evolution, and responses to it. CARLSON, NATALIE SAVAGE (1906- ) A506 CARLSON, JULIE McALPINE. "Family Unity in Natalie Savage Carl son's Books for Children." EE, February 1968, pp. 214-17. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 56-61.) Carlson's daughter discusses the theme of family unity in her books. A507 McALPINE, JULIE CARLSON. "Fact and Fiction in Natalie Savage Carlson's Autobiographical Stories." Children's Literature 5 (1976):157-61. Carlson's daughter compares her mother's autobiographical fiction with her real life. CARNEGIE, ANDREW (1835-1919) A508 GRISWOLD, JERRY. "Andy and the Beanstalk: Andrew Carnegie's Own Story for Boys and Girls." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 4 (Winter 1982):180-87. Demonstrates how the tale of "Jack and the Beanstalk" provides the framework for Carnegie's autobiography. CARROLL, LEWIS [Charles Lutwidge Dodgson] (1832-98) A509 AUDEN, W.H. "Lewis Carroll." In Forewords and Afterwords, pp. 283-93. New York: Random House, 1973. Contrasts Alice with the American child-hero ("are there any American child-heroines?") who is a "Noble Savage, an anarchist," whereas Alice is a "`lady,'" reasonable and polite. A510 BACON, DEBORAH. "The Meaning of Non-Sense: A Psychoanalytic Approach to Lewis Carroll." Ph.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1950, 276 pp., DA 11:338A. Attempts to "demonstrate, from the psychoanalytic point of view, a parallelism between the known character and life of Charles Lut widge Dodgson and the latent meaning, symbolism, and intent in his literary creations." A511 BLAKE, KATHLEEN. Play, Games and Sport: The Literary Works of Lewis Carroll. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1974, 216 pp. Analyzes Carroll's works in terms of play, games and sports. A512 -----. "The Play Theme in the Imaginative Writing of Lewis Carroll." Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, San Diego, 1971, 255 pp., DA 32:2082A. Examines the role of play in Carroll's work. A513 CARPENTER, HUMPHREY. "Alice and the Mocking of God." In Secret Gardens, pp. 44-69. Provides comments on Carroll's life and the speculations of his biographers as well as offering insights into Alice as a mockery of religion and social conventions which Carroll later regretted. A514 FLESCHER, JACQUELINE. "The Language of Nonsense in Alice." Yale French Studies 43 (1969):128-44. Examines the nature of the language of nonsense used by Carroll. Emphasizes the necessary balance of order and disorder, and con cludes that full appreciation of nonsense requires "a willing suspen sion of disbelief." "The reader of the Annotated Alice has, in a sense, outgrown Wonderland." A515 GABRIELE, MARK. "Alice in Wonderland: Problem of Identity-- Aggressive Content and Form Control." American Imago 39 (Winter 1982):369-90. Argues that Alice "defines herself more from without than from within," that "she avoids contact with her own feelings, and looks toward rules to preserve her from threat." A516 GARDNER, MARTIN. "An Anniversary for Alice: A Child's Garden of Bewilderment." Saturday Review 48 (17 July 1965):18-19. (Reprinted as "A Child's Garden of Bewilderment," in Egoff, Only Connect, pp. 150-55.) Contends that Alice is no longer a book for children, but should be given to those over age fifteen, while Baum's Oz books are more appealing to younger children. A517 GRAY, DONALD J., ed. Lewis Carroll's Alice in Wonderland. Norton Critical Editions. New York: W.W. Norton, 1971, 434 pp. Following the standard Norton Critical Edition format, this vol ume contains texts of Alice's Adventures in Wonderland, Through the Looking Glass, and The Hunting of the Snark, together with sections of background writings and critical essays. The critical essays include Gillian Avery's "Fairy Tales with a Purpose," and "Fairy Tales for Pleasure"; Peter Conveney's "Escape"; William Empson's "The Child As Swain"; A.L. Taylor's "Chess and Theology in the Alice Books"; Elizabeth Sewell's "The Balance of Brillig"; George Pitcher's "Wittgen stein, Nonsense, and Lewis Carroll"; Michael Holquist's "What Is a Boojum? Nonsense and Modernism"; Phyllis Greenacre's "Reconstruc tion and Interpretation of the Development of Charles L. Dodgson and Lewis Carroll"; and a "Selected Bibliography." A518 GUILIANO, EDWARD FRANK. Lewis Carroll: An Annotated Inter national Bibliography, 1960-1977. Charlottesville: University of Virginia Press, 1977, 253 pp. Contains annotated listings of primary works, reference works and exhibitions, biography and criticism, and miscellaneous--including dramatic and pictorial adaptations and discussions of translations. A519 -----. "Lewis Carroll: A Sesquicentennial Guide to Research." Dick ens Studies Annual 10 (1982):263-310. An extensive, recent bibliographic essay. A520 -----. "Popular and Critical Responses to Lewis Carroll: A Compre hensive Survey of Publications Since 1960." Ph.D. dissertation, State University of New York at Stony Brook, 1978, 251 pp., DA 39:158687A. Surveys and analyzes Carroll scholarship since 1960 in part 1, and in part 2 lists and annotates primary works (including translations), reference and bibliographical works and exhibitions, biography and criticism, and miscellaneous materials published between 1960 and 1976. A521 HAZARD, PAUL. Books, Children and Men, pp. 135-40. Uses Alice to define English character. A522 HENTOFF, NAT. "Looking Backwards--and Ahead--with Alice." WLB 45 (October 1970):169-71. Personal reflections about the influences of Alice upon his per ception of life. A523 HOLESOVSKY, FRANTISEK. "Contribution to the Lewis Carroll Jubilee By Illustrators of the BIB." Bookbird 1 (1984):52-55. Surveys the approaches of four illustrators to Alice: Dagmar Berkova, Marketa Prachaticka, Dusan Kallay, and Gennadij Kalinov skij. A524 HOLQUIST, MICHAEL. "What is a Boojum? Nonsense and Modern ism." Yale French Studies 43 (1969):145-64. Examines the complex pattern of "resistances" in The Hunting of the Snark, and suggests the significance the pattern may have for readers of experimental modern fiction. A525 HUDSON, DEREK. Lewis Carroll: An Illustrated Biography. 1954. Reprint. London: Constable, 1976, 272 pp. This lavishly illustrated biography devotes considerable attention to Carroll's children's books and provides an antidote to the Freudian school of criticism. A526 INGLIS, FRED. The Promise of Happiness, pp. 103-9. Sees Alice as Victorian yet timeless. "If you celebrate courtesy and courage, calm good sense and dauntlessness, grace and candour, you can hardly do better than Alice." Like Twain, Carroll criticizes society. "Like Huck Finn, Alice is innocent and right." A527 JOHNSON, P. "Alice Among the Analysts." Hartford Studies in Liter ature 4 (1972):114-22. Concludes that "an approach to Alice based on Freud's insights can yield useful results, in an analysis not so much of the work in itself (still less the author via the work), but of the nature and value of our pleasure in it." A528 JORGENS, JACK J. "Alice Our Contemporary." Children's Literature 1 (1972):152-61. Summarizes some recent critical approaches to Carroll and describes an interpretation by the Manhattan Project (a theater group) directed by Andre Gregory. A529 KELLY, RICHARD. Lewis Carroll. Twayne's English Author Series, no. 212. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1977, 163 pp. Concentrates on Carroll's "mastery of the art of nonsense." Includes a bibliography of primary and secondary sources. A530 KOLBE, MARTHA EMILY. "Three Oxford Dons as Creators of Other Worlds for Children: Lewis Carroll, C.S. Lewis, and J.R.R. Tolkien." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Virginia, 1981, 285 pp., DA 43:1532A. Explores the motivations of the three men to compose fantasy works for children in the midst of their academic careers, and describes some of the unique qualities of the work of each. A531 KUTTY, K. NARAYAN. "Nonsense As Reality." Children's Literature 5 (1976):286-87. Reviews Poems of Lewis Carroll, selected by Myra Cohn Living ston. A532 LEWIS CARROLL SOCIETY, founded in 1969, publishes a journal Jab berwocky and a newsletter Bandersnatch. A533 MARCUS, LEONARD S. "Alice's Adventures: The Pennyroyal Press Edition." Children's Literature 12 (1984):175-84. Reviews Barry Moser's illustrations for the Pennyroyal Press Edition (Berkeley: University of California Press/Pennyroyal Press, 1982), comparing them to those of Tenniel and others. A534 MORTON, L. "Memory in the Alice Books." Nineteenth-Century Fic tion 33 (December 1978):285-308. Explores the role of memory and the past, and the golden haze of nostalgia with which Carroll surrounded the Alice stories, but points out that the stories themselves are not nostalgic. A535 MORTON, RICHARD. "Alice's Adventures in Wonderland and Through the Looking Glass." EE 37 (December 1960):509-13. Suggests the tales be presented to children by emphasizing the whole rather than the individual parts. A536 MULDERIG, GERALD P. "Alice in Wonderland: Subversive Elements in the World of Victorian Children's Fiction." Journal of Popular Culture 11 (Fall 1977):320-29. Points out that Alice "does not simply depart from the major conventions of nineteenth-century juvenile literature, but rather ridicules and subverts them." A537 NATOV, RONI. "The Persistence of Alice." L&U 3, no. 1 (Spring 1979):38-61. Praises Carroll's sense of the way children experience the world: the thinness of the line between dreams and the waking world of young children, the games, the incongruities, the dependable leitmo tivs, the vitality of the characters, the jokes, the delight in the sounds of words, the irreverant spirit of the work, Alice's need to define, limit, and control chaos, her experience of being bossed around, and--for the older child--the preoccupation with identity and rebellion against the establishment, the difficulties of communication, and the awareness of uncertainty and ambiquity. A538 OVENDEN, GRAHAM, ed. The Illustrators of "Alice in Wonderland" and "Through the Looking Glass." Introduction by John Davis, pp. 5-18. London: Academy; New York: St. Martin's, 1972, 88 pp. Davis's introduction surveys the illustrators of Alice, beginning with Tenniel and Carroll. The remainder of the book reproduces illustrations by various illustrators for a number of scenes. Includes a bibliography of illustrated English-language editions of the books and a selected bibligraphy of works about Carroll. A539 RACKIN, DONALD. "Corrective Laughter: Carroll's Alice and Popular Children's Literature of the Nineteenth Century." Journal of Popular Culture 1, no. 3 (Winter 1967):243-55. Sees Alice as "the final flowering of a long development in children's books--a gradual movement toward stimulating, imaginative, completely undidactic stories for the young." A540 SALE, ROGER. "Lewis Carroll." In Fairy Tales, pp. 100-125. Links Carroll's writing to his interest in little girls, and concludes that while "Carroll's fragmentary view of life is a child's view" his books are not necessarily children's books. Includes a detailed discussion of "Jabberwocky," pp. 103-6. A541 SUCHAN, JAMES. "Alice's Journey from Alien to Artist." Children's Literature 7 (1978):78-92. Concentrates on the issue of identity. "The perplexing and cru cial debate whether Alice is a `monster,' a `serpent,' a `child judge,' or simply a little girl clearly reflects the ambivalent attitude that Victorian adults held about children." CARTER, PETER (1929- ) A542 MORGAN, PEGGY. "A Prophetic Voice: The Writing of Peter Carter." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 1 (Spring 1984):47-57. Provides an overview of Carter's work, examining his handling of complex moral themes and religious and social issues in six books. CAUDILL, REBECCA (1899- ) A543 BURNS, PAUL C., and HINES, RUTH. "Rebecca Caudill." EE 40 (November 1963):703-6. Surveys Caudill's background and writings. A544 CAUDILL, REBECCA. "Appalachian Heritage." Horn Book 45 (April 1969):143-47. Comments on the importance of her Appalachian heritage in her life and work. A545 -----. "Writing for Children." Illinois Libraries 39 (June 1957):200-207. A546 KINGSTON, CAROLYN. Tragic Mode, pp. 89-92. Analyzes Tree of Freedom in terms of its theme of sensitivity. A547 TOOTHAKER, ROY. "Rebecca Caudill." LA 52 (October 1975):930-34, 982. Caudill discusses her life and writing in an interview. A548 -----. "Reminiscing with Rebecca Caudill." TON 28 (January 1972):179-88. Relates Caudill's books to her life and Appalachian background. Includes a bibliography of her books and articles about her. CAUSLEY, CHARLES (1917- ) A549 BRADMAN, TONY. "Charles Causley: Nursery Rhymes of Innocence and Experience." Junior Bookshelf 45, no. 2 (April 1981):55-57. Identifies Causley's theme as "this Painful turning of golden innocence into the ironic knowledge of experience . . . growing up." A550 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Charles Causley and The Tail of the Trinosaur." Horn Book 51 (August 1975):406-10. Praises The Tail of the Trinosaur, relates it to Causley's Cornish background, and compares his style and subject to Robert Browning's. A551 -----. "Letter from England: Something Rich and Strange." Horn Book 55 (February 1979):111-15. Praises Causley's skill as the anthologist of The Puffin Book of Salt-Sea Verse. A552 COOK, STANLEY. "Modern Authors 11: Charles Causley." School Librarian 24, no. 4 (December 1976):304-5. A brief critical overview. A553 PHILIP, NEIL. "Magic in the Poetry of Charles Causley." Signal 39 (September 1982):139-52. Provides a detailed, appreciative analysis of Causley's work. His poems "are real poems, full of transforming magic; real spells, in which the omission of a word would be fatal." Includes a bibliogra phy of Causley's works. CAVANNA, BETTY (1909- ) A554 MASON, BOBBIE ANN. The Girl Sleuth, pp. 115-19. Points out that the author of the Connie Blair Mysteries, Betsy Allen, is actually Betty Cavanna, whose young adult fiction has been praised. Mason compares the portrayals of sex roles in series books and the typical "junior miss" novel, and concludes that the series books allow more freedom. A555 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, pp. 121-22. Calls Mystery in Marrakech "entirely American in perspective" and "full of contemporary girls' stereotypes of Africa." CHALMERS, MARY (1927- ) A556 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 487-92. Feels Chalmers's books duplicate "the way the young child has been found to think." Discusses several of her books. CHANEY, JILL (1932- ) A557 RAY, SHEILA. "Children's Writers: 2. Jill Chaney." School Librarian 26, no. 1 (March 1978):11-16. Examines Chaney's books for teenagers, those for younger chil dren, and those about the woffle. A558 REES, DAVID. "A Plea for Jill Chaney." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 2 (Summer 1977):85-93. Considers her one of the most interesting writers of teenage fiction in England today. "She is unsurpassed among writers for the young in what it feels like to be fifteen or sixteen or seventeen and falling in love, happily or otherwise." Discusses Half a Candle, Mottram Park, and The Buttercup Field (1976). A559 -----. "The Sadness of Compromise: Robert Cormier and Jill Chaney." In Marble in the Water, pp. 155-72. Both novelists are "concerned with the essential sadness of the inevitable passing from innocence to experience." Discusses especially Chaney's Mottram Park and Half a Candle. CHAPMAN, ALLEN [Stratemeyer Syndicate Pseudonym] A560 PRAGER, ARTHUR. Rascals at Large, pp. 147-52, 186-91. Discusses the Ralph Fairbanks and Radio Boys series. CHARLIP, REMY (1929- ) A561 BADER, BARBARA. "Remy Charlip." In American Picturebooks, pp. 530-37. Discusses Charlip's creative, unconventional contributions to the picture book. A562 MONIGLE, MARTHA. "Remy Charlip's Children's Books." Print 20 (July-August 1966):42-47. A biocritical overview. CHARLOT, JEAN (1898-1979) A563 BADER, BARBARA. "Jean Charlot." In American Picturebooks, pp. 265-76. Provides a detailed overview of Charlot's contribution to the American picture book. CHASE, RICHARD (1904- ) A564 PAINTER, HELEN W. "Richard Chase: Mountain Folklorist and Sto ryteller." EE 40 (November 1963):677-86. Reports on Chase's folktales, especially the Jack tales. CHAUNCY, NAN (1900-1970) A565 ALDERSON, BRIAN. "Properly Alive." Children's Book News 4, no. 2 (March-April 1969):64-66. Points out Chauncy's strengths and weaknesses and praises her aliveness and "captivating warmth." A566 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Half a World Away." Junior Bookshelf 29 (June 1965):135-40. A brief critical overview. A567 HARRINGTON, LYN. "World's End is Home for Nan Chauncy." Horn Book 45 (August 1969):441-45. Describes a visit to Chauncy, her background, and its influence on her books. CHONZ, SELINA A568 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. Three Centuries, pp. 236-39. Analyzes the Ursli books illustrated by Alois Carigiet, A Bell for Ursli, Florina and the Wild Bird, and The Snowstorm. CHORPENNING, CHARLOTTE (1872-1955) A569 BEDARD, ROGER LEE. "The Life and Work of Charlotte B. Chor penning." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Kansas, 1979, 185 pp., DA 41:23A. Chronicles the life and work of Chorpenning and assesses her impact on American children's theater. One chapter is devoted to a discussion of her writings, including her plays for children. A570 RUBIN, JANET ELAINE. "The Literary and Theatrical Contributions of Charlotte B. Chorpenning to Children's Theatre." Ph.D. disserta tion, Ohio State University, 1978, 384 pp., DA 39:5812A. The first comprehensive study of Chorpenning, and the first to analyze her work from a literary point of view. Focuses on Cinder ella, Jack and the Beanstalk, Rumpelstiltskin, and Sleeping Beauty. CHRISMAN, ARTHUR (1889-1953) A571 JORDAN, Mrs. ARTHUR M. "Arthur Chrisman--Newbery Medalist." EER 3 (October 1926):251, 267. A thoughtful review of Shen of the Sea. CHRISTOPHER, JOHN [C.S. Youd] (1922- ) A572 CRAGO, HUGH, and CRAGO, MAUREEN. "John Christopher: An Assessment with Reservations." Children's Literature Review 1, no. 3 (June 1971):77-79. Concludes that Christopher, when viewed within the context of science-fiction writing for both adults and children, "lacks the depth that would make him either an original user of science fiction con ventions or a first rate novelist." A573 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 50-52. "John Christopher's stories are distinguished by excellent writing and keen, original and logical thinking." His most "consistently successful novel for young readers" is The Guardians. A574 GOUGH, JOHN. "An Interview with John Christopher." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 2 (Summer 1984):93-102. In a series of interview letters, Gough and Christopher discuss Christopher's work. A575 TOWNSEND, JOHN. Sense of Story, pp. 48-55. Sees Christopher's characters in both adult and children's books as "struggling to survive and make a comeback." Discusses the Tripods trilogy: The White Mountains, The City of Gold and Lead, and The Pool of Fire. Also mentions The Lotus Caves and The Guardians. A576 WILLIAMS, JAY. "John Christopher: Allegorical Historian." Signal 4 (January 1971):18-23. Views Christopher's work as closer to that of Samuel Butler and C.S. Lewis than to that of most science-fiction writers. CHUKOVSKY, KORNEI (1882-1969) A577 CHUKOVSKY, KORNEI. "Confessions of an Old Story Teller." Horn Book 46 (December 1970):577-91; 47 (February 1971):28-39. Discusses his riddles and verses. A578 LEIGHTON, L.G. "Homage to Kornei Chukovsky." Russian Review 31 (January 1972):38-48. An overview of Chukovsky's career. A579 MORTON, MIRIAM. "Kornei Chukovsky--The Pied Piper of Peredel kino." Horn Book 38 (October 1962):458-68. A survey of Chukovsky's work, with special attention to his chil dren's tales and verses. A580 ORVIG, MARY. "A Russian View of Childhood: The Contribution of Kornei I. Chukovsky (1882-1969)." Horn Book 50 (October 1974):69-84. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 261-74.) Summarizes Chukovsky's life and work in children's literature, particularly his critical theories. Places him in the context of the development of modern Russian children's literature. CHURCH, RICHARD (1893-1972) A581 HANNABUSS, STUART. "The Motive in the Actuality: Richard Church as Writer for Children." Children's Literature Review 2, no. 3 (June 1972):69-70. Provides an overview of Church's seven children's books. CHUTE, MARCHETTE (1909- ) A582 CHUTE, MARCHETTE. "Shakespeare of London." Horn Book 31 (February 1955):28-35. Describes the techniques of researching and writing her Shakes peare books. CIARDI, JOHN (1916- ) A583 GROFF, PATRICK J. "The Transformation of a Poet: John Ciardi." Horn Book 40 (April 1964):153-58. Applies Ciardi's own standards to his poetry and finds both the standards and the poems lacking. A584 ODLAND, NORINE. "Profile: John Ciardi." LA 59 (November- December 1982):872-76. Discusses Ciardi's poetry for children and his beliefs about children and poetry. "Cinderella" A585 BINGHAM, JANE, and SCHOLT, GRAYCE. "The Great Glass Slipper Search: Using Folktales with Older Children." EE 51 (October 1974):990-98. Examines twelve variants of the Cinderella story from various geographic areas as a means of introducing teachers and students to the study of folklore. A586 COOK, ELIZABETH. "Cinderella's Sisters Get Ready for a Ball." In The Ordinary and the Fabulous, pp. 102-12. (Reprinted in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 272-83.) Compares alternate versions of "Cinderella." "A reader who really knows Perrault and Wanda Gag's Grimm is most unlikely to go back to the anonymous modern versions I have been castigating." A587 DUNDES, ALAN, ed. Cinderella: A Casebook. New York: Garland, 1982, 311 pp. Contains eighteen essays on "Cinderella," reflecting a wide range of scholarly approaches. Includes reprints of three of the best-known versions of the tale: Basile's, Perrault's, and Grimms'; and extensive references and suggestions for further reading. A588 HIEATT, CONSTANCE. "Responses . . . The Case of Cinderella." CCL 33 (1984):92-96. In response to Nodelman's article on Little Red Riding Hood (CCL 20 [1980]:17-27), discusses a number of versions of and approaches to Cinderella. A589 MARCUS, DONALD M. "The Cinderella Motif: Fairy Tale and Defense." American Imago 20, no. 1 (Spring 1963):81-92. Examines, in psychoanalytic terms, the use of the Cinderella motif by young girls to help solve Oedipal conflicts. A590 PHILIP, NEIL. "Cinderella's Many Guises: A Look at Early Sources and Recent Versions." Signal 33 (September 1980):130-46. Examines many version of "Cinderella" from many times and countries within the context of folklore tale-type and motif indexes. Includes bibliographies for background and for current versions of the tale. A591 SCHWARCZ, JOSEPH H. "Humiliation and Urgency in Two Key Scenes in Cinderella." In Ways of the Illustrator, pp. 106-19. Examines the ways in which fifty illustrators have approached variants of "Cinderella," in an attempt to learn what illustrators do with (and to) fairy tales, concentrating especially on the ways in which two scenes are depicted: Cinderella's humiliation by her stepmother and her sisters, and Cinderella's flight from the ball. A592 WHALLEY, IRENE. "The Cinderella Story 1724-1919." Signal 8 (May 1972):49-62. (Reprinted in Chambers, Signal Approach, pp. 140-55.) Traces the history of various versions of the tale up to 1919. Includes bibliography. A593 YOLEN, JANE. "America's Cinderella." CLE 8, no. 1 (Spring 1977):21-29. Traces origins and variants of the tale, emphasizing the distinc tive characteristics that have developed in American retellings, including the Disney versions. Concludes that the mass-market Cin derellas have presented American children with the wrong dream. Extensive references. CLARK, ANN NOLAN (1896- ) A594 BISHOP, CLAIRE HUCHET. "Ann Nolan Clark." Catholic Library World 34 (February 1963):280-86, 333. A biocritical overview, concentrating on Clark's portrayal of Native Americans. A595 CLARK, ANN NOLAN. Journey to the People. New York: Viking Press, 1969, 128 pp. This autobiographical account contains many sections expressing Clark's philosophy and discusses the inspiration for her writing. A596 -----. "Newbery Award Acceptance." Horn Book 29 (August 1953):249-57. Tells of her background and its influence on her books. A597 GRIESE, ARNOLD A. "Ann Nolan Clark--Building Bridges of Cultural Understanding." EE 49 (May 1972):648-58. Summarizes the two outstanding characteristics of Clark's work as (1) her theme of Indian traditions and world view as related to universal concerns and (2) her highly poetic prose style. Explores the relationship of her life to her work, and examines elements of her themes and style. A598 WENZEL, EVELYN. "Ann Nolan Clark: 1953 Newbery Award Win ner." EE 30 (October 1953):327-32. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 62-69.) Describes how Clark's writing grew naturally out of her work as a teacher and how she is able to communicate easily between cul tures. Discusses Secret of the Andes. CLARK, BILLY CURTIS (1928- ) A599 BURNS, PAUL C. "Billy Curtis Clark--Appalachia's Young Novelist." EE 46 (October 1969):722-30. Includes a biographical sketch, general assessment of Clark's writings, and separate brief reviews of eight of his books. CLARK, CATHERINE ANTHONY (1892-1977) A600 KEALY, J. KIERAN. "The Flame-Lighter Woman: Catherine Anthony Clark's Fantasies." Canadian Literature 78 (Autumn 1978):32-42. Analyzes Clark's unique approach to fantasy, pointing out that its incorporation of Canadian, especially Indian, influences, makes it different from fantasy in the European tradition. A601 MURRAY, HEATHER. "The Geography of the Imagination: The Fan tastic Frontier of Catherine Anthony Clark." ChLAQ 8 (Winter 1983):23-25. Examines Clark's work within the contexts of Canadian fantasy tradition, Canadian myth and folklore, and Canadian children's fic tion. Responds to earlier critical assessments of Clark's work. A602 SELBY, JOAN. "The Creation of Fantasy: The Fiction of Catherine Anthony Clark." Canadian Literature 11 (Winter 1962):39-45. Explores Clark's synthesis of European and Indian folklore in her fantasies. CLARK, LEONARD (1905- ) A603 APSELOFF, MARILYN. "A Salute to Leonard Clark." ChLAQ 5, no. 2 (Summer 1980):1, 30-32, 34. Provides an overview of Clark's career. CLARK, MAVIS THORPE A604 McVITTY, WALTER. "Mavis Thorpe Clark: Lover of the Sunburnt Country." In Innocence and Experience, pp. 8-35. Concentrates on Clark's historical fiction and problem novels. Includes a brief biographical sketch, comments by Clark, and a bibli ography of her books. CLARKE, PAULINE (1921- ) A605 CLARKE, PAULINE. "The Chief Genii Branwell." Junior Bookshelf 27 (July 1963):119-23. A biocritical overview. A606 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 65-76. In an interview Clarke discusses her background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of her works. CLEARY, BEVERLY (1916- ) A607 BURNS, PAUL C., and HINES, RUTH. "Beverly Cleary: Wonderful World of Humor." EE 44 (November 1967):743-47, 752. Surveys and evaluates Cleary's work from Henry Huggins through 1964, describes it as "pure Americana," and points out its humor. A608 CLEARY, BEVERLY. "Newbery Medal Acceptance." Horn Book 60 (August 1984):429-38. Cleary reflects upon her long career as a writer and offers insights into the origins of Dear Mr. Henshaw. Also reveals some children's responses to the book. A biographical sketch by David Reuther follows, pp. 439-43. A609 -----. "Writing Books About Henry Huggins." TON 14 (December 1957):7-11. Describes her background and the origins of her very first Henry and Ribsy books. A610 NOVINGER, MARGARET. "Beverly Cleary: A Favorite Author of Children." Southeastern Librarian 18 (Fall 1968):194-202. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 70-83.) Discusses the Henry and Eileen books, books for teenaged girls, and books for young children. Concludes with excerpts from reviews of The Mouse and The Motorcycle. Includes references and bibliog raphies. A611 REES, DAVID. "Middle of the Way: Rodie Sudbery and Beverly Cleary." In Marble in the Water, pp. 90-103. Claims Cleary "writes for varying levels of response, and this reflects an immense skill." Gives examples from the Ramona books. A612 ROGGENBUCK, MARY JUNE. "Profile: Beverly Cleary--The Chil dren's Force at Work." LA 56 (January 1979):55-60. Discusses Cleary's background and the responses of children to her work. CLEAVER, ELIZABETH (1939-85) A613 CLEAVER, ELIZABETH. "Picture Books as an Art Form." In Egoff, One Ocean, pp. 195-96. The Canadian illustrator talks briefly about her life as an artist and her approach to her work. A614 ELLIS, SARAH. "News from the North." Horn Book 62 (January 1986):100-103. Provides a brief overview of Cleaver's career. A615 HERBERT, NANCY D. "Elizabeth Cleaver." Bookbird 11, no. 1 (1973):66-73. A profile with background information and technical notes, on the work of this Canadian illustrator. CLEAVER, VERA (1919- ), and CLEAVER, BILL (1920-81) A616 CIANCIOLO, PATRICIA J. "Vera and Bill Cleaver Know Their Whys and Wherefores." TON 32 (June 1976):338-50. Provides an extensive discussion of the Cleavers' themes of tena city, mental retardation, death, divorce and alienation, and cultural heritage. A617 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 69-71. Analyzes the theme of entrapment in Where the Lilies Bloom. A618 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. "Vera and Bill Cleaver." In A Sounding, pp. 30-40. (Also in Horn Book 55 [October 1979]:505-13.) "Their gallery of fierce, determined heroines like Mary Call and Littabelle . . . their vividly drawn settings," and "the ordeals their young people have to face" are memorable. CLIFTON, LUCILLE (1936- ) A619 CLIFTON, LUCILLE. "Writing for Black Children." Advocate 1, no. 1 (Fall 1981):32-37. Talks about her goals as a writer and her responsibilities to black children. A620 SIMS, RUDINE. "Profile: Lucille Clifton." LA 59 (February 1982):160-67. In this interview Clifton discusses her views on poetry, the inclusion of both black and white characters in her books, and the inspiration and background for her work. Includes a bibliography of Clifton's books. COATSWORTH, ELIZABETH (1893- ) A621 ABBOTT, BARBARA. "To Timbuctoo and Back: Elizabeth Coats worth's Books for Children." Horn Book 6 (November 1930):283-89. Briefly reviews The Cat and the Captain, The Boy with a Parrot, Toutou in Bondage, and The Cat Who Went to Heaven. A622 COATSWORTH, ELIZABETH. "Upon Writing for Children." Horn Book 24 (September 1948):389-95. Says she usually begins with "place." Discusses the origins of several of her books, standards for books, and details of the back ground for Here I Stay. A623 KUHN, DORIS YOUNG. "Elizabeth Coatsworth: Perceptive Impres sionist." Elementary English 46 (December 1969):991-1007. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 84-107.) Begins with an account of a meeting with Coatsworth, inter spersed with quotations from her writings. Summarizes biographical and critical works about her, and concludes with a critical overview emphasizing style and themes. Includes extensive references and a bibliography. A624 MEIGS, CORNELIA. "Alice-All-By-Herself." Horn Book 14 (March 1938):77-80. An appreciative appraisal. A625 RICE, MABEL. "The Poetic Prose of Elizabeth Coatsworth." EE 31 (January 1954):3-10. An overview of Coatsworth's life and writing and the relationship between the two. A626 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, pp. 178-79. Points out stereotypes and lack of realism in Coatsworth's por trayal of Africa and Africans. COHEN, BARBARA (1932- ) A627 KARP, HAZEL B., and VEAL, SIBLEY. "Point of View." Advocate 1, no. 2 (Winter 1982):122-25. The two discussants agree that Cohen's retelling of the biblical story of Joseph, I Am Joseph, illustrated by Charles Mikolaycak, is more suited to adults than to children. COLLIER, CHRISTOPHER (1930- ), and COLLIER, JAMES LINCOLN (1928- ) A628 MOIR, HUGHES. "Profile: James and Christopher Collier--More Than Just a Good Read." LA 55 (March 1978):373-78. The author-brothers express their opinions on writing for children and on children's historical fiction. A629 MOORE, OPAL, and MacCANN, DONNARAE. "Cultural Pluralism." ChLAQ 10, no. 4 (Winter 1986):201-3. Reviews Jump Ship to Freedom. Faults the "thematic fuzziness and unconvincing treatment of Black protagonists," and argues for the relevance of cultural concerns and biases to literary criticism. COLLIER, VIRGINIA MacMAKIN A630 COLLIER, VIRGINIA. "A Modern Pilgrimage." Horn Book 10 (Sep tember 1934):277-84. (Reprinted in Fryatt, Horn Book Sampler, pp. 12-18.) The author describes her journeys through the territory inhabited by Roland and Charlemagne as part of her research for the book. A631 -----. "Why a New Story of Roland?" EER 13 (May 1936):174-76, 183. An account of the research for Roland the Warrior. COLLODI, CARLO [Carlo Lorenzini] (1826-1890) A632 BACON, MARTHA. "Puppet's Progress: Pinocchio." Atlantic Monthly 225 (April 1970):88-90, 92. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 71-77.) Places Pinocchio in its historical and national context, provides biographical background on Collodi, and interprets the book as a children's story and also as "a political comment, an interpretation of history, a document of man's search for his soul, and a sign of the shape of things to come." A633 CAMBON, GLAUCO. "Pinocchio and the Problem of Children's Litera ture." Children's Literature 2 (1973):50-60. Places Pinocchio high in the canon of children's literature and also within folk and classical (Homeric) traditions. A634 GANNON, SUSAN. "A Note on Collodi and Lucian." Children's Lit erature 8 (1980):98-102. Makes a case for the influence of second-century rhetorician and satirist, Lucian, on Collodi's Pinocchio. A635 -----. "Pinocchio: The First Hundred Years." ChLAQ 6, no. 4 (Winter 1981-1982):1, 5-7. (Reprinted in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 131-33.) Sees the vivid personality of the central character as a key to the book's long-lived success. See response by Morrissey below (A640). A636 HAZARD, PAUL. Books, Children and Men, pp. 111-19. (Excerpted in Horn Book 19 [March-April 1943]:119-26. Translated by Margue rite Mitchell.) Maintains that children recognize themselves in Pinocchio. He is not bad, but weak. Traces his origins in Italian theater, comments on the witticisms, and links the book to Italian history and national character. A637 HEINS, PAUL. "A Second Look: The Adventure of Pinocchio." Horn Book 58 (April 1982):200-204. Touches on the picaresque tradition, the use of improvisation and metamorphosis, and the sources of Collodi's characters. A638 HEISIG, JAMES. "Pinocchio: Archetype of the Motherless Child." Children's Literature 3 (1974):23-35. Explores the levels of universal meaning of The Adventures of Pinocchio as well as its concern with injustice, self-realization, and self-integration. Includes a bibliography of Italian criticism. A639 KURZWEIL, ALLEN. "A Nose for Success." TLS, 25 November 1983, p. 1320. Reviews two recent Italian critical editions of Le Avventure di Pinocchio by Ornella Castellani Pollidori (Pescia: Fondazione Nazionale Carlo Collodi, 282 pp.) and Fernando Tempesti (Milan: Arnoldo Mondadori, 254 pp.). A640 MORRISSEY, THOMAS J. "Alive and Well But Not Unscathed: A Reply to Susan R. Gannon's Pinocchio at 100." ChLAQ 7, no. 2 (Summer 1982). Argues that (1) Pinocchio has not emerged "relatively unscathed" and (2) "though there are some anomalies of plot, Pinocchio is a classic work of epic fantasy--not a lucky stab in the dark but a well-crafted epic journey in the tradition of Homer, Virgil, and Dante." A641 MORRISSEY, THOMAS J., and WUNDERLICH, RICHARD. "Death and Rebirth in Pinocchio." Children's Literature 11 (1983):64-75. Places Pinocchio in the tradition of the epic hero who experi ences some form of death and resurrection. Many of Pinocchio's adventures have mythic significance. "It is Collodi's tribute to children that he chooses to depict their very real trials and triumphs in terms of mythic patterns ordinarily reserved for adults." A642 SALE, ROGER. Review of the Marianne Mayer translation with illus trations by Gerald McDermott. NYTBR, 15 November 1981, pp. 49, 71. A643 WUNDERLICH, RICHARD, and MORRISSEY, THOMAS J. "The Desecration of Pinocchio in the United States." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 8 (1981):106-18. (Edited version also in Horn Book 58 [April 1982]:205-12.) Surveys and assesses changes in various versions of Pinocchio over the years as they reflect changing visions of childhood. The cruelest fate of a classic is "to be debased and trivialized and then remembered. . . . Such is the fate of Pinocchio." Includes a bibliography of translations, adaptations, and revisions, and plays. COLUM, PADRAIC (1881-1972) A644 BECHTEL, LOUISE S. "Padraic Colum: A Great Storyteller of Today." Catholic Library World 32 (December 1960):159-60. More praise than criticism, Bechtel's article does attempt to touch on key characteristics of Colum's style. A645 BOWEN, ZACK R. Padraic Colum: Biographical-Critical Introduction. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1970, 162 pp. Pages 122-48 are devoted to Colum's contribution to children's literature in the categories of world epics, folk romance, and stories for younger children. A646 MYERS, ANDREW. "In the Wild Earth a Grecian Vase! For Padraic Colum (1881-1972)." Columbia Library Columns 22 (February 1973):11-21. Provides a brief, laudatory overview of Colum's career, especially emphasizing his Columbia University connections. COOLIDGE, OLIVIA (1908- ) A647 COOLIDGE, OLIVIA. "Writing About Abraham Lincoln." Horn Book 51 (February 1975):31-35. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 241-45.) Describes the goals and techniques of her two books on Lincoln for young adults. A648 HOLTZE, SALLY HOLMES. "A Second Look." Horn Book 56 (Febru ary 1980):88-90. Characterizes Come By Here as ahead of its time in its extensive use of realism. A649 LONG, SIDNEY, D. Review of Gandhi. Horn Book 47 (December 1971):597. "Her gift for sorting out the many influences that shape a great man, and for showing how, in turn, events are shaped by him, has never been more apparent. . . " COOLIDGE, SUSAN (1835-1905) A650 DARLING, FRANCES C. "Susan Coolidge, 1835-1905." Eleventh Car oline M. Hewins Lecture. In Andrews, The Hewins Lectures 1947-62, pp. 251-64. (Shortened version in Horn Book 35 [June 1959]:232-46.) A biocritical overview. COONEY, BARBARA (1917- ) A651 COONEY, BARBARA. "Caldecott Award Acceptance." Horn Book 35 (August 1959):310-14. Provides background information on Chanticleer and the Fox, and offers keys to some of its details. Followed by a biographical sketch by Anna Newton Porter (her mother-in-law), pp. 315-19. A652 -----. "The Spirit Place." ChLAQ 9, no. 4 (Winter 1984-1985):152-53. Reflects on the way that early in her career Cooney was encour aged to concentrate on drawing children and animals, and only later in life did landscape and sense of place become important to her work. A653 WATSON, ALDREN A. "Artist's Choice." Horn Book 36 (October 1960):386-87. Critiques the pictures and also the sewing of the binding of Chanticleer and the Fox. COOPER, PAUL FENIMORE (1900?-1970) A654 DALPHIN, MARCIA. "I Give You the End of a Golden String." Horn Book 14 (May 1938):143-49. (Reprinted in Fryatt, Horn Book Sam pler, pp. 133-35.) Praises Tal as a "highly imaginative `quest'" book. A655 JONES, LOUIS C. "Paul Fenimore Cooper and Tal." Horn Book 26 (January 1950):30-32. Describes background of Cooper's Albanian folktale retellings. COOPER, SUSAN (1935- ) A656 CARLSON, DUDLEY BROWN. "A Second Look: Over Sea, Under Stone." Horn Book 52 (October 1976):522-23. Briefly analyzes the elements believed to account for the success of the book. A657 COOPER, SUSAN. "Who Knows Where the Ideas Come From?" Horn Book 52 (September 1976):522-23. Tells of the origins of her Dark Is Rising series. A658 ELLIS, MARGERY. "A Second Look: Dawn of Fear." Horn Book 58 (August 1982):436-39. Analyzes the story's themes and techniques. A659 LEVIN, BETTY. "A Journey Through Mountain and Mist: The Grey King." Horn Book 52 (August 1976):443-45. "What is important about Susan Cooper's The Grey King is the special use to which she has put recognizable elements of myth, her vital fusion of past with present, and not those elements themselves." A660 PHILIP, NEIL. "Fantasy: Double Cream or Instant Whip?" Signal 35 (May 1981):82-90. Attempts to "define the point where genre writing transcends genre and shades into the mainstream." Makes Susan Cooper his example and concludes that of her books only The Dark Is Rising makes use of the "good/evil polarity" and only it will last. A661 REES, DAVID. "Children's Writers: 11. Susan Cooper." School Librar ian 32 (September 1984):197-205. Rees agrees with Neil Philip's description of Cooper's Dark Is Rising series as "instant whip" cream. Argues that it has "little poetry and no scholarship at all: dull, safe, predictable narratives; cardboard thin characterisation; immense quantities of clich‚; and its prose, apart from a few felicitous phrases . . . [is] undistinguished." CORLETT, WILLIAM (1938- ) A662 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Looking Out for Your self." Horn Book 54 (February 1978):86-88. Discusses Gate of Eden, The Land Beyond, and Return to the Gate. A663 CORLETT, WILLIAM. "After the Gates." Signal 32 (May 1980): 107-13. Shares his responses to the televising of a play based on his Gate of Eden. CORMIER, ROBERT (1925- ) A664 ALAN Review 12 (Winter 1985), 56 pp. Special issue includes "The Pleasures and Pains of Writing A Sequel," by Robert Cormier; "Cormier and the Pessimistic View," by W. Geiger Ellis; "A Telephone Interview with Robert Cormier," by Judith Bugniazet; "Young Adult Books in the Classroom: Adolescent Initiation in Cormier's After the First Death," by Amelia M. Bell; an excerpt from Beyond the Chocolate War; and "Of Fish and Bears and Bumblebees: The Craft of Robert Cormier," by Betty Ann Fargnoli. A665 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "An Interview with Robert Cormier." Signal 30 (September 1979):119-32. In an interview Cormier expresses his views on writing, and dis cusses influences on him, and the origins of some of his books. A666 CLEMENTS, BRUCE. "A Second Look: The Chocolate War." Horn Book 55 (April 1979):217-18. Compares the ending to the ending of Hamlet. A667 CORMIER, ROBERT. "The Cormier Novels: The Cheerful Side of Controversy." Catholic Library World 50 (July-August 1978):6-7. Reflects on the benefits of controversy for the writer and the reader. A668 -----. "Forever Pedaling on the Road to Realism." In Hearne, Cele brating Children's Books, pp. 45-53. Explains what he is trying to accomplish in his books, particu larly in The Chocolate War and After the First Death. A669 DE LUCA, GERALDINE, and NATOV, RONI. "An Interview with Robert Cormier." L&U 2, no. 1 (Fall 1978):109-35. In this lengthy interview Cormier reveals the incident involving his son that provided the seed for The Chocolate War, discusses the way the story developed, and analyzes some of his feelings and other people's responses to the book and its characters. Discusses I Am the Cheese in a similar fashion. A670 DONELSON, KENNETH, and NILSEN, ALLEEN PACE. "The Choc olate War as a Problem Novel." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 186-90. Analyzes the book as "an example of the best modern realism for young adults." A671 GALLO, DONALD R. "Robert Cormier: The Author and the Man." ALAN Review 9, no. 1 (Fall 1981):33-36. Based on a speech honor ing Cormier at a reception commemorating the establishment of the Robert Cormier Collection at the Fitchburg State College Library, Fitchburg, Massachusetts, on 3 May 1981. (ERIC Educational Docu ment Reproduction Service, 1977, ED 208 419.) Discusses Chocolate War, I Am the Cheese, After the First Death, and varying public critical reactions to them. "All good literature, in fact, makes people think, reflect, re-examine beliefs. Robert Corm ier's books certainly do that." A672 HEINS, PAUL. Review. Horn Book 53 (August 1977):427-28. Primarily a plot summary of I Am the Cheese, but concludes "Truly a novel in the tragic mode, cunningly wrought, shattering in its emotional implications." A673 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 276-79. What is wrong with The Chocolate War "is its grossness and indelicacy in telling its child-readers that heroism is, strictly, such a dead end." A674 LENZ, MILLICENT. "A Romantic Ironist's Vision of Evil: Robert Cormier's After the First Death." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 8 (1981):50-56. In an attempt "to resolve some of the confusions and contradic tions surrounding the world view in Cormier's work," Lenz examines Cormier's own statements about himself as an artist, and his use of irony in After the First Death. A675 LUKENS, REBECCA. "From Salinger to Cormier: Disillusionment to Despair in Thirty Years." ALAN Review 9, no. 1 (Fall 1981):38-42. (Also available from Eric Document Reproduction Service, 1977, ED 208 419.) Feels Cormier "does not deal with the existential angst of humankind--the eternal issue" and "the skillfully portrayed reality of the particular evils in the `now' produce terror in the reader. Like Salinger, Cormier disillusions the adolescent reader, but unlike Salinger, who offers discovery, Cormier offers only despair." A676 MacLEOD, ANNE SCOTT. "Robert Cormier and the Adolescent Novel." CLE, n.s. 12, no. 2 (Summer 1981):74-81. Claims that Cormier's works are basically political novels, and that in this they break from tradition, an aspect of Cormier's work that hitherto has been ignored. A677 MARCH-PENNY, ROBBIE. "From Hardback to Paperback: The Choc olate War by Robert Cormier." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 2 (Summer 1978):78-84. An introduction to the book for teachers, with a list of sugges tions for the classroom. A678 MERTZ, MAIA PANK, and MERTZ, ROBERT J. "Adolescents against Society: Institutional Values in The Chocolate War and The Magi cian." Focus 3, no. 2 (Winter 1977):27-35. (Also ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 157 082.) Provides a detailed examination of the handling of the theme of individual versus society in Robert Cormier's The Chocolate War and Sal Stein's The Magician. A679 MICHAELS, WENDY. "Heigh Ho, the Merry Oh, The Farmer in the Dell." Orana 18 (May 1982):57-58. Comments on Cormier's narrative techniques in I am the Cheese. A680 NODELMAN, PERRY. "Robert Cormier Does a Number." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 2 (Summer 1983):94-103. Explores the narrative techniques Cormier uses to "do a number on" the reader, and thereby lead him or her to identify with the protagonist in I Am the Cheese. A681 O'MALLEY, WILLIAM J. Review of I Am the Cheese. Media and Methods 14 (May-June 1978):24-28. A highly favorable, in-depth review, followed by Frank M. McLaughlin's brief profile. A682 PIEHL, KATHY. Letter to the Editors. CLE, n.s. 9, no. 4 (Winter 1978):198-201. Examines Cormier's Chocolate War within the context of the school story tradition, and compares it to Kipling's Stalky & Co.. A683 REES, DAVID. "The Sadness of Compromise: Robert Cormier and Jill Chaney." In Marble in the Water, pp. 155-72. Discusses The Chocolate War and After the First Death. A684 SILVEY, ANITA. "An Interview with Robert Cormier." Horn Book 61 (March, May 1985):145-61, 289-96. Focuses on Beyond the Chocolate War, his methods of writing, and the influences on his work. A685 WESS, ROBERT C., and STEWART, CLAIRE L. "Robert Cormier's Underlying Vision in The Chocolate War." Advocate 4, no. 1 (Fall 1984):26-37. Argues that by looking at Cormier's work as a whole and examining its deeper meanings, "students can pierce through the clouds of Robert Cormier's dark vision of the world to see as well some hopeful illumination breaking through." COURLANDER, HAROLD (1908- ) A686 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, pp. 160. Praises the author's careful use of oral folk history in Son of the Leopard. A687 WOLKSTEIN, DIANE. "An Interview with Harold Courlander." Library Journal 99 (15 May 1974):1437-40 and SLJ 20 (May 1974):19-22. In this interview Courlander discusses his work, his approach to folk-tale collecting and his philosophy. COX, PALMER (1840-1924) A688 CUMMINS, ROGER W. Humorous But Wholesome: A History of Palmer Cox and the Brownies. Watkins Glen, N.Y.: Century, 1973. 254 pp. Includes a biography of Cox in the first three chapters, an account of the Scottish origins of the Brownies and their appearance in literature, a discussion of the writing of the books and their spin-offs, and finally a brief critical evaluation. Contains numerous illustrations, some reprints of rare material, and primary and second ary bibliographies. CRAIG, JOHN (1921-82) A689 FERNS, JOHN. "John Craig: An Under-Estimated Writer?" CCL 33 (1984):32-39. Provides a critical overview of Craig's career, with special emphasis on Ain't Lookin (originally entitled Chappie and Me). CRAMPTON, GERTRUDE A690 RIESMAN, DAVID. "Tootle: A Modern Cautionary Tale." In The Lonely Crowd: A Study of the Changing American Character. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1950, pp. 107-111. (Reprinted in Margaret Mead and Martha Wolfenstein, eds., Childhood in Contem porary Culture [Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1955], pp. 236-42.) Interprets Tootle the Engine, illustrated by Tibor Gergely, as a story that preaches conformity and "other-directed" values. CRANE, WALTER (1845-1915) A691 CRANE, WALTER. "Signal Reprints: Notes on My Own Books." Sig nal 13 (January 1974):10-15. (Also reprinted in Junior Bookshelf 5, no. 1 [October 1940]:13-18.) Describes the making of his children's books in this reprint of a 1913 essay. A692 ENGEN, R.K. Walter Crane as Book Illustrator. London: Academy Editions; New York: St. Martin's, 1975, 105 pp. An introduction, pp. 1-11, provides a critical overview. The remainder of the book consists of reproductions of plates from Crane's books and annotations. A693 HEARN, MICHAEL PATRICK. "Nursery Aesthetics: Walter Crane and His Picture Books for Children." American Book Collector, n.s. 2, no. 4 (July-August 1981):19-33; no. 5 (September-October 1981):2-12. Surveys Crane's career, his illustrations for children's books, and his place in history of children's book illustration. A694 SPENCER, ISOBEL. Walter Crane. London: Studio Vista, 1975. 208 pp. A detailed study of Crane as artist, craftsman, and creator of children's books. Includes references and bibliographies. A695 WEINSTEIN, FREDERIC DANIEL. "Walter Crane and the American Book Arts, 1800-1915." Ph.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1970, 275 pp., DA 32:468A. Documents the influence of Walter Crane's book designs "upon the visual atmosphere of late nineteenth-century and early twentieth- century American book arts." CRAWFORD, ISOBELLA VALANCY (1850-87) A696 TIERNEY, FRANK M. "Isobella Valancy Crawford's The Halton Boys." CCL 22 (1981):15-26. Provides a detailed analysis of this nineteenth-century boys' adventure story. CREANGA, ION (1837-89) A697 TAYLOR, R.L. "Romanian Folklore and Ion Creanga's Recollections of Childhood." Children's Literature 4 (1975):70-79. Examines the distinguishing characteristics of the Romanian folk tales collected by Creanga, comparing them to patterns in his auto biography. CREDLE, ELLIS (1902- ) A698 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 141-43, 375. Surveys Credle's contributions to the picture book. CRESSWELL, HELEN (1934- ) A699 CRESSWELL, HELEN. "Ancient and Modern and Incorrigibly Plural." In Blishen, Thorny Paradise, pp. 108-16. Cresswell comments upon her approach to writing. A700 -----. "If It's Someone from Porlock, Don't Answer the Door." CLE, o.s., no. 4 (March 1971):32-39. Shares her thoughts on writing fantasy, specifically on her The Night Watchmen. A701 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Helen Cresswell--Craftsman." Junior Bookshelf 34 (June 1970):135-39. Praises Cresswell's craftsmanship and calls The Piemakers her "most delightful book," in which she "blends most successfully her creative imagination and her acute observation." A702 GREAVES, MARGARET. "Warm Sun, Cold Wind: The Novels of Helen Cresswell." CLE, o.s., no. 6 (July 1971):51-59. "Helen Cresswell's books are largely concerned with three of the major experiences of childhood--the awareness of family, of miracle and ceremony." Praises her joyfulness. A703 MAQUIRE, GREGORY. "A Second Look: The Piemakers." Horn Book 57 (April 1981):215-17. An enthusiastic appreciation. A704 TOWNSEND, JOHN R. Sense of Story, pp. 57-67. "Miss Cresswell has written several books that are slight and some that are inferior. But her best is very good, and her slighter books have often shown true quality." Discusses The Piemakers. "It has all the qualities which should enable a children's book to last." CROKER, THOMAS CROFTON (1798-1854) A705 KAMENETSKY, CHRISTA. "The Irish Fairy Legends and the Brothers Grimm." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):77-86. Attempts to reestablish the value of the Fairy Legends and Tra ditions of the South of Ireland as a milestone in the history of folklore research and children's literature. Based on correspondence between Croker and the Brothers Grimm within the context of pre vailing romantic theories of folktale collections. CROMPTON, FRANCES ELIZA (1866-1952) A706 BRILL, BARBARA. "Frances Eliza Crompton." Signal 29 (May 1979):103-8. Surveys and analyzes Crompton's work, describing it as "marked by a keen understanding of a child's mind, and by an awareness of the beautiful sound of the English language . . . full of detailed observations of the countryside" and "underlaid by a firm Christian faith." Includes a bibliography of Crompton's stories. CROMPTON, RICHMAL [Richmal Crompton Lamburn] (1890-1969) A707 CADOGAN, MARY, and CRAIG, PATRICIA. "William and Jane." In You're a Brick, pp. 206-26. "In William, Richmal Crompton lumped together all the child characteristics which adults find most abhorrent, thereby assuring his appeal for a generation of English children." Discusses the William books and William's female counterpart, Jane, in the series of Jane books by Evadne Price. A708 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. The Child and the Book, pp. 116-22. Provides an in-depth analysis of William's character and appeal. CTVRTEK, VACLAV (1911-76) A709 AMOR, STUART. "Rumiajs: A Modern Fairy-Tale Hero." Signal 27 (September 1978):150-62. Discusses the modern Czech fairy tales that have been popula rized by television throughout Europe, starring the hero Rumiajs. Includes Amor's own translation of "How Rumiajs the Cobbler Became a Robber." CUMMINGS, E.E. (1894-1962) A710 APSELOFF, MARILYN. "Children's Books by Famous Writers for Adults." Children's Literature 2 (1974):130-38. Examines the children's books of five important twentieth-century writers: Aldous Huxley, James Joyce, Arthur Miller, William Faulk ner, and E.E. Cummings. A711 OSTROM, ALAN. "Fairy Tales: The Other Cummings." L&U 2, no. 1 (Spring 1975):65-72. 1 (Spring 1975):65-72. Asks why these tales are so unexceptional, when we expect so much more of Cummings. Suggests that without "the distance from innocence and the awareness of that distance that adultness offers, Cummings is unable to make full use of his remarkable gifts." CUNNINGHAM, JULIA (1916- ) A712 CUNNINGHAM, JULIA. "Dear Characters." Horn Book 43 (April 1967):233-34. The author reveals the origins of the characters and title of her Dorp Dead. DAHL, ROALD (1916- ) A713 BOUCHARD, LOIS KALB. "A New Look at Old Favorites: Charlie and the Chocolate Factory." IRBC 3, nos. 2-3 (1970):3, 8. (Reprinted in MacCann, Black American, pp. 112-15.) Points out that the Oompa-Loompas are treated in terms of "time dishonored stereotypes, childishness and dependency upon whites." A714 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "McLuhan, Youth and Literature." Horn Book 48 (October, December 1972):433-40, 572-79. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 98-125.) Considers Charlie and the Chocolate Factory "one of the most tasteless books ever written for children." Like candy it "leaves us poorly nourished." Contrasts it with Charlotte's Web, "one of the best" books ever written for children. Roald Dahl's "Charlie and the Chocolate Factory: A Reply," follows in Horn Book 49 (February 1973):77-78: "I believe that I am a better judge than Mrs. Cameron of what stories are good or bad for children." Cameron responds to Dahl in 49 (April 1973):127-29, "A Reply to Roald Dahl." She maintains her position and emphasizes the depress ing situation and lack of feeling shown toward the Oompa-Loompas. "Popularity in itself does not prove anything about a book's essential worth." Critics must think about books as well as respond with emotion. The debate was also taken up in letters to the editor in in Feb ruary, April, August, and October 1973, and in Paul Heins's editori als "In Protest" and "At Critical Cross-Purposes" in February and April. A715 -----. "A Question of Taste." CLE, o.s., no. 21 (Summer 1976):59-63. Further discusses and defends her opinion on Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, which generated such controversy in the 1972 Horn Book article (see above). A716 CAMPBELL, ALASDAIR. "Children's Writers: 6. Roald Dahl." School Librarian 29 (June 1981):108-14. Surveys the nine children's books Dahl wrote between 1960 and 1980. Finds his writing difficult to characterize but "marked by a powerful creative imagination and an instinctive understanding of the sort of themes and incidents that appeal to young readers." A717 CHESTERFIELD-EVANS, JAN. "Roald Dahl: A Discussion and Com parison of his Stories for Children and Adults." Orana 19 (November 1983):165-68. Compares Dahl's style in his writing for children and for adults. A718 CORNER, CALLA. "The Weird Writing World of Roald Dahl." Writers Digest 60 (August 1980):40-42, 47. Interviews Dahl about his life and his stories for children and adults. A719 MERRICK, ANNE. "The Nightwatchmen and Charlie and the Choco late Factory as Books to Be Read to Children." CLE, o.s., no. 16 (Spring 1975):21-30. Examines Charlie and the Chocolate Factory and Helen Cress well's The Nightwatchmen in an attempt to determine why they are received so differently by children and adults. After painstaking analysis concludes that "Cresswell's book is of greater literary merit" while "Charlie has the robust folk qualities that make its appeal much broader." A720 SARLAND, CHARLES. "The Secret Seven vs. The Twits: Cultural Clash or Cosy Combination?" Signal 42 (September 1983):155-71. Compares Dahl's The Twits and Enid Blyton's Shock for the Secret Seven. A721 WEST, MARK I. "Regression and Fragmentation of the Self in James and the Giant Peach." CLE, n.s. 16, no. 4 (Winter 1985):219-25. "A psychoanalytic interpretation of this book indicates that it is considerably more than an exciting, transatlantic adventure story." A722 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Pipers, pp. 101-12. Dahl discusses his life and work in an interview. DALY, MAUREEN (1921- ) A723 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Seventeenth Summer and Forever as Love- Romances." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 152, 214-15. Analyzes the book as a love-romance and compares it with Judy Blume's Forever. Dandy A724 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. "Anti-Superman." In Suitable for Children, pp. 87-92. (Also in TLS, 6 June 1968.) Analyzes the popular British comic strip. DANZIGER, PAULA (1944- ) A725 NODELMAN, PERRY. "`I think I'm Learning a Lot': How Typical Children Read Typical Books About Typical Children on Typical Subjects." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 7 (1980):146-52. (Reprinted in CLE, n.s. 12, no. 4 (Winter 1981):177-85 as "How Typical Children Read Typical Books.") Uses Danziger's The Cat Ate My Gymsuit as typical of the type of story children identify with and contrasts it with Paula Fox's Slave Dancer, a story admired by many adults but not especially popular with children. Argues that we should not train children to read only about themselves because good writing is always about people differ ent than ourselves. DARINGER, HELEN FERN (1892- ) A726 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 39-41. Analyzes theme of rejection Adopted Jane. DAUGHERTY, JAMES (1889-1974) A727 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 151-54. Analyzes Andy and the Lion; maintains that of all of Daugherty's books it stands alone. A728 Imprint: Oregon 2, no. 2 (Fall 1975):24 pp. Special issue. Contains a "Note on James Daugherty," by Lynd Ward, a biographical overview, and a checklist of books illustrated by Daugherty. A729 KENT, NORMAN. "James Daugherty, Buckskin Illustrator." American Artist 9 (March 1945):16-20. A brief biocritical overview. A730 TITZELL, JOSIAH. "James Daugherty, American." Publishers Weekly 116 (26 October 1929):2073-76. A brief biocritical overview concentrating on Daugherty's artistic techniques. A731 WARD, LYND. "A Note on James Daugherty." Horn Book 16 (July- August 1940):239-46. High praise for Daugherty, especially for Daniel Boone and Andy and the Lion. D'AULAIRE, EDGAR (1898- ), and D'AULAIRE INGRI PARIN (1904-80) A732 BADER, BARBARA. "Ingri and Edgar Parin D'Aulaire." In American Picturebooks, pp. 42-46. Evaluates the D'Aulaires' contribution to the history and develop ment of the American picture book. A733 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE REVIEW BOARD. Review. In MacCann, Cultural Conformity, pp. 144-45. The 1940 Caldecott Medal winner, Abraham Lincoln, is attacked for unrealistic and stereotypical portrayals of blacks. DE ANGELI, MARGUERITE (1889- ) A734 BURNS, PAUL C., and HINES, RUTH. "Marguerite De Angeli: Faith in the Human Spirit." EE 44 (December 1967):833-39. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 108-14.) Categorizes De Angeli's work as family related, Philadelphia related, and history or minority group related. A735 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE REVIEW BOARD. Review. In Mac Cann, Cultural Conformity, pp. 141-44. Argues that the highly acclaimed Bright April "does a severe injustice to the Black experience and is not recommended for general reading." A736 DE ANGELI, MARGUERITE. Butter at the Old Price. New York: Doubleday, 1971, 258 pp. Revealing of De Angeli's background and personality, this auto biography contains chapters on her development as an illustrator and a writer, on the research processes for several of the books and on the origins of Bright April. A737 -----. "Newbery Award Acceptance." Horn Book 26 (1950):252-62. Describes the background of several of her books, especially The Door in the Wall. A brief biographical sketch by one of her chil dren, Maury De Angeli, follows on pages 264-68. A738 HOLLOWELL, LILLIAN. "Marguerite De Angeli--Writer and Illustrator for Children." EE 24 (October 1952):317-25, 358. Primarily a summary of De Angeli's works up to 1952; offers some critical insights. A739 KINGSTON, Carolyn T. Tragic Mode, pp. 32-34. Analyzes The Door in the Wall in terms of its themes of rejec tion and physical disability. DE BECK, BILLY (1890-1942) A740 SAGARIN, EDWARD. "The Deviant in the Comic Strip: The Case History of Barney Google." Journal of Popular Culture 5 (Summer 1971):179-93. Analyzes the Barney Google comic strip, concentrating on the relationship between Google and his horse Spark Plug. DEFOE, DANIEL (1660-1731) A741 HARDY, BARBARA. "Robinson Crusoe." CLE, n.s. 24, no. 8 (Spring 1977):3-11. Analyzes the continuing appeal of this classic to today's children. A742 HAZARD, PAUL. Books, Children and Men, pp. 47-61. Provides background on Defoe and explores the immense appeal of Robinson Crusoe for children. A743 REEDER, KIK. "The Real Robinson Crusoe: A Classic Revisited." IRBC 5, no. 5 (1974):1-3. Indicts the classic as imperialist and racist. DE JONG, DOLA (1911- ) A744 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 95-98, 113-16. Analyzes The Level Land and Return to the Level Land in terms of the theme of war. DE JONG, MEINDERT (1906- ) A745 BURGESS, ELEANOR. "Meindert De Jong, Storyteller." EE 32 (May 1955):267-76. A biocritical overview of De Jong's work. "Here is an author who writes as he speaks" and incorporates many of the techniques of the storyteller. A746 CARR, MARION GRUDIER. "Meindert De Jong and the World's Children." TON 27 (June 1971):395-402. Primarily a listing of books by De Jong in English and their many translations into foreign languages. A747 CIANCIOLO, PATRICIA JEAN. "Meindert De Jong." EE 45 (October 1968):725-30. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 115-21.) A brief biocritical overview. Includes a bibliography of De Jong's books. A748 DE JONG, MEINDERT. "The Author has Something to Say: A Sym posium." In NYTBR, 14 May 1961, Children's Book sec. p. 3. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, p. 45.) The author has no message: "My sole mission is to tell the tale." A749 -----. "The Cry of Creativity." Bookbird 1 (1965):5-13. Hans Christian Andersen Medal Speech, 1962. Discusses sources of his creativity. A750 -----. "For Love of the Word." Horn Book 60 (September-October 1984):569-77. Recounts his career as a writer of children's books. A brief account by Betsy Hearne, highlighting some of his books, precedes, pp. 566-68. A751 -----. "Newbery Award Acceptance." Horn Book 31 (August 1955):241-46. Tells how he tries to write from the perspective of the inner child, from the unconscious. Followed by a biographical reminis cence by his brother David Cornel De Jong, pp. 247-53. A752 GARD, ROGER. "Meindert De Jong's Tower By The Sea." Use of English 21, no. 3 (Spring 1970):221-23, 227. Concentrates on the moral certainty and complexity of the work, and the ways in which its themes might be approached with children. A753 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode. Discusses death in Shadrach pp. 160-63, and The Wheel on the School, pp. 75-78. A754 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. Sense of Story, pp. 68-78. Identifies De Jong's two most remarkable talents: "Achieving an extraordinary empathy with children and animals," and "expressing joy." A755 "When Once A Little Boy. . . . " TLS 68 (4 December 1959):24. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 277-80.) Identifies excitement and De Jong's ability to recapture childhood memories as key characteristics of his work. DE LA MARE, WALTER (1873-1956) A756 AUDEN, W.H. "Walter De la Mare." In Forewords and Afterwords. New York: Random House, 1973, pp. 384-94. Comments upon the distinguishing characteristics of De la Mare's poetry, paying special attention to his poetry for children. A757 BARFIELD, O. "Poetry in Walter De la Mare." University of Denver Quarterly 8 (Autumn 1978):69-81. Attempts to draw attention to "certain qualities in his poetry," both for adults and children, which Barfield feels have been over looked. A758 BIANCO, MARGERY. "De la Mare." Horn Book 18 (May-June 1942):141-47. Praises De la Mare's poetry and his anthologies, emphasizing the way "reality and unreality interpenetrate." A759 CLARK, LEONARD. Walter De la Mare. New York: Walck; London: Bodley Head, 1961, 81 pp. Argues that De la Mare "is the greatest writer of English lyrical poetry, (particularly for children) of the first half of this century. Provides biographical background and detailed examinations of his poetry and stories. Includes a bibliography of works by and about De la Mare. A760 COOPER, SUSAN. "Nahum Tarune's Book." Horn Book 56 (October 1980):497-507. A personal response to Come Hither, placing it in the context of more recent fantasy for children. It captures the freshness of the child's vision of the world, and "the whole life of an artist." A761 CROUCH, M.S. "Walter De la Mare and His Illustrators." Junior Bookshelf 17, no. 2 (March 1953):51-60. Comments upon De la Mare's various illustrators. A762 DALPHIN, MARCIA. "I Give You the End of a Golden String." Horn Book 14 (May 1938):143-49. (Reprinted in Fryatt, Horn Book Sam pler, pp. 133-34, 138-39.) Praises The Three Mulla Mulgars as a "highly imaginative `quest'" book; "How one wishes that everyone might have his imagination kindled by it!" A763 DEGAN, JAMES NERHOOD. "The Short Fiction of Walter De la Mare." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Iowa, 1982, 301 pp., DA 43:1150A. Examines De la Mare's short stories, the role of the child as visionary in particular, but pays little attention to his works for children. A764 GRAHAM, ELEANOR. "The Riddle of Walter De la Mare: An Appreciation of His Work for Children." Junior Bookshelf 12 (July 1948):59-65. Sees De la Mare's stories as a treasure house full of secret places and "rooms he has cunningly furnished to rouse the curious." A765 LATHROP, DOROTHY P. "Illustrating De la Mare." Horn Book 18 (May-June 1942):188-96. An illustrator's insights into the poet's work. A766 McCROSSEN, DORIS ROSS. Walter De la Mare. Twayne's English Authors Series, no. 33. New York: Twayne, 1966, 170 pp. Concentrates on De la Mare's novels and works for adults, but contains sections on his children's poetry, pp. 63-77, and The Three Royal Monkeys (originally published as The Three Mulla Mulgars), pp. 95-101. A767 MEGROZ, RODOLPHE L. Walter De la Mare: A Biographical and Critical Study. London: Hodder & Stoughton; New York: George H. Doran, 1924, 303 pp. Devotes chapter 3, "The Poetry of Childhood," pp. 50-84, to De la Mare's works for children. A768 REID, FORREST. Walter De la Mare: A Critical Study. London: Faber & Faber, 1929, 256 pp. Discusses early poetry in "Songs of Childhood," pp. 27-52, and "The Three Mulla-Mulgars" and "Poems of Maturity," pp. 108-25; pp. 148-79 are devoted to The Listeners and Peacock Pie. A769 WALSH, WILLIAM. "De la Mare's Small World." In Ford, Young Writers, Young Readers, pp. 107-14. Views De la Mare as a minor poet whose "retreat from reality back to the shelter of the dream" holds great appeal. DE LARRABEITE, MICHAEL A770 ZIPES, JACK. "The Adventure of Fantasy as Struggle for Survival." Children's Literature 7 (1978):242-47. Regards The Borribles as "one of the finest fantasy works in recent years." DENSLOW, W. W. (1856-1915) A771 American Book Collector, December 1964, pp. 10-21. Contains articles on Denslow and a checklist of his work. A772 GREENE, DOUGLAS. "W.W. Denslow, Illustrator." Journal of Popular Culture 7, no. 1 (Summer 1973):86-96. Traces Denslow's career and provides insights into his style. A773 GREENE, DOUGLAS, and HEARN, MICHAEL PATRICK. W.W. Denslow. Mount Pleasant, Mich.: Central Michigan University, Clarke Historical Library, 1976, 225 pp. A biographical overview and bibliography. A774 HEARN, MICHAEL PATRICK. "W.W. Denslow: The Forgotten Illus trator." American Artist 37 (May 1973):40-45, 71-73. A biocritical overview. DE PAOLA, TOMIE (1934- ) A775 BERT, RITA ANN. "Tomie de Paola: Creator of Excellence in Chil dren's Books." Catholic Library World 54 (February 1983):278-79. A brief biocritical overview. A776 HEPLER, SUSAN INGRID. "Profile: Tomie de Paola: A Gift to Children." LA 56 (March 1979):296-301. Primarily an overview of de Paola's career with insight into his techniques and influences on him--especially those of Fra Angelico and Giotto. DE TREVINO, ELIZABETH BORTON (1904- ) A777 MacCANN, DONNARAE. "Racism in Prize-Winning Biographical Works." In Black American, pp. 101-6. Analyzes racial stereotypes in the Newbery Award-winning I, Juan de Pareja. DE VEAUX, ALEXIS (1948- ) A778 MILLER, RICHARD H. "Three Musical Lives: Billie Holiday, Bessie Smith, and Mahalia Jackson." L&U 4, no. 1 (Summer 1980):71-82. This comparative review of three biographies concludes that only Billie Holiday, in De Veaux's Don't Explain: A Song of Billie Holiday, emerges as a real person. A779 VANDERGRIFT, KAY E. Child and Story, pp. 160-64. Analyzes the pictures and layout as well as the words of na-ni, which is interpreted as a mood piece. DHONDY, FARRUKH (1944- ) A780 WHITCOME, BOBBIE. "East-West: The Divided Worlds of Farrukh Dhondy." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 1 (Spring 1983):35-43. Discusses Poona Company, stories from East End at Your Feet, Come to Mecca, Trip Trap, and the novel The Siege of Babylon. Touches on the question of racism and the theme of illusion vs. reality. DICKINSON, PETER (1927- ) A781 CROUCH, MARCUS. Nesbit Tradition, pp. 50-52. "Much of the interest of Dickinson's achievement comes from his examination of society, whether the embryo manorial system of The Devil's Children or its matured counterpart in Heartsease." A782 GRIMSHAW, NIGEL. "Peter Dickinson's Children's Stories." School Librarian 22, no. 3 (September 1974):219-23. Provides a critical evaluation of Dickinson's first six books. A783 HEINS, ETHEL. Review. Horn Book 54 (April 1978):150. Finds intimations of Poe and Dostoevski in the style and psycho logical impact of Dickinson's Annerton Pit. A784 HUTCHINSON, JOANNA. "Peter Dickinson Considered, In and Out of the Classroom." CLE, o.s., no. 17 (Summer 1975):88-98. Discusses the use of Peter Dickinson's books with students. A785 REES, DAVID. "Plums and Roughage: Peter Dickinson." In Painted Desert, pp. 153-67. Finds in Dickinson a refusal to take himself seriously which is both a strength and a weakness. Argues that he writes mainly to entertain, but there are "plums . . . messages, fine writing, original and profound comments on human nature" in the "roughage" if one chooses to seek them out. A786 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. A Sounding, pp. 41-54. "For all their variety the books have much in common: strong professional storytelling, rapid action and adventure, continual invention, a proliferating interest in ideas, and an understanding of how things are done. Behind all this one glimpses an energetic, speculative mind with a leaning towards the exotic." A787 WILLIAMS, JAY. "Very Iffy Books: An Interview with Peter Dick inson." Signal 13 (January 1974):21-29. Discusses Dickinson's life and work. DILLON, EILIS (1920- ) A788 WHITEHEAD, WINIFRED. "Eilis Dillon and The Sense of Community." Use of English 30, no. 2 (Spring 1979):58-62. Discusses Dillon's books for younger and older children, praising her sense of the child's place within the larger community and her ability to re-create rural Ireland. DILLON, LEO (1933- ), and DILLON, DIANE (1933- ) A789 DILLON, LEO, and DILLON, DIANE. "Caldecott Award Acceptance." Horn Book 52 (August 1976):373-77. Discusses the process and technique of illustrating Why Mosqui toes Buzz in People's Ears. Biographical sketch by Phyllis J. Fogelman follows, pp. 378-83. A790 -----. "Caldecott Award Acceptance." Horn Book 53 (August 1977): 415-21. Tells how they gathered background for their illustrations of Margaret Musgrove's folktale retelling of Ashanti to Zulu: African Traditions. Biographical sketches of each follow, pp. 423-26. DISNEY, WALT (1901-66) A791 BAILEY, ADRIAN. The Fantasy World of Walt Disney. New York: Everest House, 1982, 253 pp. A highly favorable survey of Disney's fantasy creations, including numerous color plates and a text with details about the techniques used, Disney's goals, and critical responses to his work, including his interpretations of fairy tales and other classics of children's literature. Typical of Bailey's tone and approach: "Above all, Walt Disney was a great storyteller in the ancient tradition of the fairy tale--often as grim as Grimm, fanciful as Hans Andersen, fantastic as Lewis Car roll, sentimental as Charles Kingsley." A792 BERLAND, DAVID L. "Disney and Freud: Walt Meets the Id." Jour nal of Popular Culture 15, no. 4 (Spring 1982):93-104. Applies Freud's theories to Disney's created characters and to his interpretations of traditional literature. A793 CHAMBERS, DEWEY W. "The `Disney Touch' and the Wonderful World of Children's Literature." EE 43 (January 1966):50-52. Argues that Disney takes advantage of "poetic license" in trans forming books into movies, sometimes removing original symbolic and psychological meanings. A794 DORFMAN, ARIEL, and MATTELART, ARMAND. How to Read Donald Duck: Imperialist Ideology in the Disney Comics. New York: International General, 1975, 112 pp. (First published as Plata Leer al Plato Donald in Chile in 1971. An extensive Marxist critique of Disney and the capitalist society he represents, through a detailed examination of the Donald Duck comics. A795 FREEMAN, JAMES A. "Donald Duck: How Children (Mainly Boys) Viewed their Parents (Mainly Fathers), 1943-1960." Children's Litera ture 6 (1977):150-64. Sees Donald as a father figure who appealed to children because he both resembled and parodied their fathers. Based on examination of Walt Disney's Comics and Stories, nos. 31-243 (April 1943-Decem ber 1960). A796 HYUN, PETER. "Walt Disney Through the Looking Glass." Bookbird 5, no. 4 (1967):20-22. Considers Disney's motion pictures and animated cartoons a mis use of forms and "a corruption of the best children's literature." A797 MAY, JILL P. "Walt Disney's Interpretation of Children's Literature." LA 58 (April 1981):463-72. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 461-72.) A close look at Disney's animated productions reveals the values and American qualities promoted and criticized through his films. May examines Disney's handling of "Snow White," "Cinderella," Pinoc chio, and Bambi. A798 SAYERS, FRANCES CLARKE. "Walt Disney Accused." Horn Book 41 (December 1965):602-11. Denounces Disney's "debasement of the traditional literature of childhood." A799 SIDWELL, ROBERT T. "Naming Disney's Dwarfs." CLE, n.s. 11, no. 2 (Summer 1980):69-75. Argues that not all of Disney's alterations of traditional tales despoiled them, but that some, such as the naming of the dwarfs in Snow White, fit into folktale tradition. Letter in response by Jill P. May (CLE, n.s. 11, no. 2 (Winter 1980):200-203) argues that Sidwell's defense of Disney does not answer Sayers's objection, or deny Dis ney's restructuring of the essence of the tale to reflect middle-class American values. A800 SMITH, ROSEMARY. "Walt Disney's Mary Poppins." EE 44 (January 1967):29-31. Argues that the Disney book and film destroyed "the remarkable personality of Mary Poppins herself and the meaning and magic of the individual stories." DIXON, FRANKLIN W. [Stratemeyer Syndicate pseudonym] A801 O'CONNOR, GERARD. "The Hardy Boys Revisited: A Study in Pre judice." In Challenges in American Culture. Edited by Ray B. Browne, et al., Bowling Green, Ohio: Bowling Green University Popular Press, 1970, pp. 234-41. Analyzes racial and ethnic stereotypes and prejudices in the Hardy Boys series, and comments on recent revisions: "About as effective as putting a band-aid over a cancer." A802 PRAGER, ARTHUR. "Rascals at Large." In Rascals at Large, pp. 99-123. Analyzes the Hardy Boys series. DODGE, MARY MAPES (1831-1905) A803 GRISWOLD, JEROME. "Hans Brinker: Sunny World, Angry Waters." Children's Literature 12 (1984):47-60. Unremitting cheerfulness and self-control in the face of emotion ally disturbing situations are seen as key aspects of the book. Griswold concludes his detailed analysis by saying, "Dodge teases for tears but at the same time condemns tears as leaks, emotional adul tery that jeopardizes not a marriage, but a family." DONOVAN, JOHN (1928- ) A804 GOLDMAN, SUZY. "John Donovan: Sexuality, Stereotypes and Self." L&U 2, no. 2 (Fall 1978):27-36. Argues that while Donovan handles the important theme of self- realization well, his books are marred by their somewhat bizarre sexual elements and stereotyped secondary characters. Discusses Remove Protective Coating a Little at a Time, Wild in the World, and I'll Get There, It Better Be Worth the Trip. DU BOIS, WILLIAM PENE (1916- ) A805 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 175-86. Traces William Pene Du Bois's development as a creator of pic ture books. A806 BURKERT, NANCY EKHOLM. "A Second Look: Lion." Horn Book 56 (December 1980):671-76. Examines Du Bois's techniques and assesses their suitability to the picture book text, a celebration of "the creation of uniqueness and the uniqueness of creation." A807 DU BOIS, WILLIAM PENE. "Animal History Will Bear This Out." In Contents of the Basket and Other Papers on Children's Books and Reading. New York: New York Public Library, 1960, pp. 35-39. Provides a lighthearted account of the origins of Lion. DUBRAVSKY, VILIAM (1924-76) A808 DUBRAVEC, ROBERT. "Viliam Dubravsky." Bookbird 15, no. 2 (1977):60-64. A biocritical look at this Czechoslovakian artist-illustrator, including a chronological outline of his career. DUNHAM, KATHERINE (1910- ) A809 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, pp. 158-60. Suggests Dunham's selectivity in presenting African culture in Kasamance "has been towards cultural complexity and positive aspects of African life." DUNNING, STEPHEN N. A810 HOFFECKER, FELICITY. "Reflections on a Gift of Watermelon Pickle." English Journal 72 (April 1983):19-20. The Felicity who made the original watermelon pickles featured in John Tobias's poem reflects upon the history and popularity of the poem and the anthology Reflections on a Gift of Watermelon Pickle, edited by Dunning. Edward Lueders and Dunning respond, pp. 21-22. Tobias himself responds in September 1983, p. 41. DUVOISIN, ROGER (1904-80) A811 BADER, BARBARA. "Roger Duvoisin." In American Picturebooks, pp. 128-39. Analyzes Duvoisin's style and technique, his development as a picture-book artist through his many books. A812 CROUCH, MARCUS. "From Petunia, Veronica and Crocus--with Love." Junior Bookshelf 45, no. 1 (February 1981):5-7. An appreciative overview. A813 DUVOISIN, ROGER. "The Happy Lion Finds a Welcome Everywhere." Publishers Weekly 181 (12 February 1962):82-83. Discusses the origins, development, and publishing history of The Happy Lion, illustrated by Duvoisin, written by Louise Fatio Duv oisin. A814 KANE, RUTH E. "Roger Duvoisin--Distinguished Contributor to the World of Children's Literature." EE 33 (November 1956):411-19. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 125-34.) An interview and biocritical summary of Duvoisin as writer and artist. A815 UNWIN, NORA S. "Artist's Choice." Horn book 35 (April 1959): 110-11. Comments on A for the Ark's design and technique. A816 WAUGH, DOROTHY. "Roger Duvoisin as Illustrator for Children." Horn Book 24 (January-February 1948):11-22. Demonstrates how Duvoisin's illustrations have added to the atmosphere of the works he has illustrated. EATON, JEANETTE (1886-1968) A817 EATON, JEANETTE. "A Heroine of the French Revolution." Horn Book 5 (November 1929):22-29. Describes her research on Madame Roland for her A Daughter of the Seine. EDMONDS, WALTER D. (1903- ) A818 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 63-65. Analyzes The Matchlock Gun in terms of the theme of entrap ment. EDWARDS, LEO [Edward Edson Lee] A819 PRAGER, ARTHUR. Rascals at Large, pp. 251-64. Discusses the Jerry Todd series. EICHENBERG, FRITZ (1901- ) A820 EICHENBERG, FRITZ. "May Hill Arbuthnot Honor Lecture: Bell, Book, and Candle." TON 40 (Spring 1984):353-67. Presented 6 April 1984. Tells the story of his life, discusses favorite childhood books, illustrations, philosophy, and dreams. EIDRIGEVICIUS, STASYS A821 KORSAKAITE, I. "On the Untrodden Paths of Fantasy." Bookbird 3 (1980):53-56. Analyzes the work of this young Lithuanian illustrator. EKWENSKI, CYPRIAN (1921- ) A882 EMENYONOU, ERNEST. Cyprian Ekwenski. London: Evans, 1974, 137 pp. Chapter 3, pp. 47-69, concentrates on Ekwenski's fiction for children. Juju Rock is seen as "an attempt to provide for the Nigerian reader something authentic that could be substituted for foreign adventure stories." Includes bibliographies. A823 NDU, POL. "Urban Modality in Ekwenski's Juvenile Literature." Conch Review of Books 3, nos. 2-4 (1975):83-86. Concentrates on Juju Rock and The Rain Maker. A824 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, pp. 128-35. Suggests that Ekwenski presents "a realism based on details of Nigerian life which ordinarily seem to be taboo in children's ficti on, such as illegal brewing of palm wine, highway robbery, death from diseases, being struck by lightning, or fights after a sports match." Analyzes Juju Rock. ELIOT, T[HOMAS] S[TEARNS] (1888-1965) A825 DOUGLASS, PAUL. "Eliot's Cats: Serious Play behind the Playful Seriousness." Children's Literature 11 (1983):109-24. Argues that interpretations such as Hodge's (see below), which emphasize a message, are overly serious, and that the significance of Old Possum's Book of Practical Cats is in its playful and rhythmical prosody. A826 HODGE, MARION C. "The Sane, The Mad, The Good, The Bad: T.S. Eliot's Old Possum's Book of Practical Cats." Children's Literature 7 (1978):129-46. Provides a detailed critical discussion, concluding, "Eliot says much the same things to children in Old Possum's Book of Practical Cats as he says to adults in his other work." EMBERLEY, ED (1931- ) A827 EMBERLEY, ED. "Caldecott Award Acceptance." Horn Book 44 (August 1968):399-402. Describes techniques used in creating the illustrations and inter preting Drummer Hoff's theme. Biographical sketch by wife Barbara follows, pp. 403-16. A828 "Meet Ed Emberley." Library Journal 88 (15 October 1963):3991-95 and SLJ 10 (October 1963):113-17. Primarily a portrait of Emberley and his family, with brief dis cussion of his art. Includes a bibliography of books he has written and illustrated. A829 REYNOLDS, JEAN. "Ed Emberley." Library Journal 93 (15 March 1968):1287-88 and SLJ 15 (March 1968):113-14. Emberley's editor comments upon the design in his books, espe cially on the procedures used to create Drummer Hoff and One Wide River to Cross. A830 WAUGH, DOROTHY. "The Meteoric Career of Ed Emberley." Ameri can Artist 30 (November 1966):54-61. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 135-40.) Emphasizes his artistic technique. ENGDAHL, SYLVIA (1933- ) A831 ENGDAHL, SYLVIA. "Perspective on the Future: The Quest of the Space Age Young People." In Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 425-33. Discusses several of her works, and expresses her belief that science fiction can help young people acquire "a perspective on the future" and assist in "the search for truth." ENRIGHT, ELIZABETH (1909-68) A832 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "The Art of Elizabeth Enright." Horn Book 45 (December 1969):641-51;46 (February 1970):26-30. Compares Enright with Katherine Mansfield and sees parallels between the short story form and the children's novel. ESTES, ELEANOR (1906- ) A833 ALTSTETTER, MABEL F. "Eleanor Estes and Her Books." EE 24 (May 1952):245-51. Provides insights into the way characters and family relationships are portrayed in the Moffat books. A834 ESTES, ELEANOR. "Gathering Honey." Horn Book 36 (December 1960):487-94. Anecdotal accounts of events that found their way into her books. A835 KINGSTON, CAROLYN. Tragic Mode, pp. 21-22. Analyzes the theme of rejection in The Hundred Dresses. A836 RICE, MABEL R. "Eleanor Estes: A Study in Versatility." EE 45 (May 1968):553-57. Provides an overview of Estes's literary career and attempts to explain her enduring popularity. A837 SAYERS, FRANCES CLARKE. "The Books of Eleanor Estes." Horn Book 28 (August 1952):257-60. (Reprinted in Sayers, Summoned by Books, pp. 116-21.) Praises Estes's originality, immediacy, vitality, and humor. Estes's Newbery Acceptance speech follows. A838 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. Sense of Story, pp. 79-87. "The quality of the three Moffat books which makes them excep tional is, I think, an unusual purity of the childish vision." Considers them her best. ETS, MARIE HALL (1895- ) A839 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 167-74. Discusses the contributions of Ets to the development of the picture book. A840 ETS, MARIE HALL. "Caldecott Award Acceptance Speech." Horn Book 36 (August 1960):275-77. Provides background on the making of Nine Days to Christmas. A841 HEINS, ETHEL L. "A Second Look: Mr. T. W. Anthony Woo." Horn Book 52 (February 1976):75. A842 IRVINE, RUTH R. "Marie Hall Ets--Her Picture Story Books." EE 33 (May 1956):259-65. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 141-48.) Surveys Ets's early works, including Mr. Penny; The Story of a Baby; In the Forest; My Dog Rinty; Oley, The Sea Monster; Little Old Automobile; Mr. T.W. Anthony Woo; Another Day; Play with Me; and Beasts and Nonsense, which she does not like. EYERLY, JEANNETTE (1908- ) A843 MORGAN, DIANE. "The Popularity of Jeannette Eyerly's Novels." Ari zona English Bulletin 14, no. 3 (April 1972):122-25. Examines the reasons for Eyerly's popularity with teenaged girls. FALKNER, J. MEADE (1858-1932) A844 STIBBS, ANDREW. "Pernicious Nonsense: Moonfleet by J. Meade Falkner." CLE, o.s., no. 3 (November 1970):11-20. Defends this book, often derided as nonsense, with a description of how the author has used it in the classroom. FARBER, NORMA (1909-84) A845 BAGNALL, NORMA. "Profile: Norma Farber." LA 58 (April 1981):481-86. In an interview Farber discusses her work and expresses views on poetry for children. Includes an annotated bibliography of Farber's children's books. A846 HELBIG, ALETHEA K. "Bravura and Skill Yield Kernels of Truth: Norma Farber's Poetry for the Young." ChLAQ 9, no. 2 (Summer 1984):79-80. Points out the elements that make Farber's poems succeed. FARJEON, ELEANOR (1881-1965) A847 ANDREWS, SHERYL B. "A Second Look: The Glass Slipper." Horn Book 53 (April 1977):193-94. Praises Farjeon's retelling of the Cinderella story as a fantasy that sensitively touches a real human problem. A848 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "A Fine Old Gentleman." In Green and Burning, pp. 317-34. Cameron's personal response to Farjeon's works is linked to what is known of Farjeon's childhood. A849 COLWELL, EILEEN. Eleanor Farjeon. New York: Walck; London: Bodley Head, 1962, 94 pp. Includes biographical material and discusses Farjeon's stories, poems, and retellings of classic and traditional tales. Includes a bibliography of British and American editions of her books. A850 -----. "Eleanor Farjeon: A Centenary View." Horn Book 57 (June 1981):280-87. A biocritical overview and remembrance. A851 FISHER, MARGERY. "Eleanor Farjeon: In Memoriam." Bookbird 4 (1965):3-10. A biocritical overview and evaluation of Farjeon's contribution to children's literature. A852 GRAHAM, ELEANOR. "Eleanor Farjeon--A Study and an Apprecia tion." Junior Bookshelf 5 (July 1941):81-86. Maintains that despite its unevenness, Farjeon's work contains "the breath of real inspiration." An article follows on Farjeon's illustrator, Isobel Morton-Sale, by M. McLeish, pp. 87-89. A853 GREENE, ELLIN PETERSON. "Eleanor Farjeon: The Shaping of Literary Imagination." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):61-70. Explores the relationship between Farjeon's childhood fantasy play in a "literary-theatrical-musical-milieu" and her choice of material and use of fantasy and daydream in her writing. A854 -----. "Eleanor Farjeon: The Shaping of a Literary Imagination." Ed.D. dissertation, Rutgers University, 1979, 171 pp., DA 40:5858A. Explores the relationship between childhood fantasy play and the development of artistic creativity and the "shaping of a literary imagination" through a study of Eleanor Farjeon's published and unpublished writings and through interviews with her family, friends and colleagues. Concludes that "Farjeon's central theme is the wisdom of the `wise child within,' and that her spiritual joy, emanat ing from her childhood sense of wonder, pervades all of her stories for children." A855 Junior Bookshelf 29 (August 1965):195-208. Special issue. Reminiscences by Edward Ardizzone, Grace Hogarth, and Eileen Colwell. A856 MORGAN, M.E. "Eleanor Farjeon: An Evaluation." Junior Bookshelf 18 (October 1954):175-79. Considers Farjeon's musicality a key aspect of her ability to weave a spell around her readers. A857 SAYERS, FRANCES CLARKE. "Eleanor Farjeon's Room with a View." Horn Book 32 (October 1956):335-44. (Reprinted in Horn Book 57 [June 1981]:337-46 and in Sayers, Summoned By Books, pp. 122-32.) Examines the nature of Farjeon's writing with its blending of fantasy, romance, folklore, and scholarship with "an abounding, yea-saying joy in the experience of life." FARMER, PENELOPE (1939- ) A858 CRAGO, HUGH. "Penelope Farmer's Novels." Signal 17 (May 1975):81-90. Sees her as "a realist trying to work within fantasy." A859 ESMONDE, MARGARET P. "Narrative Methods in Penelope Farmer's A Castle of Bone." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 3 (Autumn 1983):171-79. Explores Farmer's use of Celtic myth in her "introvert fantasy." A860 FARMER, PENELOPE. "Discovering the Pattern." In Blishen, Thorny Paradise, pp. 103-7. Discusses her approach to form. A861 -----. "Patterns on a Wall." Horn Book 50 (October 1974):169-76. Describes how she writes, with Castle of Bone as a chief example. Tells how she arrived at its structure. A862 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 77-84. In an interview Farmer discusses her background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of her works. A863 McELDERRY, MARGARET K. "Penelope Farmer: The Development of an Author." EE 51 (September 1974):799-805. Farmer's editor provides insights into her work. A864 REES, DAVID. "Marble in the Water: Penelope Farmer." In Marble in the Water, pp. 1-13. (Also in Horn Book 52 [October 1976]:471-78.) Suggests that Farmer uses the universal problems and ideas of fantasy in a personal way that realistic fiction could not. A865 SALWAY, LANCE, and CHAMBERS, NANCY. "Book Post." Signal 25 (January 1978):49-55. (Also in "Book Post Returns," Signal 26 [May 1978]:92-98, with extended reply by Farmer.) FARNSWORTH, DAVID A866 RUBIO, GERALD. "Rejuvenating Out of Date Plays." CCL 8-9 (1977):144-51. Discusses Farnsworth's The King, the Sword, and the Dragon as "one of the most perfectly conceived examples of participatory drama one is likely to find." However, suggests changes to eliminate the sexism and stereotyped treatment of stock characters. FAULKNER, WILLIAM (1897-1962) A867 BROWN, CALVIN S. "Faulkner's Rowan Oak Tales." Mississippi Quarterly 34 (1981 Summer):367-74. Provides a scholarly review of Dean Faulkner Wells's retellings of William Faulkner's ghost stories for children, The Ghosts of Rowan Oak (Oxford, Miss.: Yoknapatawpha Press, 1980, 63 pp.). A868 DITSKY, JOHN. "William Faulkner's The Wishing Tree: Maturity's First Draft." L&U 2, no. 1 (Spring 1978):56-64. Analyzes the story's parallels to Faulkner's adult writings and its significance in his development as a novelist. A869 GIDLEY, MICK. "William Faulkner and Children." Signal 3 (Septem ber 1970):91-102. Concentrates on The Wishing Tree. FEELINGS, TOM (1933- ) A870 FEELINGS, TOM. "Illustration Is My Form, The Black Experience My Story and My Content." Advocate 4, no. 2 (Winter 1985):73-82. Feelings expresses his views on the blending of political and social values and on the form of his work. A871 -----. "The Artist at Work: Technique and the Artist's Vision." Horn Book 61 (November 1985):685-95. Discusses his life and his work. "The techniques I now work with and the ones I used in the past are so heavily influenced by my life experiences that it is difficult for me to separate, even now, the technique and its form from the content of the work and my subject matter." FERRIS, JAMES CODY [Stratemeyer Syndicate pseudonym] A872 PRAGER, ARTHUR. Rascals at Large, pp. 327-34. Discusses the Stratemeyer Syndicate's X Bar X Boys series, a Western version of the Hardy Boys. FERRY, CHARLES (1927- ) A873 KNIGHT, R. FAWN. "Interview with Charles Ferry." CLE, n.s. 16, no. 1 (Spring 1985):15-20. Provides an overview of Ferry's historical fiction for young people. FIELD, RACHEL (1894-1942) A874 FIELD, RACHEL. "How Hitty Happened." Horn Book 6 (February 1930):22-26. Describes her discovery of the doll Hitty in an antique shop and tells how the story developed from there. Dorothy Lathrop describes making the illustrations, pp. 27-30. A875 Horn Book 18 (July-August 1942). Rachel Field memorial issue. Primarily remembrances and remi niscences. A876 LANE, MARGARET. "Rachel Field and Her Contributions to Chil dren's Literature." In Andrews, The Hewins Lectures, 1947-1962, pp. 343-75. An extensive biocritical overview with lengthy bibliographies and references to articles and books by and about Field. Concludes that the best of Field's children's books will survive because "There is lilt, vitality, humor, vibrant action and integrity on every page." A877 USREY, MALCOLM. "The Child Persona in Taxis and Toadstools." ChLAQ 7, no. 2 (Summer 1982):39-49. Examines facets of the young female persona of Field's poems. FINLEY, MARTHA FARQUHARSON (1828-1909) A878 BROWN, JANET E. "The Saga of Elsie Dinsmore: A Study in Nine teenth Century Sensibility." University of Buffalo Studies 17, no. 3 (July 1945):75-131. Provides a thorough examination of the Elsie books, their faults and their enduring charm. Attempts to account for the long-standing and overwhelming popularity of these tales of "virtues personified in a docile child, or struggling with a recalcitrant one," a theme that was far from new when Finley began writing. Includes a bibliogra phy of biography and criticism and a chronology of the Elsie and Mildred books. A879 JACKSON, JACQUELINE, and KENDALL, PHILLIP. "What Makes a Bad Book Good: Elsie Dinsmore." Children's Literature 7 (1978):45-67. Probes the reason for the long and great popularity of Elsie Dinsmore. A880 STERN, G.B. "Onward and Upward with the Arts: Elsie Reread." New Yorker 12 (14 March 1936):52-55. Explores the long-lasting appeal of Elsie Dinsmore. Stern relishes perusing "for the hundredth time the snarling record of how dark- haired Lulu, in a fit of jealousy lest Papa should love the new little baby sister best, throws the golden-haired toddler lightly down a flight of stone steps, explaining that she thought it was only a dog. Papa whipped her for it, of course. Dear reader--which had the better time--Lulu or Papa?" FINN, FRANCIS J., S.J. (1859-1928) A881 MOLSON, FRANCIS J. "Francis J. Finn, S.J.: Pioneering Author of Juveniles for Catholic Americans." Journal of Popular Culture 11 (Summer 1977):28-41. Examines the Catholic protagonists and settings of Finn's juvenile fiction. FISCHER, HANS (1909-58) A882 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. Three Centuries, pp. 239-43. Provides an overview of Fischer's contributions to children's book illustration. FISHER, A. HUGH (1867-1945) A883 WHITMORE, ELIZABETH M. "A. Hugh Fisher: A Comrade for Chil dren." Horn Book 4 (May 1928):47-54. Praises illustrator and describes children's reactions to his pictures. FISHER, AILEEN (1906- ) A884 KEVORKIAN, KATHLEEN D. "Aileen Fisher, Poet: An Overview." ChLAQ 5, no. 2 (Summer 1980):25-27. Analyzes a number of Fisher's poems and collections. A885 RAMSEY, IRVIN L., and RAMSEY, LOLA B. "Aileen Fisher: Like Nothing at All." EE 44 (October 1967):593-601. Regards Fisher as prolific, versatile, realistic, perceptive and whole; and suggests these are why her poetry and nature picture books succeed. FISHER, DOROTHY CANFIELD (1879-1958) A886 MAGUIRE, GREGORY. "A Second Look: Understood Betsy." Horn Book 55 (October 1979):558-60. Praises Canfield's portrayal of character development and rural life. A887 WASHINGTON, IDA H. Dorothy Canfield Fisher: A Biography. Shel burne Vt.: New England Press, 1982, 258 pp. Discusses Understood Betsy and its relationship to Canfield's experiences with Montessori, pp. 79-81; the Made-to-Order-Stories, pp. 70-73. FITZHUGH, LOUISE (1928-74) A888 MOLSON, FRANCIS J. "Another Look at Harriet The Spy." EE 51 (October 1974):963-70. Although the book's realism has gained the most attention, Mol son feels that Harriet's ambition to write and "the skill and insight with which Fitzhugh systematically presents Harriet's development as a writer," may be the most distinctive and enduring feature of the book. Provides a lengthy analysis. A889 STERN, MAGGIE. "A Second Look: Harriet The Spy." Horn Book 56 (August 1980):442-45. Sees the book's theme as the balance of life. None of the early reviewers understood this. The book shows a progression from unawareness to awareness; "from order to chaos to new order." A890 WOLF, VIRGINIA L. "Harriet The Spy: Milestone, Masterpiece?" Children's Literature 4 (1975):120-26. Concludes that the novel is a "milestone and a masterpiece of children's literature--perhaps the masterpiece of the mid-twentieth century." At its deepest level "a celebration and exploration of the nature of love and development." Examines the novel's structure and the controversies surrounding it. The novel's implications are "rich and multiple" and can be seen in terms of Eliot's "objective correla tive" and Pound's "vortex." A891 -----. "A Novel of Children's Liberation." Children's Literature 5 (1976):270-72. A detailed critical review of Fitzhugh's last novel, Nobody's Family Is Going to Change. Concludes that "Message dominates at the expense of the heroine's credibility." FLACK, MARJORIE (1897-1958) A892 BADER, BARBARA, American Picturebooks, pp. 61-64. "Marjorie Flack drew, but not very well; she wrote, but she wasn't a writer; what she had was a feel for stories." FLEISCHMAN, SID (1920- ) A893 JOHNSON, EMILY R. "Profile: Sid Fleischman." LA 59 (October 1982):754-59, 772. A biocritical overview. Includes a bibliography of Fleischman's books. FOORD, ISABELLE A894 REANEY, JAMES S. "Components of Success in Foord's Plays." CCL 8-9 (1977):105-7. A brief discussion of Canadian children's playwright Foord's plays A Dream of Sky People, Shaman, Junkyard, and Say Hi to Owlsey. All published by Playwrights Co-op, Toronto. FORBES, ESTHER (1891-1967) A895 COLLIER, CHRISTOPHER. "Johnny and Sam: Old and New Approaches to the American Revolution." Horn Book 52 (April 1976):132-38. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 234-40.) Compares the Collier approach to the historical background of the American Revolution in My Brother Sam Is Dead, with Esther Forbes's approach in Johnny Tremain. A896 FORBES, ESTHER. "Newbery Medal Acceptance." Horn Book 20 (July-August):261-67. Explains how her biography of Paul Revere led her to create Johnny Tremain. Discusses her purposes in writing and the influen ces of World War II on the book. FORD, FORD MADOX (1873-1939) A897 LURIE, ALISON. "Ford Madox Ford's Fairy Tales." Children's Litera ture 8 (1980):7-21. Relates Ford's fairy tales, The Brown Owl, The Feather, The Queen Who Flew, and Christina's Fairy Book, to his life. A898 -----. "Ford Madox Ford's Fairy Tales for Children." In The Presence of Ford Madox Ford: A Memorial Volume of Essays, Poems, and Memoirs. Edited by Sondra J. Stang. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1981, pp. 130-42. Discusses The Brown Owl and Christina's Fairy Book. FOSTER, GENEVIEVE (1893-1979) A899 DAWSON, MITCHELL. "Genevieve Foster's World." Horn Book 28 (June 1952):190-95. Describes Foster's "world" books and also her Initial Biographies series. A biographical sketch of Foster by her daughter, Joanna Foster, follows. A900 FENWICK, SARA INNIS. "Exploring History with Genevieve Foster." EE 31 (October 1954):315-21. (Also in Hoffman, Authors and Illus trators, pp. 149-56.) Discusses the nature, background, and use of the "world" books. FOX, PAULA (1923- ) A901 BACH, ALICE. "Cracking Open the Geode: The Fiction of Paula Fox." Horn Book 53 (October 1977):514-21. Suggests that Fox's integrity sets her above the run-of-the-mill young adult author. Praises her writing style and her believability. A902 COUNCIL ON INTERRACIAL BOOKS FOR CHILDREN. "The Slave Dancer: Critiques of This Year's Newbery Award Winner." IRBC 5, no. 5 (1974):4-6, 8. (Articles by Binnie Tate and Sharon Bell Mathis are reprinted in MacCann, Cultural Conformity, pp. 146-56.) Includes articles by Binnie Tate, Sharon Bell Mathis, Albert V. Schwartz, and Lyla Hoffman attacking the book on grounds of racism. A903 HEINS, PAUL. "Paula Fox: Hans Christian Andersen Medal Winner." Horn Book 54 (October 1978):486-7. Summarizes Fox's outstanding characteristics: her range of sub ject matter and form, her theme of noncommunication, her dramatic presentations of character, her "chiseled style," and vivid imagery. A904 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 281-83. "She isn't quite enough of a novelist--that is, of an intellectual and artist--to create a structure which will carry her theme. Her hero is not a victim, but being a child, is left only as an observer." He concludes that The Slave Dancer "remains at the level of humani ties project resource." A905 McDONNELL, CHRISTINE. "A Second Look: The Stoned-Faced Boy." Horn Book 60 (April 1984):219-22. Pays special attention to Gus's character. A906 PARKER, PATRICIA ANNE FALSTAD. "Responses of Adolescents and Librarians to Selected Contemporary Fiction." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1974, 145 pp., DA 35:5357A. Investigates responses of eighth graders and junior high school librarians to Paula Fox's Blowfish Live in the Sea and Jill Paton Walsh's Fireweed. A907 REES, DAVID. "`The Colour of Saying': Paula Fox." In Marble in the Water, pp. 114-27. Highly praises Fox's style. Summarizes distinctive characteristics and themes, and provides in-depth analysis of The Slave Dancer, which he calls a masterpiece. A908 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. "Paula Fox." In A Sounding, pp. 55-65. Revises and updates the above essay on Fox from a Sense of Story, adding a discussion of the Slave Dancer, which he considers "her finest achievement." A909 -----. Sense of Story, pp. 89-96. Praises Fox's "striking quality" and says that although children may not like her books at first, "If they are read they will not be quickly forgotten." Concentrates on How Many Miles to Babylon. FRAN€OIS, ANDRE (1915- ) A910 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 362-63. Discusses Fran‡ois's illustrations for Isobel Harris's Little Boy Brown. A911 BROWN, MARCIA. "Artist's Choice: Little Boy Brown." Horn Book 26 (January 1950):28-29. Analyzes the illustrations by Andre Fran‡ois for Isobel Harris's Little Boy Brown. FRANK, ANNE (1929-44) A912 SCARLETT, GEORGE. "Adolescent Thinking and the Diary of Anne Frank." Psychoanalytic Review 58 (Summer 1971):265-78. Points out cognitive aspects of adolescent behavior and thinking as reflected in Anne Frank's diary. FRASCONI, ANTONIO (1919- ) A913 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 343-46. Traces Frasconi's contributions to the art of the picture book. A914 "Frasconi's Brio With A Book." Horizon 3 (March 1961):122-28. Provides a brief, but well-illustrated look at some of Frasconi's art. A915 GASSER, MANUEL. "Antonio Frasconi: A Book of Many Suns." Graphis 100 (March-April):208-17. Explores Frasconi's use of the sun motif in works for children and adults. FREEMAN, DON (1908-78) A916 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 206-8. A brief analysis of Freeman as picture-book artist. Feels that Dandelion is his best. A917 -----. "Child of the Theater, Artist to Children." NYTBR, 30 April 1978, Children's Book section, pp. 26, 34. An appreciative appraisal of Freeman's career, concentrating on his children's books. "His work is slow to date because, individual and unchanging, it was never fashionable." A918 ZUCKERMAN, LINDA. "Don Freeman: An Editor's View." Horn Book 54 (June 1979):273-81. More about Freeman's personality and methods of working than a critical appraisal, but does include Freeman's account of the origins of Corduroy. FRENCH, HARRY W. A919 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 11-12. Analyzes the theme of rejection in The Lance of Kanana. FREUCHEN, PIPALUK A920 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 65-67. Analyzes the theme of entrapment in The Eskimo Boy. FRIERMOOD, ELISABETH HAMILTON (1903- ) A921 FRIERMOOD, ELISABETH HAMILTON. "Where Did You Get That Idea?" Horn Book 41 (December 1965):655-61. Answers that question in terms of several of her books. FRITZ, JEAN (1915- ) A922 AMMON, RICHARD. "Profile." LA 60 (March 1983):365-69. A brief biocritical overview. A923 CALIFF, JANE. Review. IRBC 6, no. 7 (1975):6. Reviews Where Was Patrick Henry on the 29th of May?, pointing out the omission of any discussion of blacks and the role of slaves in Patrick Henry's life. A924 FRITZ, JEAN. "Making It Real." CLE, o.s., no. 22 (Autumn 1976):125-27. Explains her approach to biography and how she meets the chal lenge of compressing the essential facts plus a new perspective into 48 pages. A925 -----. "On Writing Historical Fiction." Horn Book 43 (October 1967):565-70. Describes her methods and techniques. A926 -----. "Turning History Inside Out." Horn Book 61 (January 1985):29-34. Address given at the Boston Globe-Horn Book Award Cere mony for The Double Life of Pocahontas, 1 October 1984. Discusses her approach to history and to the writing of the Pocahontas book in particular. FROST, KELMAN A927 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, pp. 118-19. "Many aspects of North African life are described in stereotyped terms" and, "in the end, European civilization triumphs." FUJIKAWA, GYO (1908- ) A928 KRANER, MADELINE R. "Gyo Fujikawa: An Illustrator Children Love." Publishers Weekly 199 (4 June 1971):45-46. Discusses Fujikawa's background, her style, and her philosophy of illustration. FULLA, LUDOVIT A929 VESELY, MARIAN. "Slovak National Artist Ludovit Fulla." Bookbird 12, no. 4 (1974):73-79. A biocritical overview. Includes a bibliography of Fulla's books. FYLEMAN, ROSE (1877-1957) A930 FYLEMAN, ROSE. "Writing Poetry for Children." Horn Book 16 (January-February 1940):58-66. Describes her background and how and why she started writing poems, especially fairy poems. A931 SHIPPEN, ELIZABETH P. "Rose Fyleman." EE 35 (October 1958):358-65. A biocritical overview of the "poet of the fairies." Includes primary and secondary bibliographies. GAG, WANDA (1893-1946) A932 BADER, BARBARA. "A Second Look: Millions of Cats." Horn Book 54 (October 1978):536-40. Examines Gag's masterpiece in its historical context. A933 -----. "Wanda Gag." In American Picturebooks, pp. 32-37. An overview of Gag's career and an analysis of her work. Includes references. A934 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "Wanda Gag: Myself and Many Me's." In Green and Burning, pp. 295-315. Primarily biographical, based largely on Gag's journals, this essay outlines how Gag found her way into children's literature and reveals much of the background and personality behind her work. A935 COX, RICHARD W. "Wanda Gag: The Bite of the Picture Book." Minnesota History 44 (Fall 1975):238-54. Points out the strong undercurrent of social concern, "a rejection of easy sentiment, and even a disenchantment with American values and institutions" in her drawings, prints, and children's books of 1920-40. A936 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Through Peasant Eyes." Junior Bookshelf 26 (March 1962):51-55. Finds in Gag's Grimm tales "the pure spring water of folk-tale, not the flat `pop' which children are too often given in substitute." A937 DUNN, NANCY E. Wanda Gag: Author and Illustrator of Children's Books. Charlottesville, N.Y.: SamHar Press, 1973, 32 pp. A biocritical overview, devoting several pages to her children's books. Includes a bibliography of works by and about Gag. A938 GAG, WANDA. Growing Pains: Diaries and Drawings for the Years 1908-1917. St. Paul, Minn.: Minnesota Historical Society Press, 1984, 475 pp. Karen Nelson Hoyle provides an overview of Gag's career in the introduction to this reprint of Gag's diaries and notebooks. A939 HERENDEEN, ANNE. "Wanda Gag: The True Story of A Dynamic Young Artist Who Won't Be Organized." Century 116 (October 1928):427-32. An early biocritical investigation. "All my life I shall look at objects differently for having seen how Wanda Gag saw them." A940 Horn Book 23 (May-June 1947). Special issue. Contains a biographical sketch by Alma Scott (pp. 159-69); an analysis of Gag as an artist by Carl Zigrosser (pp. 170-81); as a writer, by Ernestine Evans (pp. 182-88); as a fellow worker, by Rose Dobbs (pp. 189-93); and as a fellow artist, by Lynd Ward (pp. 194-97). Concludes with a selection of letters from chil dren to Gag, selected and edited by Earle Humphreys (pp. 199-205). (Article by Evans reprinted in Fryatt, Horn Book Sampler, pp. 34-38.) A941 HURLEY, BEATRICE J. "Wanda Gag--Artist, Author." EE 32 (Octo ber 1955):347-54. Surveys Gag's talents, noting characteristics of her work. A942 Review of Tales from Grimm. Junior Bookshelf 2, no. 1 (October 1937):26-28. A substantial early review. A943 SCOTT, ALMA. Wanda Gag: The Story of An Artist. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1949, 235 pp. This early biography written by Gag's high school friend com ments on her writing and illustrating of children's books. A944 ZIGROSSER, CARL, ed. "Wanda Gag." In The Artist in America. New York: Knopf, 1942, pp. 33-44. Provides insights into Gag's art and personality. GARD, JOYCE [Joyce Reeves] (1911- ) A945 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 85-93. In an interview Joyce Gard discusses her background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of her works. GARDAM, JANE (1928- ) A946 GARDAM, JANE. "Mrs. Hookaneye and I." In Blishen, Thorny Para dise, pp. 77-80. Comments on the writing process. A947 -----. "On Writing for Children: Some Wasps in the Marmalade." Horn Book 54 (October, December 1978):489-96, 672-79. Reflects upon Gardam's aims in writing and the influence of children's literature upon her, but provides little direct discussion of her own writing. A948 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 287-91. Describes A Long Way from Verona as an affecting tale. Praises her ability to "recreate the rambling, directionless lines of conversa tion with the fidelity of Harold Pinter, and the much more satisfact ory humour of Alan Galton, and at the same time give the scene its historical location. . . ." GARDNER, JOHN (1933-82) A949 DE LUCA, GERALDINE, and NATOV, RONI. "Modern Moralities for Children: John Gardner's Children's Books." In John Gardner: Critical Perspectives. Edited by Robert A. Morace and Kathryn Van Spanckeren. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1982, pp. 89-96. Probes the reasons why Gardner's children's books are "partial failures." A950 NATOV, RONI, and DE LUCA, GERALDINE. "An Interview with John Gardner." L&U 2, no. 1 (Spring 1978):114-36. Discusses Gardner's works for children and adults, especially Dragon, Dragon; The King of the Hummingbirds; and The Suicide Mountain. GARFIELD, LEON (1921- ) A951 CAMP, RICHARD. "Garfield's Golden Net." Signal 5 (May 1971):47-55. Praises Garfield's unity of content and form, which fit together like "body and soul." A952 CROUCH, MARCUS. Nesbit Tradition, pp. 34-38. Argues that Garfield's craftsmanship, especially the "extraordinary evocative language all his own," is "what makes these absurd plots not merely acceptable but absorbingly fascinating." Pays particular attention to Jack Holborn and Smith. A953 GARFIELD, LEON. "Bookmaker and Punter." In Blishen, Thorny Par adise, pp. 81-86. Garfield comments on his approach to writing. A954 -----. "An Evening with Leon Garfield." In Egoff, One Ocean, pp. 110-20. Tells about his methods of writing and especially the genesis of Jack Holborn. A955 -----. "And So It Grows," Horn Book 44 (December 1968):668-72. (Reprinted with slight changes from March-April 1968 Children's Book News.) Describes how he set about writing Jack Holborn . A956 -----. "Writing for Childhood." CLE, o.s., no. 2 (July 1970):56-63. Tells why he writes books set in the eighteenth century; ponders why writers deny they write for children. Provides insight into his works. A957 GARFIELD, LEON; BLISHEN, EDWARD; and KEEPING, CHARLES. "Greek Myths and the Twentieth Century Reader." CLE, o.s., no. 3 (November 1970):48-65. The authors and illustrator describe the genesis of The God Beneath the Sea and some of the difficulties encountered in produc ing it. Includes illustrations and an extract from the book. (See also reviews of the book in this same issue, by Ted Hughes, pp. 66-67; and Alan Garner, pp. 69-71.) A958 HOLLAND, PHILIP. "Shades of the Prison House: The Fiction of Leon Garfield." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 4 (Winter 1978):159-72. Analyzes Garfield's fiction, concluding that he is "a master of mystery and a master of style." A959 JONES, RHODRI. "Writers for Children--Leon Garfield." Use of English 23 (Summer 1972):293-99. (Reprinted in Butts, Good Writers, pp. 34-40, with an updating postscript, pp. 41-43.) Provides an evaluation of several of Garfield's books, noting his reliance on intricate plots and heroes on their own. Compares Gar field to Dickens. A960 NATOV, RONI. "`Not the blackest of villains. . . not the brightest of of saints': Humanism in Leon Garfield's Adventure Novels." L&U 2, no. 2 (Fall 1978):44-71. Places Garfield in the tradition of Fielding, Smollett, and Dick ens. "In his warmth and humor he urges an acceptance of humanity and a tolerance of ambivalence which is unique to the world of ado lescent fiction." Examines Jack Holborn, Devil-in-the-Fog, Smith, Black Jack, The Sound of Coaches, and The Prisoners of September. A961 PEMBERTON, CLIVE. "Aspects of Treasure Island and Jack Holborn." Use of English 23 (Winter 1971):113-17. Finds both books stylistically excellent. Sees Stevenson's Treasure Island as the product of a writer of adult books of genius who attempted to write a book for children, and Jack Holborn as an attempt of a writer of juveniles to write for adults. In both there is something to appeal to both child and adult. A962 SUCHER, MARY WADSWORTH. "Recommended: Leon Garfield," English Journal 72 (September 1983):71-72. Provides an introductory overview of Garfield's work. A963 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. Sense of Story, pp. 97-107. Calls Garfield the "richest and strangest" talent to have emerged in the 1960s. Comments on his eighteenth-century settings, and concludes that he has "livelier expectations from Leon Garfield than from anyone else whose work is being published on a children's list in England today." A964 -----. A Sounding, pp. 66-80. An updating and revision of the essay on Garfield in Sense of Story. Townsend feels Garfield has lived up to his expectations. Discusses newer works such as The Strange Affair of Adelaide Harris and The Pleasure Garden. A965 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Piper, pp. 192-207. Garfield discusses his life and work in an interview. GARIS, HOWARD (1873-1962) [Also author of the first thirty-five Tom Swift books under the pseudonym Victor Appleton] A966 DOUGLAS, GEORGE H. "Howard R. Garis and the World of Uncle Wiggily." Journal of Popular Culture 8, no. 3 (Winter 1974):503-12. Provides biographical background on Garis and analyzes the chief characteristics of the Uncle Wiggily stories. A967 GARIS, ROGER. "My Father Was Uncle Wiggily." Saturday Evening Post, 19 December 1964, pp. 237-64, 266. Describes his family's writing. A968 STREET, DOUGLAS. "Howard Garis." In Cech, Dictionary of Literary Biography, 22:191-99. Includes an extensive article and primary and secondary biboliog raphies. GARNER, ALAN (1934- ) A969 AERS, LESLEY. "Alan Garner: An Opinion." Use of English 22, no. 2 (Winter 1970):141-47, 153. Argues that "Alan Garner's use of myths and folk-tales contrib utes little more than furniture to his novels." Discusses The Weird stone of Brisingamen, Moon of Gomrath, Elidor, and The Owl Service. A970 BARTLE, F.R. "Alan Garner." Children's Libraries Newsletter 8 (May 1972):38-47. Analyzes four of Garner's books and compares him to William Mayne. A971 BENTON, MICHAEL. "Detective Imagination." CLE, o.s., no. 13 (1974):5-12. "Red Shift expresses the significance of place and the insignifi cance of time." Thoughtful reflections on the novel's construction, style, and theme. Jessica Kimball-Cook comments in CLE, o.s., no. 15 (1974):67-68. A972 BLISHEN, EDWARD. "Ambiguous Triptych." TES, 12 October 1973, p. 22. Reviews Red Shift. "How to begin to describe anything so intri cate, finely wrought--in places, cunningly and even perversely enig matic?" Questions Garner's need "to build a wall of erudite puzzles between himself and his readers." A973 "Books of International Interest: Forum of Children's Books." Bookbird 6, no. 1 (1968):27-30. Provides brief background information on Garner and surveys reviewers' responses to Elidor. A974 BREWER, ROSEMARY. "Alan Garner: A Perspective." Orana 14 (November 1978):127-33. A975 CADOGAN, MARY, and CRAIG, PATRICIA. You're a Brick, pp. 367-71. Sees Garner's first five children's novels as a movement "towards increased internal pressure and thematic compression." A976 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "The Owl Service: A Study." WLB 44 (December 1969):425-33. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 191-202.) Discusses Garner's development as a writer in books preceding The Owl Service, and provides a detailed critical analysis of that book. A977 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "An Interview with Alan Garner." In Cham bers, Signal Approaches, pp. 276-328. (Expanded version of inter view originally published in Signal 27 [September 1978]:119-37.) Based on ideas Chambers expressed in "The Reader in the Book" (Signal 23 [May 1977]:64-87). A978 -----. "Letter from England: Literary Crossword Puzzle . . . or Mas terpiece?" Horn Book 49 (October 1973):494-97. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 315-18.) Suggests that with Red Shift, Garner has "given up any pretense at writing for children and is now writing entirely to please himself and those mature, sophisticated, literate readers who care to study his work." Discusses some of the difficulties and strong points of the novel. A979 -----. "Letter from England: A Matter of Balance." Horn Book 53 (August 1977):479-82. Sees Stone Book's subject as a balance "between head and heart, the eternal and the momentary, the old ways and the new, the pro found and the simple, the wide bright sky and the secret close spaces of the earth, the folk tongue of the people and the language of artifice and studio." A980 FARRELL, JACQUELINE M. "Recommended: Alan Garner." English Journal 70 (September 1981):65-66. Suggests ways of using Garner's books with middle-school stu dents. A981 GARNER, ALAN. "Achilles in Altjira." CHLAQ 8, no. 4 (Winter 1983):5-10. Discusses the role of language and the role of the storyteller, relating them to his background as a working-class child who received schooling in standard English and classical languages. A982 -----. "A Bit More Practice." TLS, 6 June 1968. (Also in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 196-200.) Describes the background of his writing, especially of The Owl Service. A983 -----. "Coming to Terms." CLE, o.s., no. 2 (July 1970):15-29. Interview in which Garner discusses his approach to writing and comments on several of his books, notably The Owl Service. Also discusses his use of myth and fantasy, and makes brief autobiograph ical comments. A984 -----. "The Edge of the Ceiling." Horn Book 60 (September-October 1984):559-65. Reflects upon the influences of his childhood isolation and his sense of place in his writing. A985 -----. "Inner Time." In Science Fiction at Large: A Collection of Essays, by Various Hands, About the Interface Between Science Fic tion and Reality. Edited by Peter Nichols. New York: Harper and Row, 1976, pp. 119-38. Discusses myth and time and reveals some of the painful central events of Garner's emotional life, which he relates to his art. A986 GILLIES, CAROLYN. "Possession and Structure in the Novels of Alan Garner." CLE, o.s., no. 18, (Fall 1975):107-17. Argues that the plots of Garner's first five books are linked by two major concepts, possession and structure; and "gradually develop from pure children's reading into adult literature." A987 GOUGH, JOHN. "Alan Garner, the Critic and Self-Critic." Orana 20 (August 1984):110-18. Examines Garner's criticism of himself and others and urges the reader to beware of accepting these comments at face value as criti cism of Garner's work. A988 HEINS, PAUL. "Off the Beaten Path." Horn Book 49 (December 1973):580-81. (Reprinted in Crosscurrents, p. 319.) Briefly discusses the blurring of the distinction between children's and adult books in terms of Red Shift. A989 HELLINGS, CAROL. "Alan Garner: His Use of Mythology and Dimension in Time." Orana 15 (May 1979):66-73. A990 INGLIS, FRED. The Promise of Happiness, pp. 242-45. Examines Elidor, finding "Garner's achievement is to have given magic a credibility in terms of modern science." A991 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 94-100. In an interiew Garner discusses his background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of his works. A992 KOHLER, MARGARET. "Author Study: Alan Garner." Orana 16 (May 1980):39-48. Analyzes Garner's themes, characterizations, settings, structures, and style, and summarizes his development as a writer. A993 McMAHON, PATRICIA. "A Second Look: Elidor." Horn Book 56 (June 1980):328-31. Examines Garner's transformation of mythological sources so that they stand on their own. A994 PEARCE, PHILIPPA. The Owl Service. In Meek, Cool Web, pp. 291-93. (From Children's Book News 2, no. 4 [July-August 1967]:164-65. Faults the difficulty of understanding and the failure of Garner to "make plain" what is happening in Owl Service. A995 PHILIP, NEIL. A Fine Anger: A Critical Introduction to the Work of Alan Garner. London: Collins, 1981, 191 pp. Provides a serious critical analysis of Garner's work. "The vigour of the oral tradition has been transfused into the sluggish bloodstream of the modern novel, and a new life imparted." The introduction contains an overview of Garner's work and his significance in mod ern English literature. Subsequent chapters are devoted to discussions of one or more of his books: The Weirdstone of Brisingamen and The Moon of Gomrath, pp. 21-44; Elidor, pp. 45-64; The Owl Service, pp. 65-75; Holly from the Bongs and The Hamish Hamilton Book of Goblins, pp. 76-85; Red Shift, pp. 86-109; Potter Thompson, The Guizer, and The Lad of the Gad, pp. 110-25; and The Stone Book Quartet, pp. 126-45. Includes an extensive bibliography of Garner's writings, Garner criticism, and background material. A996 REES, DAVID. "Alan Garner: Some Doubts." Horn Book 55 (June 1979):282-89. (Revised version entitled "Hanging in Their True Shapes: Alan Garner," in Rees, Marble in the Water, pp. 56-67.) Discusses Garner's development as a writer in Elidor, Owl Service, and Red Shift. Concludes his works are flawed masterpieces. A997 SPRAGGS, GILLIAN. Review of Neil Philip's A Fine Anger. Use of English 33, no. 2 (Spring 1982):81-83. Disagrees with Philip's claim for Garner's literary status and suggests that the influence of Garner's predecessors in the magical adventure story should have been considered. A998 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. Sense of Story, pp. 108-19. "His stories have become less complicated but more complex, less crowded but more intricately ramified." Traces Garner's development as an author through Weirdstone of Brisingamen, Moon of Gomrath, Elidor and Owl Service. A999 -----. A Sounding, pp. 81-96. An updating and revision of Townsend's earlier essay in A Sense of Story, adding discussions of Red Shift and the quartet, The Stone Book, Granny Reardun, The Aimer Gate, and Tom Fobble's Day. A1000 WALSH, ROBIN. "Alan Garner: A Study." Orana 13 (May 1977): 31-39. A1001 WATKINS, TONY. "Alan Garner." In Butts, Good Writers, pp. 45-49. Explores Garner's use of folklore and myth as the basis for his fiction. A postscript comments on Red Shift, pp. 48-49. A1002 -----. "Alan Garner's Elidor." CLE, o.s., no. 7 (March 1972):56-63. Explores Garner's use of the imagery of myth as a means of transcending various levels of experience. A1003 WATSON, VICTOR. "In Defense of Jan: Love and Betrayal in The Owl Service and Red Shift." Signal 41 (May 1983):77-87. Examines the two novels in terms of "choices and betrayals almost forced upon women by the violence and anger of men." Attempts to show that this theme, "worked out incompletely in The Owl Service, reappears brilliantly and triumphantly in Red Shift," especially in the character of Jan. A1004 WHITAKER, MURIEL A. "`The Hollow Hills': A Celtic Motif in Modern Fantasy." Mosaic 13 (Spring-Summer 1980):165-78. Examines the use of Celtic myths in the works of Alan Garner, William Mayne, and Mary Stewart. A1005 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Pipers, pp. 221-35. Alan Garner discusses his life and work in an interview. GARNETT, EVE A1006 GARNETT, EVE. "The How and Why of the Ruggleses." Junior Bookshelf 2, no. 4 (July 1938):171-74. Provides background information on the Ruggles stories. GATES, DORIS (1901- ) A1007 ALTSTETTER, MABEL F. "Blue Willow." EE 36 (October 1959):367-73. Primarily a plot summary, revealing in its length, choice of incidents, and emphasis. A1008 GATES, DORIS. "Along the Road to Kansas." Horn Book 31 (October 1955):382-90. William Allen White Children's Book Award acceptance. Tells of her background and the background of some of her books. A1009 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 83-85. Analyzes the theme of sensitivity in Blue Willow. A1010 ROLLINS, CHARLEMAE. "The Work of Doris Gates." EE 31 (December 1954):459-65. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illus trators, pp. 157-64.) Biographical background and a review of Gates's books up to Little Vic. A1011 STOTT, JON C. "The Artistry of Blue Willow." EE 50 (May 1973):761-65, 839. Examines the basic structural patterns of this realistic novel in relationship to understanding the archetypal base of all fiction. Praises the artistry with which Gates handles structure, setting, and symbolism to transform "an interesting story into a meaningful and moving work of art." GEORGE, JEAN CRAIGHEAD (1919- ) A1012 GEORGE, JEAN CRAIGHEAD. "Newbery Award Acceptance." Horn Book 49 (August 1973):337-47. Describes the background and research which went into Julie of the Wolves. A1013 -----. "The Voice of Realism." Advocate 3, no. 1 (Fall 1983):20-26. Discusses her approach to realism. A1014 GEORGE, JEAN, and GEORGE, JOHN. "Introducing Children to Ani mals." TON 14 (March 1958):32-35. The Georges describe their methods of writing about animals. A1015 HOPKINS, LEE BENNETT. "Jean Craighead George." EE 50 (October 1973):1049-53. A brief biocritical overview that includes many comments by George about her work. A1016 STOTT, JON C. "Jean George's Arctic Pastoral: A Reading of Julie of the Wolves." Children's Literature 3 (1974):131-39. Examines Julie of the Wolves in terms of the pastoral tradition. GERGELY, TIBOR (1900-1978) A1017 SCHREYER, ALICE D. "Scuffy, Tootle and Other Creations By Tibor Gergely." Columbia Library Columns 28 (February 1979):25-34. Provides an overview of Gergely's art and career based on mate rials in the Tibor Gergely Collection in the Rare Book and Manu script Library at Columbia University. GILSON, JAMIE (1933- ) A1018 JOHNSON, RICHARD. "Profile." LA 60 (May 1983):661-67. Discusses Gilson's life and work. Includes a bibliography of her books. GIPSON, FRED (1908- ) A1019 HENDERSON, SAM H. Fred Gipson. Southwest Writers Series, no. 10. Austin, Texas: Steck-Vaughn, 1967, 52 pp. A biocritical overview with extended discussion of Old Yeller and Savage Sam. Girl's Own Paper A1020 FORRESTER, WENDY. Great Grandmama's Weekly: A Celebration of "The Girl's Own Paper" 1880-1901. Guildford and London: Lutter worth Press, 1980, 176 pp. Combines a history and discussion of the magazine with excerpts and reproductions of illustrations. Chapters include sections on health and beauty, the modern woman, fiction, dress, features, and domestic arts. GOBLE, PAUL (1933- ) A1021 STOTT, JOHN C. "Profile: Paul Goble." LA 61 (December 1984):867-73. A brief biocrit ical overview. GODDEN, RUMER (1907- ) A1022 HINES, RUTH, and BURNS, PAUL C. "Rumer Godden." EE 44 (February 1967):101-5. Discusses Godden's life and work." A1023 SIMPSON, HASSELL A. Rumer Godden. Twayne's English Authors Series, no. 151. New York: Twayne Publishers, 1973, 160 pp. Godden's children's books are mentioned mainly in passing as they relate to her adult novels. In Noah's Ark is analyzed, pp. 101-5. Includes a biography of Godden and bibliography of primary and secondary sources. A1024 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Piper, pp. 285-94. Rumer Godden discusses her life and work in an interview. GOFFSTEIN, M.B. (1940- ) A1025 PORTE, BARBARA ANN. "The Picture Books of M.B. Goffstein." CLE, n.s. 11, no. 1 (Spring 1980):3-9. A critical analysis of key elements in Goffstein's texts and pictures. A1026 SHANNON, GEORGE. "Goffstein and Friends." Horn Book 59 (Feb ruary 1983):88-95. Discusses the theme of shared feelings, dignity, and truth in five of Goffstein's books. "The Golden Bird" A1027 NODELMAN, PERRY M. "What Makes a Fairy Tale Good: The Queer Kindness of `The Golden Bird'." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 3 (Autumn 1977):101-8. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 184-91.) Argues that traditional literary criticism fails to account for the effect of the "Golden Bird," which is created through matter-of-fact telling of the astonishing. Concludes that this quality is, to a certain extent, characteristic of all good literature. Golden Books A1028 BADER, BARBARA. "Golden Books." In American Picturebooks, pp. 277-95. Recounts the history of the Little Golden Books series, singling out some of the most successful volumes. GOLDING, WILLIAM (1911- ) A1029 CARTER, MARY RUTHE. "Peter Brueghel and William Golding." English Journal 73 (November 1984):54-55. Finds numerous similarities in the paintings of Peter Brueghel and Golding's Lord of the Flies. A1030 GOLDING, WILLIAM. "Fable." In The Hot Gates and Other Occa sional Pieces. London: Faber & Faber, 1963. (Reprinted in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 226-40.) Discusses Lord of the Flies in terms of fable and compares it with Ballantyne's The Coral Island. GOODRICH, SAMUEL GRISWOLD (1793-1860) A1031 MAXWELL, MARGARET. "`Higglety, Pigglety Pop!': or, The Man Who Tried to Murder Mother Goose." Horn Book 45 (August 1969):392-94. Tells how the famous verse came to be written. "The Goosegirl" A1032 BOTTIGHEIMER, RUTH B. "Iconographic Continuity in Illustrations of `The Goosegirl.'" Children's Literature 13 (1985):49-71. Suggests that the continuity in illustrations of "The Goosegirl," like the continuity of its verses, is "responsible for the tale's resistance to change during its oral and literary history." GORDON, JOHN (1925- ) A1033 BLISHEN, EDWARD. "The Bare Pebble: The Novels of John Gordon." Signal 8 (May 1972):63-73. Discusses Giant Under the Snow and House on the Brink, both concerned with tensions between credulity and incredulity. A1034 -----. "The Slow Art of John Gordon." Signal 40 (January 1983):12-17. A follow-up to Blishen's earlier article on Gordon, "The Bare Pebble" (Signal, May 1972), this one discussing his more recent books: The Ghost on the Hill, The Waterfall Box, and The Spitfire Grave. GOREY, EDWARD (1925- ) A1035 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 552-58. Discusses the nature of Gorey's art. A1036 FILSTRUP, JANE M. "An Interview with Edward St. John Gorey at the Gotham Book Mart." L&U 2, no. 1 (Spring 1978):17-37. Gorey discusses his work, children's responses to it, and aspects of his life that have bearing on his books and illustrations. GORMSEN, JAKOB A1037 JENSEN, VIRGINIA ALLEN. "A Picture Book for the Blind--A Con versation with Jakob Gormsen About the Book What's That?" Book bird 1 (1980):7-12. Discusses the creation of this book designed for blind children. GOUDGE, ELIZABETH (1900- ) A1038 COLWELL, EILEEN H. "Elizabeth Goudge." Junior Bookshelf 11 (July 1947):58-61. An appreciative overview. Goudge's "Today and Tomorrow," in which she comments on the importance of fairy tales, precedes, pp. 53-57. GRAHAM, LORENZ (1902- ) A1039 GRAHAM, LORENZ. "An Author Speaks." EE 50 (February 1973):185-88. Graham speaks about his purposes in writing, his background, and his desire to further cross-cultural understanding. GRAHAME, KENNETH (1859-1932) A1040 BRAYBROOKE, NEVILLE. "Kenneth Grahame--1859-1932: A Cente nary Study." EE 36 (January 1959):11-15. "Music, magic, and beauty" distinguish Grahame's writing. Dis cusses Dream Days and The Golden Age as well as Wind in the Willows. A1041 -----. "A Note on Kenneth Grahame." Horn Book 46 (October 1970):504-7. Concise comments on Grahame's style and background. Similar to Braybrooke's earlier article in EE (see above). A1042 CARPENTER, HUMPHREY. "Kenneth Grahame and the Search for Arcadia." In Secret Gardens, pp. 115-25. Views Grahame as Richard Jeffries's follower in getting "inside the experience of childhood," but unlike Jeffries, Grahame was able to "communicate great excitement" to the reader. Concentrates on The Golden Age, with its Good Place and Golden City accessible through the imagination. Also points out the tension between "Wan derer" and "Home-lover" that dominates all of Grahame's work. Pro vides a detailed analysis of Wind in the Willows in a separate chapter, pp. 151-69, exploring the influences of Beatrix Potter and Richard Jeffries and the symbolism of the River and the Kitchen. A1043 CRIPPS, ELIZABETH A. "Kenneth Grahame: Children's Author?" CLE, n.s. 12, no. 1 (Spring 1981):15-23. Explores reasons why some parts of Grahame's work are more appealing to children than others, within the context of the conti nuing controversy over whether or not Grahame is a children's writer. A1044 FADIMAN, CLIFTON. "Professionals and Confessionals: Dr. Seuss & Kenneth Grahame." In Egoff, Only Connect, 1st ed., pp. 316-22; 2d ed., pp. 277-80. Suggests that while Grahame put "his deepest sense of the mean ing of his own adult life" into Wind in the Willows, Dr. Seuss writes not as "self-revelation, but to please and entertain himself and his young readers." A1045 GREEN, PETER. Kenneth Grahame: A Biography. Cleveland: World Publishing, 1959, 400 pp. Traces the origins of various themes, elements, and characters in Wind in The Willows, on pages 272-86. A1046 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 117-23. Finds Wind in the Willows one of the "shaping spirits of all that was to be written for children thereafter." Views Badger's kitchen as the embodiment of "continuity" and "home" and every child's "Hidey- hole." A1047 KUZNETS, LOIS. "Toad Hall Revisited." Children's Literature 7 (1978):115-28. "In this study I try to show that homesickness is not peripheral but central to Wind in the Willows and is buried deep in its struc ture, as it is in the word `nostalgia.'" A1048 LOWE, ELIZABETH COCHRAN. "Kenneth Grahame and the Beast Tale." Ph.D. dissertation, New York University, 1976, 230 pp., DA 37:5817A. Studies Wind in the Willows as an example of the beast tale in transition--the animal characters exhibiting the major effects of romanticism, Darwinism, and the industrial revolution. A1049 POSS, GERALDINE D. "An Epic in Arcadia: The Pastoral World of The Wind in the Willows." Children's Literature 4 (1975):80-90. Grahame's epic and Arcadian themes are traced from their begin nings in his early stories to their fuller development in Wind in the Willows where Grahame has included "the gentler trappings of epic," but omitted "all aspects of the heroic life that might cause strife and pain and eventually death." A1050 RAY, LAURA KRUGMAN. "Kenneth Grahame and the Literature of Childhood." English Literature In Transition 20 (1977):3-12. Examines the portrayal of childhood in Grahame's The Golden Age. A1051 RYAN, J.S. "The Wild Wood--Place of Danger, Place of Protest." Orana 19 (August 1983):133-40. Examines the tradition of the forest or wild wood as a place of defiance and adventure in English literature, particularly in the work of Kenneth Grahame. A1052 SALE, ROGER. "Kenneth Grahame." In Fairy Tales, pp. 164-93. Includes a close reading of Wind in the Willows. A1053 SHEPARD, ERNEST H. "Illustrating Wind in the Willows." Horn Book 30 (April 1954):83-86. Briefly describes his meeting with Grahame and his exploration of the river bank in preparation for illustrating the book. A1054 SMITH, KATHRYN A. "Kenneth Grahame and the Singing Willows." EE 45 (December 1968):1024-35. Looks for the key to Grahame's genius in his biography and in his distinct writing style. Characterizes him as one of the "men whose ways with language let them convey their knowing in unfor gettable ways." A1055 STEIG, MICHAEL. "At the Back of The Wind in the Willows: An Experiment in Biographical and Autobiographical Interpretation." Victorian Studies 24 (Spring 1981):303-23. Describes an approach to criticism that combines a history of the critic's own reading of the book (in the manner of David Bleich's Subjective Criticism) with biographical criticism. A1056 STERCK, KENNETH. "The Wind in the Willows." CLE, o.s., no. 12 (September 1973):20-28. Explores some of the themes of Wind in the Willows that have different appeal for children and adults. A1057 TAYLOR, S. KEITH. "Universal Themes in Kenneth Grahame's The Wind in the Willows." Ed.D. dissertation, Temple University, 1967, 208 pp., DA 29:1216A. Sees the book on two levels: (1) as a child's tale of adventure and, (2) as an adult's book--Grahame's letter to himself, heavy with symbolism. Concludes that the book is "a mine of universal themes to be uncovered, dug out, observed, and enjoyed by the probing lit erary miner." A1058 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. "The Children's Falstaff." TLS, 26 June 1969. (Reprinted in Suitable for Children?, pp. 160-64.) Sees the character and adventures of the "bad, low animal" Toad as the key to the book's appeal to children. A1059 WATKINS, TONY. "`Making a Break for the Real England': The River Bankers Revisited." ChLAQ 9, no. 1 (Spring 1984):34-35. Summarizes a number of recent critical interpretations (by Poss, Kuznets, and Zanger) of Wind in the Willows and the book's use in advertisements by the English Tourism Board. Reflects upon the ways in which the "meanings" of a work are influenced by its social context, and concludes that "Rereading The Wind in Willows in the context of nostalgia for the `real England' may help us understand a little more about the space occupied by the category `children's literature' in our culture." A1060 WILLIAMS, JAY. "Reflections on Wind in the Willows." Signal 21 (September 1976):103-7. Sees "cosiness" and "snugness" as keys to the book's charm. GRAMATKY, HARDIE (1907-79) A1061 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 203-4. Finds elements of the Disney animator in Gramatky's Little Toot. Considers his formula less successful in subsequent books, however. A1062 PAINTER, HELEN W. "Little Toot--Hero." EE 37 (October 1960):363-67. (Also in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 172-79.) Analyzes the essence, style, and illustration of Little Toot. Concludes that the charm of Gramatky's books lies in machines tak ing on childlike, irrepressive character and becoming full-blown human personalities. Includes references. GRAY, ELIZABETH JANET [Elizabeth Gray Vining] (1902- ) A1063 GRAY, ELIZABETH JANET. "History is People." Horn Book 19 (July-August 1943):216-20. Newbery Medal acceptance speech. Describes the background of Adam of the Road. A1064 MASSEE, MAY. "Elizabeth Janet Gray." Horn Book 19 (July-August 1943):205-14. Her editor discusses Gray's development as a writer during her "first twenty years." A1065 PEASE, HOWARD. "Technically Speaking." Horn Book 12 (March/April 1943):90-97. "In the field of the junior novel there are scarcely half a dozen authors" who reveal "deep knowledge of their craft." Uses Elizabeth Janet Gray's Beppy Marlowe as his primary example of excellent craftsmanship, with detailed analysis, and shows where other writers, notably E.C. Gaggin in Down Ryton Water, fail. GRAY, HAROLD (1894-1968) A1066 HAMAKER, GENE E. "Alla-Ca-Zaba! Gazah! Presto! Some Observa tions on the Role of the Orient in `Little Orphan Annie' (1924-1968)." Journal of Popular Culture 9 (Fall 1975):331-40. Examines American attitudes toward Asia and Asians and the ways in which these attitudes, and the changes in them, were reflected in Little Orphan Annie over the years. Includes extensive references. A1067 YOUNG, WILLIAM H. "That Indomitable Redhead: Little Orphan Annie." Journal of Popular Culture 8, no. 2 (Fall 1974):309-16. Examines the conservative biases in Annie's and the other charac ters' responses to the depression and World War II. GRAY, NICHOLAS STUART (1922-81) A1068 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Revels Ended." Junior Bookshelf 45, no. 3 (June 1981):101-3. An appreciative overview of Gray's career as novelist, short story writer, and playwright. A1069 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Piper, pp. 147-60. Gray discusses his life and work in an interview. GREENAWAY, KATE (1846-1901) A1070 ALDERSON, BRIAN. "Heavy Boots in the Marigold Garden: An Extended Comment on Current Kate Greenaway Literature." Phaedrus 9 (1982):7-10. Calls for accurate information regarding Greenaway's published books, for an assessment of the history of her reputation, and for a good biography; then summarizes and critiques recent Greenaway scholarship in terms of these needs. A1071 HEARN, MICHAEL PATRICK. "Mr. Ruskin & Miss Greenaway." Children's Literature 8 (1980):22-34. Explores the relationship between the two and Ruskin's influence on her work. A1072 PARRISH, ANNE. "Flowers for a Birthday: Kate Greenaway, March 17, 1846." Horn Book 22 (March 1946):97-108. (Reprinted in Fryatt, Horn Book Sampler, pp. 41-49.) Largely biographical with small bits of insight into her work. A1073 Under the Window, 1971-. A quarterly journal published by the Kate Greenaway Society, devoted to Greenaway news and scholarship. GREENBERG, JOANNE [Hannah Green] (1932- ) A1074 CROSSLEY, BRIAN MILES. "The Last Frontier: Self-Destruction in Contemporary American Fiction." Ph.D. dissertation, State University of New York at Binghamton, 1981, 395 pp., DA 42:1633A. Chapter 3 concentrates on the literary technique of I Never Promised You a Rose Garden "in terms of the schizophrenia it so assiduously narrates." A1075 WOLFE, KARY K., and WOLFE, GARY K. "Metaphors of Madness: Popular Psychological Narrative." Journal of Popular Culture 9 (Spring 1976):895-907. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 155-60.) Examines characterization, structure, style, imagery, and rhetoric in I Never Promised You a Rose Garden. GREENE, BETTE (1934- ) A1076 OSA, OSAYIMWENSE. "Adolescent Girls' Need for Love in Two Cul tures--Nigeria and the United States." English Journal 72 (December 1983):35-37. Compares the treatment of adolescent love in Bette Greene's Summer of My German Soldier and in Buchi Emecheta's The Bride Price. GREENFIELD, ELOISE (1929- ) A1077 GREENFIELD, ELOISE. "Something to Shout About." Horn Book 51 (December 1975):624-26. Talks about what she wants for children, in her own books and those of others--to help children maneuver their way through the dangers of life. A1078 KIAH, ROSALIE BLACK. "Profile: Eloise Greenfield." LA 57 (Sep tember 1980):653-59. Kiah interviews Greenfield about her life and work, and com ments on her responses. GRICE, FREDERICK (1910- ) A1079 BOARD, M.J. "Frederick Grice: A Sentimental Realist." School Librarian 23, no. 1 (March 1975):20-23. Sees Grice as both a sentimentalist and a realist, and finds the two aspects of his work interdependent. GRIMM, JACOB (1785-1863), and GRIMM, WILHELM (1786-1859) A1080 ANNAN, GABRIELE. "Borne Along by Goblins." TLS, 20 September 1974, pp. 1008-9. Reviews the Sendak-Segal-Jarrell The Juniper Tree and Other Tales. A1081 CARSCH, HENRY. "Dimension of Meaning and Value in a Sample of Fairy Tales." Ph.D. dissertation, Princeton University, 1965, 161 pp., DA 27:827A. Analyzes "agents of the supernatural as they are presented in Grimms' Kinder und Hausm„rchen" as a dimension of culture. The findings are related to "salient characteristics of German National character and its ontogenesis." A1082 CROUCH, MARCUS S. "Illustrating Grimm." Junior Bookshelf 14, no. 6 (December 1950):236-43. Surveys the illustrators of Grimms' Household Tales and concludes that the tales "remain without their successful interpreter." A1083 DAVID, ALFRED, and DAVID, MARY E. "A Literary Approach to the Brothers Grimm." Folklore Institute 1, no. 3 (1964):180-96. Provides a readable introduction to the Grimms' own literary and historical approach to their material. A1084 DEGH, LINDA. "Grimms' Household Tales and its Place in the House hold: The Social Relevance of a Controversial Classic." Western Folklore 38 (April 79):83-103. Examines the controversies surrounding the origins and the nature of the Grimms' tales from a folklore perspective. A1085 ELLIS, JOHN M. One Fairy Story Too Many: The Brothers Grimm and Their Tales. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1983, 214 pp. Argues that the Grimms deliberately falsified their tales and suppressed evidence of their origins; and furthermore, that scholars have been reluctant to question the reports the Grimms presented on their work. Provides variant texts of three tales: "The Frog Prince," "Sleeping Beauty," and "Hansel and Gretel." A1086 FITZSIMONS, EILEEN. "Jacob and Wilhelm Grimms' Irische Elfen marchen. A Comparison of the Translation with the English Original: Fairy Legends and Traditions of the South of Ireland by T. Crofton Croker." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Chicago, 1978, 326 pp., DA 39:3609A. A1087 KAMENETSKY, CHRISTA. "The Brothers Grimm: Folktale Style and Romantic Theories." EE 51 (April 1974):379-83. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 316-22.) Explores the romantic theories that provided the framework for the Grimms' approach to folktale collecting. A1088 LORRAINE, WALTER. "The Brothers Grimm Across Time and Space: A Side View of the Illustrators of the Grimm Tales." In Children's Books International 1. Proceedings and Book Catalog. Boston: Boston Public Library, 1976, pp. 16-21. Briefly traces the publishing and illustration history of the Grimms' folktales, but the accompanying illustrations are not included in the proceedings. A1089 MALLET, KARL-HEINZ. Fairy Tales and Children: The Psychology of Children Revealed through Four of Grimms' Fairy Tales. New York: Schocken, 1984, 213 pp. Applies the methods of depth psychology and dream interpreta tions to "Hansel and Gretel," pp. 51-99, "Little Red Riding Hood," pp. 100-127, "The Boy Who Set Out to Learn Fear," pp. 128-75, and "The Goose Girl," pp. 176-205. A1090 MARTHE, ROBERT. "The Grimm Brothers." Yale French Studies 43 (1969):44-56. Finds in the Grimms' tales a combination of "grace and art" that are their "strongest protection against any disquieting undertakings that may come from science." Reflects upon differences between French and German versions of the tales. A1091 SALE, ROGER. Fairy Tales, pp. 33-36. Analyzes several motifs in the Lore Segal translation of "The Juniper Tree": the longing for a child, the wicked stepmother, and resurrection. A1092 TATAR, MARIA. "Tests, Tasks, and Trials in the Grimms' Fairy Tales." Children's Literature 13 (1985):31-48. Examines the male protagonists of the Grimms "to determine what character traits they share and to assess the extent to which the plots of their adventures possess a degree of predictability." A1093 USSHER, ARLAND, and METZRADT, CARL von, eds. Enter These Enchanted Woods: An Interpretation of Grimms' Fairy Tales. Rev. ed. Dublin: Dolmen Press, 1966, 63 PP. Explores archetypal ideas found in a number of the Grimms' tales. A1094 ZIPES, JACK. "Who's Afraid of the Brothers Grimm? Socialization and Politicization through Fairy Tales." L&U 3, no. 2 (Winter 1979-80):4-56. This lengthy scholarly article reviews the nature and history of the tales, the notion of socialization through fairy tales, and the revitalization and transformation of the tales for political purposes by West German writers such as Friedrich Karl Walchter, Andreas and Angela Hopf, Johannes Merkel, Janosch, Hans-Joachim Gelberg, Rosemarie Knzler, Irmela Brender, Doris Lerche, and O.F. Gmelin. Includes brief translations of some of the versions of the tales. GRIPE, MARIA (1923- ) A1095 GRIPE, MARIA. "A Word and a Shadow." Bookbird 12, no. 2 (1974):4-10. Discusses her writing and influences upon her, particularly those of Andersen's fairy tales. A1096 MANNHEIMER, CARIN. "Maria Gripe." Bookbird 11, no. 2 (1973):24-34. (From an article in Barn och Kultur, 1971 no. 2.) Sees the basic motif of Gripe's books as "man's relation to his role in life." Divides the books into psychological/realistic ones, and mystic/romantic ones. Includes a bibliography of Gripe's books and their translations. A1097 STANTON, LORRAINE. "Shadows and Motifs: A Review and Analy sis of Works of Maria Gripe." Catholic Library World 51 (May 1980):447-49. "In her stories, realistic and fairy tales alike, Mrs. Gripe combines symbolism, humor, morality and the themes of loneliness and lack of communication with imaginative creativity." GROVE, FREDERICK PHILIP (1879-1948) A1098 Canadian Children's Literature 27-28 (1982):1-169. Almost an entire double issue is devoted to Grove's Leonard Broadus, which is reprinted here completely, with an "Afterword: Genesis of a Boys' Book," by Mary Rubio, pp. 127-57, and "The Publishing History of Leonard Broadus," pp. 157-69. GRUELLE, JOHNNY (1880-1938) A1099 LANES, SELMA G. "Raggedy Ann to Riches." NYTBR, 1 May 1977, Children's Book sec., pp. 30, 39. (Reprinted in Butler, Sharing Literature with Children, pp. 70-74.) Explores the history of the Raggedy Ann stories. Comments on reasons for their appeal and on several new editions. A1100 WILLIAMS, MARTIN. "Some Remarks on Raggedy Ann and Johnny Gruelle." Children's Literature 3 (1974):140-46. Feels that although Gruelle was a hack who wrote too much, some of his work is very good and deserves more attention. Examines characteristics of Gruelle's work, pointing out his strengths, idiosyncracies, and shortcomings. GUILLOT, REN (1900-1969) A1101 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 39-40. Considers Guillot "a superb story-teller" and Companions of Fortune a great book that can "haunt a reader for a lifetime." A1102 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Books About Africa, pp. 114-18. Decries the entrenched stereotypes in Guillot's African stories, and his "negative views on the African environment, and the religion, animallike [sic] hunting abilities, and un-European appearance, work habits and values of its people." GUY, ROSA (1928- ) A1103 GUY, ROSA. "All about Caring." TON 39 (Winter 1983):192-96. A moving personal statement that reveals much about Guy's books and her goals as a writer. A1104 -----. "Young Adult Books: I Am a Storyteller." Horn Book 61 (March 1985):220-21. Guy explains that in her storytelling she wants not only to enter tain but to teach people about each other. HADER, BERTA (1890-1976), and HADER, ELMER (1889-1973) A1105 ALTSTETTER, MABEL F. "Berta and Elmer Hader." EE 32 (Decem ber 1955):501-6. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 180-85.) Discusses psychological aspects of the Haders' books. HAGGARD, Sir HENRY RIDER (1856-1925) A1106 GREEN, R.L. "Rider Haggard." Junior Bookshelf 20 (October 1956):179-85. Argues that it is a feeling of higher romance, of "appeal to something more than mere excitement," that gives to Haggard's stories the quality which has kept them alive. A1107 TURNER, ANN. "Bring Back Rider Haggard." Use of English 31, no. 3 (Summer 1980):28-36. Argues that "Haggard's books have a simplicity and directness, a mythic grandeur and a lack of sentimentality that could make them popular classics for our children even today." HAIG-BROWN, RODERICK (1908-76) A1108 BIRKS, JOHN. "The Work of Roderick Haig-Brown." Junior Bookshelf 17, no. 3 (July 1953):95-102. Compares Haig-Brown to Richard Armstrong in his sincerity and sympathy with adolescents, but finds him a more accomplished writer. A1109 LUCAS, ALEC. "Haig-Brown's Animal Biographies." CCL 11 (1978):21-38. Examines changes in Haig-Brown's technique from Silver to Pan ther, to Return to the River. A1110 STOW, GLENYS. "A Conversation with Roderick Haig-Brown." CCL 1, no. 2 (Summer 1975):9-22. An interview in which Haig-Brown discusses his animal stories and historical fiction, his aims, values, and several of his books, especially Starbuck Valley Winter and The Whole People. HALE, KATHLEEN (1898- ) A1111 MOSS, ELAINE. "Kathleen Hale and Orlando the Marmalade Cat." Signal 9 (September 1972):123-27. Discusses the origins of the Orlando books. HALE, LUCRETIA (1820-1900) A1112 WANKMILLER, MADELYN C. "Lucretia P. Hale and The Peterkin Papers." Tenth Caroline M. Hewins Lecture. Shortened version in Horn Book 34 (April 1958):95-103, 137-47. (Complete version in Andrews, The Hewins Lectures, 1947-1962, pp. 235-49.) A biocritical overview. HALEY, GAIL (1939- ) A1113 HALEY, GAIL E. "Everyman Jack and the Green Man: Keynote Address." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):1-19. Author-illustrator Haley outlines her methods of researching her folklore characters, with examples from Everyman Jack and the Green Man. HAMILTON, ELIZABETH (1906- ) A1114 DOBBS, ROSE. "The P-Zoo: A Child's Book." Horn Book 21 (Sep tember-October 1945):357-61. Tells the story behind the creation of this book, and also com ments on the illustrations by Peter Hurd. HAMILTON, VIRGINIA (1936- ) A1115 APSELOFF, MARILYN. "A Conversation with Virginia Hamilton." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 4 (Winter 1983):204-13. Hamilton discusses her life and work in an interview. A1116 -----. "Creative Geography in the Ohio Novels of Virginia Hamilton." ChLAQ 8, no. 1 (Spring 1983):17-20. Explores the ways in which Hamilton has creatively used actual landscapes surrounding Yellow Springs, Ohio, to establish mood and create the vividly real settings of her books. A1117 DRESSEL, JANICE HARTWICK. "The Legacy of Ralph Ellison in Virginia Hamilton's Justice Trilogy." English Journal 73 (November 1984):42-48. "To appreciate Hamilton's accomplishment in the trilogy, it is important to understand the historical controversy surrounding Elli son's Invisible Man and to look at the novel itself." Concludes that there are many parallels between Ellison and Hamilton. A1118 HAMILTON, VIRGINIA. "Ah, Sweet Rememory!" Horn Book 57 (December 1981):633-40. Discusses her background and her ways of writing. A1119 -----. "Boston Globe-Horn Book Award Acceptance." Horn Book 60 (February 1984):24-28. Reflects upon the process of writing Sweet Whispers, Brother Rush. A1120 -----. "Changing Woman, Working." In Hearne, Celebrating Children's Books, pp. 54-61. Provides insights into her background, her methods of working, some of her characters, and the dreams and goals that permeate her work. A1121 -----. "Illusion and Reality." In Haviland, The Openhearted Audience, pp. 115-31. Explores the nature of fiction, of illusion and reality, and comments on her use of eccentric characters, which she sees as reflective of the entire history of blacks in America. Concludes by discussing her biographies of Paul Robeson and W.E.B. DuBois and their connection with the eccentricities of black American history. A1122 -----. "The Mind of the Novel: The Heart of the Book." ChLAQ 8, no. 4 (Winter 1983):10-14. Explores why and how she creates her fiction, providing back ground on Sheema, Queen of the Road and The Magical Adventures of Pretty Pearl. A1123 -----. "Newbery Award Acceptance." Horn Book 51 (August 1975):337-43. Elucidates M.C. Higgins, The Great's origins and symbolism. A biographical sketch by Paul Heins follows, pp. 344-48. A1124 -----. "Portrait of the Author as a Working Writer." EE 48 (April 1971):237-40, 302. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 186-92.) In this skillfully created "self-portrait" Hamilton shares her history as a writer, and speaks about some of her major themes and the characters Junior Brown, Zeely, M.C. Higgins, Mr. Pluto, and Jahdu. A1125 HEINS, ETHEL L. Review. Horn Book 52 (December 1976):611. Comments on the impressionistic, oblique, and elliptical style of Arilla Sun Down. A1126 HEINS, PAUL. Review. Horn Book 48 (February 1972):81. Praises The Planet of Junior Brown and Hamilton's "Dostoevskian intensity." A1127 LANGTON, JANE. "Virginia Hamilton, The Great." Horn Book 50 (December 1974):671-73. Enthusiastically praises M.C. Higgins, The Great and "the strength and rightness" of Hamilton's style. A1128 MOSS, ANITA. "Frontiers of Gender in Children's Literature: Virginia Hamilton's Arilla Sun Down." ChLAQ 8, no. 4 (Winter 1983):25-27. Argues that in Arilla Sun Down, as in M.C. Higgins, The Great, Hamilton reveals an "androgynous vision" of the self, and "endorses liberation from excessively rigid gender norms." She shows that "a spirit of reconciliation can help to heal gaps between cultures, races, and gender." A1129 REES, DAVID. "Long Ride through a Painted Desert--Virginia Hamil ton." In Painted Desert, pp. 168-84. "Only two of her nine novels--Zeely and M.C. Higgins, The Great"--are one hundred percent successful. . . in all the others there is some major flaw that spoils the finished product." Discusses Hamilton's strengths and weaknesses. A1130 SCHOLL, KATHLEEN. "Black Traditions in M.C. Higgins, The Great." LA 57 (April 1980):420-24. Suggests that the folklore in the book provides "a key to under standing the characters and their belief systems upon which the conflict in the book is built." A1131 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. A Sounding, pp. 97-110. "Even at their simplest, her stories are capable of extension; they contain more than is expressed in their words." Discusses Planet of Junior Brown, M.C. Higgins, The Great, and Arilla Sun Down, among others. A1132 WILSON, GERALDINE. Review. IRBC 14, nos. 1-2 (1983):32. Praises the construction, African American language, and emo tional depth of Sweet Whispers, Brother Rush. "Hansel and Gretel" A1133 KROGNESS, MARG MERCER. "Viewpoints: From a Classroom Teacher." LA 58 (April 1981):408-9. Role-playing in the classroom reveals fascinating insights about the folktale and awareness of human nature. A1134 SCHUMAN, Elliot P. "A Psychoanalytic Study of Hansel and Gretel." Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy 4 (Spring 1972):121-25. Uses "Hansel and Gretel" to illustrate ways in which fairy tales are useful to both children and adults as a means of working through psychological problems. HARDY, THOMAS (1840-1928) A1135 BUTTS, DENNIS. "Our Exploits at West Poley: A Plea for Reprint ing." CLE, o.s., no. 3 (November 1970):41-47. Argues that Hardy's little-known and out-of-print book for chil dren should be reprinted. Feels it would provide children with ideal preparation for later reading of Hardy's work for adults. HARGREAVES, ROGER A1136 BARKER, KEITH. "The Washing Powder Syndrome: An Examination of a Popular Children's Writer." School Librarian 31, no. 2 (June 1983):102-7. Compares Hargreave's financially successful Mr. Men and Little Miss books with Enid Blyton's. A1137 EVANS, DAVID. "The Family of Mr. Men." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 3 (Autumn 1982):130-37. Discusses the appeal of these popular books: size, simplicity, humor, repetition, echoes of parents' tricks, audience participation ploys, simple characters, and plot lines. Questions whether they encourage stereotyping and labeling and asks, "What do they lack?" HARNETT, CYNTHIA (1893-1981) A1138 COLWELL, E.H. "Cynthia Harnett." Junior Bookshelf 21 (March 1957):37-43. Characterizes Harnett's approach to historical fiction as "an imaginative reconstruction in story form of the life of ordinary people." A1139 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 60-63. "Of all the historical novelists writing for the young, Cynthia Harnett most resembles an architect, shaping a myriad of tiny details and fitting them together so that they all perform necessary functions and all contribute to an impressive and satisfying structure." A1140 EDWARDS, TONY. "Stories, Not History: The Historical Novels of Cynthia Harnett." CLE, o.s., no. 9 (November 1972):24-32. Examines Harnett's books from the perspective of history teaching rather than from the perspective of literary criticism. A1141 HARNETT, CYNTHIA. "From the Ground Upwards." Horn Book 37 (October 1961):413-18. Describes her methods of researching the life of the common people for her historical fiction. A1142 PARROTT, PHYLLIS. "Cynthia Harnett--A Tribute on Her Eightieth Birthday." Junior Bookshelf 37, no. 4 (August 1973):233-34. A brief appreciative analysis. A1143 WHITEHEAD, WINIFRED. "Writers for Children--Cynthia Harnett." Use of English 25 (Summer 1974):301-6. (Reprinted in Butts, Good Writers, pp. 50-55.) Discusses the appeal of Harnett's historical fiction for young children and examines her themes, style, and techniques. HARRIS, AURAND (1915- ) A1144 HARRIS, AURAND. Six Plays for Children. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1977, 378 pp. Includes a foreword by Lowell Swortzell and a biography and play analyses by Coleman A. Jennings, as well as the texts of six plays. A1145 JENNINGS, C. "The Dramatic Contributions of Aurand Harris to Chil dren's Theatre in the United States." Ed.D. dissertation, New York University, 1974, 327 pp., DA 35:6848. Includes biographical background on Harris, evaluation of all of the scripts published from 1945 to 1972, and a detailed study of Harris's use of dramatic form in six plays: Once Upon a Clothesline, Pinocchio and the Indians, Buffalo Bill, Androcles and the Lion, Rags to Riches, and Punch and Judy. The bibliography consists of 223 entries relating to playwriting for children's theater. HARRIS, CHRISTIE (1907- ) A1146 ELLISON, SHIRLEY, and MISHRA, MARY. "Author Portraits: The Award-Winning Canadian Author Christie Harris." Bookbird 4 (1981):19-22. A brief biocritical overview. A1147 HARRIS, CHRISTIE. "In Tune with Tomorrow." CCL 78 (Autumn 1978):26-30. Discusses the origins of a number of her books. A1148 -----. "The Shift from Feasthouse to Book." CCL 31-32 (1983):9-11. Describes the painstaking process of rewriting Native American oral tales as literature. A1149 RADU, KENNETH. "Canadian Fantasy." CCL 1, no. 2 (Summer 1975):73-79. Places Harris in the context of Canadian fantasy. Points out weaknesses in Secret in the Stlalakum Wild and in the genre of Canadian fantasy itself but concludes that the book has real merit. A1150 WOOD, SUSAN. "Stories and Stlalakums: Christie Harris and the Sup ernatural World." CCL 15-16 (1980):47-56. Suggests that although Harris does not create worlds, as a fantasy writer, she does re-create "a world view in which spiritual, natural and human elements co-exist in harmony . . . her gift is to make us regard our own world through Indians' eyes, and with, perhaps, something of their reverence." Reviews of three of Harris's books also appear in this issue, pp. 98-105. HARRIS, JOEL CHANDLER (1848-1908) A1151 BICKLEY, R. BRUCE, comp. Joel Chandler Harris: A Reference Guide. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1978, 360 pp. A chronological, annotated survey of English-language commen taries on Joel Chandler Harris published between 1862 and 1976. A preface summarizes the findings. A1152 BURROUGHS, MARGARET. "Uncle Remus for Today's Children." EE 30 (December 1953):485-92. Argues convincingly, by examining many variants of the Uncle Remus tales, that the stories should be made available in plain English. A1153 LEA, JAMES. "Shadow at the Cabin Door: Implications of Reality in Joel Chandler Harris's Tales of Uncle Remus." Ph.D. dissertation, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1973, 140 pp., DA 35:460A. Contents include a biography of Harris, discussion of his methods of collecting he tales, a detailed study of a body of the tales, and a study of Harris's knowledge of the deeper significance of the tales. Concludes that the Uncle Remus tales are "powerful literary records of the nineteenth-century Southern Black experience." A1154 LIGHT, KATHLEEN. "Uncle Remus and the Folklorists." Southern Literary Journal 7 (Spring 1975):88-104. Explores the effect of folklore study on Harris's writings. "Not willing to cast himself as a champion of the Negro, he would not challenge the openly racist interpretations of the folklorists." A1155 MIKKELSEN, NINA. "When the Animals Talked--A Hundred Years of Uncle Remus." ChLAQ 8, no. 1 (Spring 1983):3-5, 31. Surveys the publishing history and varied critical responses to the Uncle Remus tales. A1156 MUFFETT, D.J. "Uncle Remus Was a Hausaman?" Southern Folklore Quarterly 39 (January 1975):151-66. Explores the possibilities that the Uncle Remus stories originated in Africa in the Hausa language, and suggests possible avenues for further exploration of the topic. A1157 NICKELS, CAMERON C. "Early Version of the Tar Baby Story." Journal of American Folklore 94 (July-September 1981):364-69. Reprints and analyzes an earlier version of the Tar Baby story retold by Harris. A1158 RUBIN, LOUIS D., Jr. "Uncle Remus and the Ubiquitous Rabbit." Southern Review 10 (October 1974):787-804. Surveys Harris life and work, exploring some of the depths and complexities of his attitudes toward blacks and Southern society. A1159 STRICKLAND, W. "Joel Chandler Harris: A Bibliographical Study." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Georgia, 1976, 302 pp., DA 37:7755A. The first descriptive bibliography of the literary writings of Joel Chandler Harris. A1160 TURNER, ARLIN. "Joel Chandler Harris (1848-1908)." American Lit erary Realism 1, no. 3 (Summer 1968):18-23. Provides an overview of Harris criticism, including information on bibliographies, the existence of manuscript collections, recent critical articles, and areas needing further study. HARRIS, MARILYN (1931- ) A1161 SEALE, DORIS. "Indians without Hope, Indians without Options --The Problematic Theme of Hatter Fox." IRBC 15, no. 3 (1984):7-10, 22. Strongly criticizes this novel about a young Navajo woman, main taining that it misrepresents reality and conveys some exceedingly questionable messages. HARRIS, ROSEMARY (1923- ) A1162 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction about Africa, pp. 157-58. Faults Harris's improbabilities in re-creating ancient Egypt. HASKINS, JIM (1941- ) A1163 HASKINS, JIM. "Writing Sports Biographies for Young Readers." L&U 4, no. 1 (Summer 1980):32-40. This author of many sports biographies for young people dis cusses his purposes and techniques. HAUGAARD, ERIK CHRISTIAN (1923- ) A1164 KUZNETS, LOIS R. "Other Poeple's Children: Erik Haugaard's "`Untold Tales.'" CLE, n.s. 11, no. 2 (Summer 1980):62-68. (Also in Proceedings in the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):128-35.) Suggests that, "throughout his works, Haugaard's choices of situa tion, character, narrator, and image are significant because they contribute not to glorification of the powerful but to the appreciation of the often neglected powerless." His "internationalism goes beyond most." A1165 LAVENDER, RALPH. "Hans Christian Andersen and Erik Christian Haugaard." School Librarian 23, no. 2 (June 1975):113-19. Evaluates Haugaard's translation of Hans Christian Andersen. "Is this particular version the one we need? The answer must, then, be a qualified yes." A1166 NIST, JOAN. "Places of Freedom: Erik Christian Haugaard's Historical Fiction." Advocate, no. 2 (Winter 1985):114-20. Explores Haugaard's approaches to history and historical fiction and examines some of his specific techniques. A1167 ROOT, SHELTON L., and GREENLAW, M. JEAN. "Profile: An Interview with Erik Christian Haugaard." LA 56 (May 1979):549-61. In an interview, Haugaard discusses his life and his work. Includes a bibliography of his books. HAUTZIG, ESTHER (1930- ) A1168 HAUTZIG, ESTHER. "The Endless Steppe--For Children Only?" Horn Book 46 (October 1970):461-68. Tells of writing the book and her struggles with editors. A1169 REES, DAVID. "From Russia with Love? Esther and Deborah Haut zig." School Librarian 28 (December 1980):350-56. Compares and contrasts Esther Hautzig's Endless Steppe with daughter Deborah's Hey, Dollface! HAYWOOD, CAROLYN (1898- ) A1170 BURNS, PAUL C., and HINES, RUTH. "Carolyn Haywood." EE 47 (February 1970):172-75. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illus trators, pp. 193-96.) Discusses the Betsy and Eddie books and others and assesses Haywood's appeal for children. A1171 SHAKEN, GRACE. "Our Debt to Carolyn Haywood." EE 32 (January 1955):3-8. Explores reasons why children love Haywood's books. HEINLEIN, ROBERT A. (1907- ) A1172 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 55-56. "Heinlein. . . is a master of the art of painless indoctrination. His secret is that he shows his characters learning their lessons, and the reader shares in the educational experience." A1173 SULLIVAN, C.W., III. "Heinlein's Juveniles: Still Contemporary after All These Years." ChLAQ 10, no. 2 (Summer 1985):64-66. Examines Heinlein's twelve novels aimed at a young adult audience. HELLE, ANDRE (1871- ) A1174 AVERILL, ESTHER. "Andre Helle." Horn Book 7 (August 1931):179-86. A survey of the work of the French author/illustrator, with com ments on his literary and artistic style. Includes a bibliography of his works. HENRY, MARGUERITE (1902- ) A1175 HENRY, MARGUERITE. "Newbery Acceptance Paper." Horn Book 26 (January 1950):9-17. Describes the background of King of the Wind and Justin Mor gan Had a Horse. "My Sister Marguerite Henry," by Gertrude B. Jupp, follows, pp. 18-24. A1176 -----. "A Weft of Truth and Warp of Fiction." EE 51 (October 1974):921-25. Describes her writing career and the responses of children and teachers to her books. A1177 WILT, MIRIAM E. "In Marguerite Henry--The Thread That Runs So True." EE 31 (November 1954):387-95. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 197-209.) Considers Henry "the best author of children's horse stories in this era, perhaps of all time." An overview, with favorable critical comments of her work up to Brighty of Grand Canyon. HENTOFF, NAT (1925- ) A1178 HENTOFF, NAT. "Back to You, Nat: Hearing from the Teen-age Reader." WLB 47 (September 1972):38-41. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 151-55.) Reflects upon the responses his readers have made to Jazz Coun try, I'm Really Dragged But Nothing Gets Me Down, and In the Country of Ourselves. A1179 -----. "Getting Inside Jazz Country." Horn Book 42 (October 1966):528-32. Explores his intentions and didactic purposes for writing the book. HENTY, GEORGE ALFRED (1832-1902) A1180 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, 105-8. Discusses Henty's depiction of Africa and Africans. HERGE [Georges Remi] (1907-83) A1181 APOSTOLIDES, JEAN-MARIE. "Tin-Tin and the Family Romance." Children's Literature 13 (1985):94-108. Examines the recurrent structures of Tin-Tin in this article translated and adapted from several chapters of Apostolides's Les Metamorphoses de "Tin-Tin" (Paris: Laffont, 1984). A1182 CUNNINGHAM, VALENTINE. "Xenophobia for Beginners." TLS, 25 November 1983, p. 1316. Reviews The Blue Lotus and The Making of Tintin. A1183 PEASE, NICHOLAS. "The Seriocomicstrip World of Tin-Tin." L&U 1, no. 1 (1977):54-61. Explores the long standing appeal of The Adventures of Tin-Tin to "the tastes of those who take literature seriously." A1184 RODENBECK, JOHN. "The Tin-Tin Series: Children's Literature and Popular Appeal." Children's Literature 1 (1972):93-97. Describes and analyzes the comic strip series. A1185 SCOTT, DOROTHY HAYWARD. "The Tin-Tin Saga: A Tribute to Herge." Horn Book 60 (April 1984):230-41. History and description of the Tin-Tin series and its author. HINTON, S.E. (1950- ) A1186 HINTON, S.E., et al. "Readers Meet Author." TON 25 (November 1968):27-39; (January 1969):194-202. An extensive discussion by Hinton and a panel of high-school students of The Outsiders and issues it has raised. A1187 REES, DAVID. "Macho Man, American Style--S.E. Hinton." In Painted Desert, pp. 126-37. Maintains that while it is easy to understand the popularity of Hinton's works for young teenagers, it is hard to understand why she has won critical acclaim and acceptance in the classroom. Examines all of Hinton's books to date. HOBAN, RUSSELL (1925- ) A1188 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 472-77. Concentrates on the Frances books and Herman The Loser. A1189 BLOUNT, MARGARET. Animal Land, pp. 186-88. Examines Mouse and His Child in the context of animal toys in literature and what happens to them. "The path of every toy is always downwards." A1190 BOWERS, JOAN A. "The Fantasy World of Russell Hoban." Children's Literature 8 (1980):80-97. (Also in Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):86-93, entitled "From Badgers to Turtles: The Fantasy World of Russell Hoban.") Relates Hoban's children's books to his adult books. Sees them as "a unified aesthetic whole" and maintains that in both he "typically expresses his psychological and metaphysical concerns in fantasies involving animals." Traces his development as a writer. A1191 BUTTS, DENNIS. "Riddley Walker and The Novels of Russell Hoban." Use of English 33, no. 3 (Summer 1982):20-27. Relates Riddley Walker to Mouse and His Child and Hoban's adult novels. A1192 HOBAN, RUSSELL. "Thoughts on a Shirtless Cyclist, Robin Hood, Johann-Sebastian Bach and One or Two Other Things." CLE, o.s., no. 4 (March 1971):5-23. (Reprinted in Fox, Writers, Critics, and Children, pp. 95-103.) Describes his own creative processes, seeing in Robin Hood "the radical spirit of life" which society tries to tame and which may be expressed truly in fantasy. A1193 -----. "Thoughts on Being and Writing." In Blishen, Thorny Paradise, pp. 65-76. A highly personal statement that sheds light on Hoban's shifts in direction as a writer. A1194 -----. "Time Slip, Uphill Lean, Laminar Flow, Place-to-Place Talking and Hearing the Silence." CLE, o.s., no. 9 (November 1972):33-47. Hoban expresses his views on love, learning, experience, and literature. Also comments on Kipling. A1195 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 303-4. Calls Mouse and His Child a "little masterpiece." Places Hoban, with Joan Aiken, in the Dickensian tradition. Also praises his exub erance, his prose which "moves you on," and "his carnal and vigorous eye for incongruity." A1196 LENZ, MILLICENT. "Russell Hoban's The Mouse and His Child and the Search to Be Self-Winding." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 5 (1978):64-69. Examines the symbolic and metaphoric meanings of the work that make it "an illumination of the human condition" as well as an excit ing and satisfying story. A1197 MacKILLOP, IAN P. "Russell Hoban: Returning to the Sunlight." In Butts, Good Writers, pp. 57-67. Discusses Mouse and His Child, Turtle Diary, Kleinzeit, and The Lion of Boaz-Jachin and Jachin-Boaz. A1198 McMAHON-HILL, GILLIAN. "A Narrow Pavement Says `Walk Alone': The Books of Russell Hoban." CLE, o.s., no. 20 (Spring 1976):41-55. Relates the stylistic qualities and themes of Mouse and His Child, as the first of Hoban's "mature writing," to three of his subsequent books for adults. A1199 O'HARA, J. DONALD. Review of Letitia Rabbit's String Song. Chil dren's Literature 2 (1973):234. Takes a rather adult, tongue-in-check approach to the book. A1200 REES, DAVID. "Beyond the Last Visible Dog--Russell Hoban." In Painted Desert, pp. 138-52. Traces Hoban's career in children's literature from his beginnings as an illustrator, through the Frances books, to Mouse and His Child. A1201 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. "A Second Look: The Mouse and His Child." Horn Book 51 (October 1975):449-51. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 330-32.) Praises the book as a tale of adventure, and points out its wit, humor, and psychological depth. HODGES, C. WALTER (1909- ) A1202 CROUCH, MARCUS S. "Illustrated by C. Walter Hodges." Junior Bookshelf 15 (July 1951):79-84. An appreciative overview of Hodges as an illustrator. Includes a bibliography of books he has illustrated. A1203 HODGES, C. WALTER. "Adventures with a Problem." Horn Book 16 (September-October 1940):331-33. Recounts his difficulties in completing the historical research behind Columbus Sails, and comments on the difficulties of present ing historical figures to children. A1204 -----. "On Writing About King Alfred." Horn Book 43 (April 1967):179-82. Also in Junior Bookshelf 31, no. 3 (June 1967):159-63. (Reprinted in Norton, Folk Literature of the British Isles, pp. 67-70.) Discusses writing The Marsh King. A1205 LONG, SIDNEY. "A Second Look: The Namesake." Horn Book 53 (August 1977):477-82. A second reading reveals flaws as well as virtues in the book. HODGES, MARGARET (1911- ) A1206 MATHEWS, H. JAMES. Review of The Other World: Myths of the Celts. Children's Literature 2 (1973):235. HOFFMANN, HEINRICH (1798-1874) A1207 BECKER, J™RG. "Struwwelpeter Revised: New Versions Still Racist." IRBC 6, no. 2 (1975):2. Examines racism in old and new versions of Struwwelpeter A1208 FREEMAN, THOMAS. "Heinrich Hoffmann's Struwwelpeter: An Inquiry into the Effects of Violence in Children's Literature." Journal of Popular Culture 10, no. 4 (Spring 1977):303-20. Summarizes the rationalizations of many critics and disagrees with their pronouncements that the book is not harmful to children. Concludes that Struwwelpeter can reinforce a troubled child's anxieties, fears, and violent tendencies. Includes extensive references. A1209 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. Three Centuries, pp. 53-63. Provides a detailed history and analysis of Struwwelpeter and defends it as presenting "a kind of symbolic hyper-reality which is far less dangerous for children than many of the photographic repre sentations of similar happenings which they see daily in newspapers and magazines." A1210 MOSHEIM, L. "Struwwelpeter: Yes Or No?" Junior Bookshelf 27 (December 1963):330-32. Points out arguments for and against Struwwelpeter, but con cludes, "Everyone must decide for himself." HOGROGIAN, NONNY (1932- ) A1211 DURRELL, ANN. "Nonny Hogrogian." Library Journal 91 (15 March 1966):1594-95 and SLJ 13 (March 1966):128-29. Provides insight into the artist's methods and techniques. A1212 WAUGH, DOROTHY. "Decorator of Books for Children." American Artist 30 (October 1966):52-57. A biocritical overview, concentrating on Hogrogian's woodblock- cutting technique. HOLDEN, MOLLY (1927- ) A1213 ALMA, ROGER. "The Novels of Molly Holden." Signal 25 (January 1978):16-24. Favorably discusses The Unfinished Feud, A Tenancy of Flint, White Horse and Wanderer, Reivers' Weather. HOLLAND, ISABELLE (1920- ) A1214 BROWN, LYNNE. "Isabelle Holland--Novelist for Adolescents." Arizona English Bulletin 18, no. 3 (April 1976):190-93. Praises Holland`s ability to create characters with whom adoles cents can identify. A1215 HIRSCH, CORINNE. "Isabelle Holland: Realism and Its Evasions in The Man Without a Face." CLE, n.s. 10, no. 1 (Spring 1979):25-34. Criticizes Holland's "oversimplification and distortion of character and situation" in her "attempt to impose moral values on her adoles cent readers." Argues that she evades the complex questions she raises by "lapsing into didacticism and melodrama." HOLLING, HOLLING CLANCY (1900-1973) A1216 ARMSTRONG, CLYDE, M. "Holling Clancy Holling." Horn Book 31 (April 1955):135-43. Primarily biographical background with some insights into Hol ling's work and ways of working. A1217 RAMSEY, IRVIN, L. "Holling C. Holling: Author and Illustrator." EE 31 (February 1954):67-71. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 209-16.) Surveys Holling's work, especially his writings about American Indians. HOLM, ANNE (1922- ) A1218 "Books of International Interest: Forum of Children's Books." Bookbird 2 (1966):43-45. Discusses varying critical responses to David (North to Freedom, U.S. version; I am David, British version). A1219 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 196-97. Calls I am David "one of the most profoundly disturbing of contemporary novels." Suggests that it is David's sense of identity that sustains him. A1220 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 110-13. Analyzes North to Freedom in terms of its handling of the theme of war. HOLMAN, FELICE (1919- ) A1221 HOLMAN, FELICE. "Slake's Limbo: In Which a Book Switches Authors." Horn Book 52 (October 1976):479-85. Tells about her decisions and problems in writing the book. HOOVER, H.M. (1935- ) A1222 ANTCZAK, JANICE. "The Visions of H.M. Hoover." ChLAQ 10, no. 2 (Summer 1985):73-76. Characterizes Hoover as a writer who gives her readers a great deal to think about. A1223 HOOVER, H.M. "Where Do You Get Your Ideas?" TON 39, no. 1 (Fall 1982):57-61. Hoover tells how some of her books originated. HOPE, ANTHONY [Sir Anthony Hope Hawkins] (1863-1933) A1224 INGLIS, FRED. "Prisoner of Zenda." In Promise of Happiness, pp. 152-54. "A really savory old-fashioned melodrama." Sees the book as providing a fantasy setting "Where the manly virtues could thrive without malodorous compromise." HOPE, LAURA LEE [Stratemeyer Syndicate pseudonym] A1225 COHEN, SOL. "Minority Stereotypes in Children's Literature: The Bobbsey Twins, 1907-1968." Educational Forum 34, no. 1 (November 1969):119-25. Surveys the stereotyping of minority and ethnic groups in chil dren's literature, concentrating on the Bobbsey Twins series. A1226 MASON, BOBBIE ANN. "Bobbsey Bourgeois." In The Girl Sleuth, pp. 29-47. Traces the developments and changes in the series over the years, and explores its appeal to the child. A1227 PERRY, PHYLLIS J. "Looking Back on The Bobbsey Twins." LA 55 (February 1978):202-3. Focuses on racism and misinformation about health in the series. A1228 STARK, MARY KAY. "Bert & Nan & Flossie & Fred: The Bobbsey Twins Roll On." IRBC 6, no. 1 (1975):1, 5-6. Points out the racism in the long-continuing series, even through its revisions. HOPKINS, ELISABETH A1229 HOPKINS, ELISABETH. "The Sale of a Story." Canadian Literature 78 (Autumn 1978):22-25. Discusses writing and illustrating The Painted Cougar. HOSFORD, DOROTHY (1900-1952) A1230 ARMSTRONG, HELEN. Review. Horn Book 23 (September-October 1947):367-69. Praises Hosford's By His Own Might: The Battles of Beowulf for capturing the style and sense of importance of the original while simplifying the story for children. HOUSTON, JAMES A. (1921- ) A1231 STOTT, JON C. "An Interview with James Houston." CCL 20 (1980):3-16. A lengthy interview in which Houston discusses his books por traying the Canadian Arctic. A1232 SUTTON, WENDY K. "Profile: James Houston." LA 60 (October 1983):907-13. Explores Houston's life and work, particularly his fascination with the arctic. Includes a bibliography of his books about the arctic. HOVEY, TAMARA A1233 ALBANESE-BAY, CAROL. "Nineteenth-Century Women for Twen tieth-Century Teenagers: A Review of Recent Biographies of George Sand and Mary Shelley." L&U 4, no. 1 (Summer 1980):54-70. This comparative review of Hovey's A Mind of Her Own: A Life of the Writer George Sand and Janet Harris's life of Mary Shelley analyzes why Hovey's work succeeds while Harris's fails, and in the process reveals "both the possibilities and the limitations of the adolescent biography as a literary form." HUDSON, WILLIAM HENRY (1841-1922) A1234 DALPHIN, MARCIA. "I Give You the End of a Golden String." In Fryatt, Horn Book Sampler, pp. 133-34, 136-38. (Also in Horn Book 14 [May 1938]:143-49.) A Little Boy Lost "is far too little known. It is not everyday that a great naturalist and one of the greatest prose writers of his day writes a book for children, and we should be properly grateful." HUGHES, MONICA (1925- ) A1235 ELLIS, SARAH. "News from the North." Horn Book 60 (September- October 1984):661-64. Explores the science fiction of Canadian writer Monica Hughes, especially her Isis trilogy. A1236 HUGHES, MONICA. "The Writer's Quest." CCL 26 (1982):6-27. Hughes talks about her writing and answers questions from an interviewer. A1237 RUBIO, GERALD. "Monica Hughes: Overview." CCL 17 (1980):20-26. Briefly discusses all eight of Hughes's books published so far. HUGHES, RICHARD (1900-1976) A1238 PARKER, GEOFFREY. "Richard Hughes The Spider's Palace and Other Stories." CLE, o.s., no. 20 (Spring 1976):32-40. Analyzes Hughes's style, imaginative invention, and psychological understanding in this frequently overlooked collection of "consum mately told tales." A1239 -----. "The Wonder-Dog: The Collected Children's Stories of Richard Hughes." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 4 (Winter 1977):163-75. A detailed review of a newly published collection of Hughes's stories. Includes a reprint of Hughes's "Home," pp. 173-75. HUGHES, SHIRLEY (1929- ) A1240 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Hughes in Flight." Horn Book 56 (April 1980):211-14. Praises Up and Up and calls Shirley Hughes and Anthony Browne foremost representatives of a new wave of English picture- book making. A1241 MOSS, ELAINE. "`Where's The Colours?': Shirley Hughes at Work." Signal 32 (May 1980):75-80. A brief biocritical overview concentrating on Up and Up. HUGHES, TED (1930- ) A1242 ADAMS, JOHN. "Dark Rainbow: Reflections of Ted Hughes." Signal 5 (May 1971):65-71. (Reprinted in Chambers, Signal Approach, pp. 101-8.) Discusses animals in Hughes's poetry, his attitudes toward poetry and children, his vitality, and his black and narrow views. See article in response by Morse (below). A1243 BRADMAN, TONY. "The Giant Singer: The Children's Books of Ted Hughes." Junior Bookshelf 44, no. 4 (August 1980):163-65. Examines the theme of reconciliation in Hughes's work for chil dren, a theme that he "worked so hard to achieve for adults in the sixties." A1244 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Me or It." Horn Book 57 (June 1981):347-50. Recommends Poetry in the Making (Poetry Is, U.S. version) as "a statement about the nature of poetry and the art of writing it." A1245 FOREMAN, STEPHEN H. Review of The Tiger's Bones and Other Plays for Children. Children's Literature 3 (1974):210-11. Maintains that "Ted Hughes must be given credit for attempting to create intelligent, imaginative, and gutsy plays for children," but he does not know how to construct a play. A1246 HUGHES, TED. "Myth and Education." CLE, o.s., no. 1 (March 1970):55-70. (Reprinted in Fox, Writers, Critics, and Children, pp. 77-94.) Discusses "story" as related to "myth" and "imagination" as a powerful therapeutic force. Uses his Iron Man: A Story in Five Nights (Iron Giant, U.S. version) as an example. A1247 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 248-50. Describes Iron Man: A Story in Five Nights as "indisputably a great modern myth. . . . Hughes creates from nothing a new myth of industrial society." A1248 MORSE, BRIAN. "Poetry, Children and Ted Hughes." Signal 6 (Sep tember 1971):102-13. (Reprinted in Chambers, Signal Approach, pp. 109-27.) Responds to Adams's article (see above). Maintains that art should be judged purely on its merits, not on whether it is "good" for children. Claims Adams has misread Hughes, and goes on to give his own readings. A lengthy reply, written by Adams in 1979, is appended to the reprint in Signal Approach. A1249 REES, DAVID. "Hospitals Where We Heal--Ted Hughes." In Painted Desert, pp. 47-61. (Originally in San Jose Studies, July 1983, in slightly different form.) Maintains that the poet's best writing for children is in prose. Sees a concern with guiding, teaching, and directing children as the motivating force in all his work, although he is not "overtly didactic". HUGHES, THOMAS (1822-96) A1250 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter From England: A Tale of Two Toms." Horn Book 52 (April 1976):187-90. Compares Twain's Tom Sawyer and Hughes's Tom Brown. A1251 HIBBERD, DOMINIC. "Where There Are No Spectators: A Rereading of Tom Brown's Schooldays." CLE, o.s., no. 21 (Summer 1976):64-73. Examines the values and attitudes behind this first of all school stories. HUNT, IRENE (1907- ) A1252 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 120-23. Analyzes Across Five Aprils in terms of its theme of war. HUNTER, MOLLIE (1922- ) A1253 COOK, STANLEY. "Children's Writers: 3. Mollie Hunter." School Librarian 26 (June 1978):108-11. Provides a fine overview and critical introduction to Hunter. "The movement of Mollie Hunter's work is from the historical to the supernatural, to an old testament position where natural and supernat ural come together." A1254 DOOLEY, PATRICIA. "Profile: Mollie Hunter." ChLAQ 3, no. 3 (Autumn 1978):3-6. Characterizes Hunter's books as having either a historical setting or a traditional form, both using components of "past" and "story." A1255 HICKMAN, JANET. "Profile: The Person Behind the Book--Mollie Hunter." LA 56 (March 1979):302-6. Discusses Hunter's Scottish settings, the folk culture basis for her fantasies, and the Scottish history and archaeology backgrounds of her historical fiction. A1256 HOLLINDALE, PETER. "World Enough and Time: The Work of Mol lie Hunter." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 3 (1977):109-19. Places Hunter in the Scottish tradition, stressing the depth and timelessness, and the international appeal of her historical fiction, fantasy, and autobiographical novels. A1257 HUNTER, MOLLIE. "Folklore--One Writer's View." In Norton, Folk Literature of the British Isles, pp. 124-33. Explains some of the ways in which she has used traditional fol klore in her writing. Hunter says she attempts to re-create the feeling of folktale in her work. A1258 -----. "The Last Lord of Redhouse Castle." In Blishen, Thorny Para dise, pp. 128-39. (Also in Children's Books International 1 [1976]:26-32.) Dramatically traces the process by which she became a children's writer. A1259 -----. "A Need for Heroes." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):52-66. (Reprinted in Horn Book 59 (April 1983):146-57.) Discusses The Haunted Mountain, The Ghosts of Glencoe, and The Third Eye in terms of her concept of the hero as one who has "greatness of soul." Maintains that the young need to encounter such heroes. A1260 -----. Talent is Not Enough: Mollie Hunter On Writing for Children. New York: Harper & Row, 1975, 126 pp. Contents: "Talent Is Not Enough," May Hill Arbuthnot Honor Lecture, 1975; "Shoulder the Sky," Anne Carroll Moore Lecture, 1975; "One World"; "The Other World"; and "The Limits of Language." These essays are also indexed and annotated separately in this bibli ography under headings Criticism, Fantasy, Folklore, Historical Fiction, and Style. A1261 KAYE, MARILYN. "Mollie Hunter: An Interview." TON 41 (Winter 1985):141-46. Hunter answers questions about her methods of working, her theme of conflict, and her goals in writing. A1262 RYAN, J.S. "The Spirit of Old Scotland: Tone in the Fiction of Mol lie Hunter." Orana 20 (May 1984):93-101; (August 1984):138-45. Praises Hunter's ability to synthesize reality, history, fantasy, and a concern for the quality of life "as she ever seizes on the essential relationships." Includes references. HUTCHINS, PAT (1942- ) A1263 MOSS, ELAINE. "Pat Hutchins: A Natural." Signal 10 (January 1973):32-36. Hutchins discusses her life and work in an interview. A1264 THOMPSON, HILARY. "An Interview with Pat Hutchins." ChLAQ 10, no. 2 (Summer 1985):57-59. Hutchins discusses her work in an interview. HUTTON, WARWICK (1939- ) A1265 HUTTON, WARWICK. "How Jonah and the Great Fish Began." Horn Book 61 (January 1985):35-37. Discusses his approach to the book and his use of various tech niques of illustration. HYMAN, TRINA SCHART (1939- ) A1266 FARRELL, DIANE. Review. Horn Book 51 (February 1975):36-37. Highly favorable comments upon Hyman's Snow White illustra tions as "passionate pictures which expose the basic human conflicts that give the tale its timeless universal appeal." A1267 HEARN, MICHAEL P. "The `Ubiquitous' Trina Schart Hyman." Ameri can Artist 43 (May 1979):36-43, 96-97. Sees Hyman's greatest strength as lying in her sense of drama. Provides a good overview of Hyman's work and her background. A1268 HYMAN, TRINA SCHART. "Caldecott Medal Acceptance." Horn Book 61 (July-August 1985):410-21. Discusses her background, her approach to illustration, and espe cially her approach to Margaret Hodges's retelling of Saint George and the Dragon. A biographical sketch by daughter Katrin Hyman follows, pp. 422-25. A1269 MAY, JILL P. "Illustration as Interpretation: Trina Hyman's Folk Tales." ChLAQ 10 (Fall 1985):127-31. Argues that Hyman's illustrations of folktales succeed "because her personal interpretations of them unveil the universal conflicts of fidelity, trust, envy, and pride the tales contain." Discusses "Snow White," the "Sleeping Beauty," and "Little Red Riding Hood." A1270 WHITE, DAVID E. "Profile: Trina Schart Hyman." LA 60 (September 1983):782-92. A biocritical overview based on an interview in which Hyman discusses her work. A lengthy, but partial, bibliography of her publications is included. ISH-KISHOR, SULAMITH (1896-1977) A1271 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 46-48. Analyzes the theme of rejection in A Boy of Old Prague. ISHII, MOMOKO A1272 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "Momoko Ishii and Her Place in Japanese Children's Literature Today." Bookbird 3 (1966):15-18. Surveys the work of the Japanese writer, translator, and collector of folk and fairy tales for children. "Jack and Jill" (nursery rhyme) A1273 SMITH, WILLIAM H. "What They Didn't Tell You About Jack and Jill: An Aspect of Reading Comprehension." Journal of Reading 24, no. 2 (November 1980):101-8. Applies linguistic theory to an interpretation of "Jack and Jill." "Jack and the Beanstalk" A1274 DESMONDE, WILLIAM H. "Jack and the Beanstalk." American Imago 8, no. 3 (September 1951):287-88. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 37-40.) Offers a psychoanalytic interpretation of the tale. A1275 WOLFENSTEIN, MARTHA. "Jack and the Beanstalk": An American Version." In Childhood in Contemporary Cultures. Edited by Mar garet Mead and Martha Wolfenstein. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1955, pp. 243-45. Examines the way in which the tale has been transformed in the American version "Jack and the Bean Tree," as told in the mountains of North Carolina and recorded by Richard Chase. JACKSON, JACQUELINE (1928- ) A1276 FITZGERALD, SHEILA. "Profile: Jacqueline Jackson." LA 58 (March 1981):347-52. Reports on Jackson's life and work. Includes a bibliography of her children's books. A1277 JACKSON, JACQUELINE. "Realism in Children's Stories." TON 16 (March 1960):62-63. Describes how she handled children's realistic resistance to growing up in Paleface Redskins. JACKSON, JESSE (1908- ) A1278 LANIER, RUBY J. "Profile: Call Me Jesse Jackson." LA 54 (March 1977):331-39. A brief biocritical overview. JACKSON, SHIRLEY (1919-65) A1279 BOGART, EDNA. "Censorship and `The Lottery.'" English Journal 74 (January 1985):45-47. Summarizes the history of popular and critical responses to this famous short story. JAMES, WILL [Joseph Ernest Nephtali DuFault] (1892-1942) A1280 CHRISMAN, ARTHUR BOWIE. "Smoky, The Cowhorse." Horn Book 3 (August 1927):42-46. A rather idiosyncratic review of this early Newbery Award win ner. JANOSCH [Horst Eckert] (1931- ) A1281 KUNNEMANN, HORST. "Janosch: Or An Excursion Into Fantasy In the Modern Picture Book." Bookbird 11, no. 2 (1973):18-23. Analyzes the distinguishing characteristics of Janosch's picture- book fantasies. Includes a bibliography of Janosch's books and their translations. JANSSON, TOVE (1914- ) A1282 BLOUNT, MARGARET. Animal Land, pp. 277-79. Examines the Moomin tales as a type of animal story. A1283 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Moomin-Sagas." Junior Bookshelf 30, no. 6 (December 1966):353-57. Suggests Moomin humor arises from incongruity, "from a comic view of life, a humour not of situation or even of character but of being." A1284 "Finnish Twilight." TLS, 22 October 1971, pp. 1315-16. Reviews a number of Moomin books. A1285 FLEISHER, FREDERIC, and FLEISHER, BOEL. "Tove Jansson and the Moomin Family." American-Scandinavian Review 51, no. 1 (March 1963):47-54. Provides an overview of the Moomins, and reports on a visit to Jansson. A1286 HUSE, NANCY L. "Equal to Life: Tove Jansson's Moomintrolls." Pro ceedings of the Children's Literature Association 8 (1981):44-49. Argues that the Moomin books are worthy of more serious criti cal attention than they have so far received outside of Scandinavia. A1287 JANSSON, TOVE. Hans Christian Andersen Award acceptance speech, 1966. Bookbird 4 (1966):3-6. (Also in TON 23 [April 1967]:234-39.) Discusses her approach to writing and her attitudes toward chil dren's literature. "In a book for children there should always be something left unexplained and without any illustration." A1288 WELSH, RENATA. "Toffle Seen Through Childish Eyes." Bookbird 5, no. 2 (1967):37-38. Compares children's and adults' criticism of Tove Jansson's Who Will Comfort Toffle? JARRELL, RANDALL (1914-65) A1289 ADAMS, CHARLES M., comp. Randall Jarrell: A Bibliography. Cha pel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1958, 72 pp. Lists books, collections containing his work, poems, prose, book reviews, and translations held by the Library of the Women's College of the University of North Carolina. A1290 ELLIS, SARAH. "A Second Look: The Bat-Poet." Horn Book 57 (August 1981):453-55. Sees the book as "the integrated vision of the poet and the child." A1291 GETZ, THOMAS H. "Memory and Desire in Fly By Night." Chil dren's Literature 2 (1983):125-34. Examines the juxtaposition of fantasy and reality as an invitation to reader participation. A1292 GRISWOLD, JEROME JOSEPH. "Mother and Child in the Poetry and Children's Books of Randall Jarrell." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Connecticut, 1979, 194 pp., DA 40:5442A. Explores the mother and child theme of separation anxiety and its resolution in Jarrell's works for adults and children. An appendix includes a discussion with Maurice Sendak on his illustrations for Jarrell's children's books. A1293 HOLTZE, SALLY HOLMES. "A Second Look: The Animal Family." Horn Book 61 (November 1986):714-16. An "uncommon book for children" that "creates a cozy world in prose that is written with the craft of a poet." A1294 HORN, BERNARD. "`The Tongue of Gods and Children': Blakean Innocence in Randall Jarrell's Poetry." Children's Literature 2 (1973):148-51. Compares Jarrell's qualities of "innocence" with Blake's. A1295 HOWELL, PAMELA R. "Voice Is Voice Whether a Bat or a Poet: Randall Jarrell's The Bat-Poet." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):71-76. Sees The Bat-Poet as an exploration of the artist's dilemma in "maintaining his individuality in his work, of finding his voice, and yet reaching an audience." A1296 NEUMEYER, PETER F. "Randall Jarrell's The Animal Family: New Land and Old." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 7 (1980):139-45. Discusses Animal Family as "primordial, archetypal, mythopoeic," and reflective of Jarrell himself. A1297 -----. "Randall Jarrell's The Bat-Poet: An Introduction to the Craft." ChLAQ 9, no. 2 (Summer 1984):51-53, 59. Views The Bat Poet as Jarrell's treatise on poetry and poetry- writing "disguised as a children's story." A1298 SALE, ROGER. Fairy Tales, pp. 84-90. Sees the Animal Family partially as a critique of Hans Christian Andersen's values as expressed in "The Little Mermaid," but analyzes it mainly as the relationships between animals and the mermaid and between myth and realism. A1299 TRAVERS, P.L. "A Kind of Visitation." In Randall Jarrell 1914-1965. Edited by Robert Lowell. New York: Farrar Straus & Giroux, 1967, pp. 253-56. (Reprinted from NYTBR, 21 November 1965.) Reviews The Animal Family. A1300 UPDIKE, JOHN. "Fly By Night." NYTBR, 14 November 1976, Chil dren's Book sec., pp. 25, 36. Reviews Fly By Night. Finds the poems less sharp than they should be, and prefers Jarrell's prose in The Animal Family. A1301 ZANDERER, LEO. "Randall Jarrell: About and For Children." L&U 2, no. 1 (Spring 1978):73-93. Compares the bleakness of vision in Jarrell's poems, with the life-filled, hopeful qualities of his children's stories: The Bat-Poet, The Animal Family, and Fly By Night. JEFFRIES, RICHARD (1846-87) A1302 CARPENTER, HUMPHREY. "Bevis, the Pioneer." In Secret Gardens, pp. 103-14. Sees Bevis: The Story of a Boy as pioneering the beginning of new values and a new kind of children's story written from the child's point of view. A1303 JACKSON, BRIAN. "Bevis: A Lost Classic." Use of English 24 (Autumn 1972):3-10. Argues that this long out-of-print book ranks with Huckleberry Finn and Treasure Island. Argues that it is a child's book, and points out some of its charms and distinguishing characteristics. A1304 STOATE, GRAHAM. "The Unconscious Teaching of the Country--A Rereading of Bevis: The Story of a Boy." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 1 (Spring 1977):30-38. Looks at the continuing appeal of the book and its "ageless cele bration of individuality and self-determination." JIMENEZ, JUAN RAMON (1881-1958) A1305 MARCUS, LEONARD. "The Beast of Burden and the Joyful Man of Words: Juan Ramon Jimenez's Platero and I." L&U 4, no. 2 (Winter 1980-81):56-74. Calls this Spanish classic one of the few acknowledged master pieces of both children's literature and literature as a whole. JOHNS, W.E. (1893-1968) A1306 BARNES, D.R. "Captain Johns and the Adult World." In Ford, Young Writers, Young Readers, pp. 115-22. Objects to the Biggles tales in terms of their unreality and objectionable morality. A1307 BUSH, K.E. "These `Biggles' Books." Junior Bookshelf 7, no. 2 (July 1943):55-59. Winner of a Junior Bookshelf contest for the best appraisal of the Biggles books. A1308 DAY, A.E. "Biggles: Anatomy of a Hero." CLE, o.s., no. 15 (1974):19-28. Examines the origins and values of the Biggles books. A1309 SALWAY, LANCE. "Biggles Breathes His Last." Children's Book News 4, no. 6 (November-December 1969):308-9. Finds the posthumously published Biggles books, Biggles and the Little Green God and Biggles and the Noble Lord, "pale shadows of the adventures of earlier years." JOHNSON, CROCKETT (1906-75) A1310 BADER, BARBARA. "Crockett Johnson." In American Picturebooks, pp. 434-42. Discusses the career of Johnson who "had inherently a child's point of view," and created "quotable" dialogue and "showable" pic tures full of visual puns and jests. JONES, DIANA WYNNE (1934- ) A1311 SPRAGGS, GILLIAN. "True Dreams: The Fantasy Fiction of Diana Wynne Jones." Use of English 34, no. 3 (Summer 1983):17-22. Analyzes Jones's children's fantasies, especially Cart and Cwidder. JOYCE, JAMES (1882-1941) A1312 WHITE, ALISON. "The Devil Has a Dublin Accent." Children's Liter ature 2 (1973):139-41. Discusses the influence of the children's literature Joyce knew as a child on Dubliners, and concludes with a brief discussion of The Cat and the Devil, Joyce's only book for children. JUDSON, CLARA INGRAM (1879-1960) A1313 JUDSON, CLARA INGRAM. "Writing Juveniles Isn't All Fun." Library Journal 72 (August 1947):1075-77. Describes the processes of researching and writing her books. A1314 ROLLINS, CHARLEMAE. "Clara Ingram Judson: Interpreter of Amer ica." EE 30 (December 1953):477-84. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 220-29.) Summarizes, with critical insights, works beginning with Flower Fairies (1915) through the "They came from" series and her biogra phies. JUSTUS, MAY (1898- ) A1315 BURNS, PAUL C., and HINES, RUTH. "May Justus: Tennessee's Mountain Jewel." EE 41 (October 1964):589-93. An overview of Justus's writings. KASTNER, ERICH (1899-1974) A1316 KASTNER, ERICH. "The Natural History of the Author of Children's Books." Bookbird 2 (1965):3-8. Hans Christian Andersen Medal Speech, 1960. Explores reasons why authors, including himself, write for children. KATAEV, VALENTIN A1317 RADO, DIANE F. "Valentin Kataev as a Children's Writer: An Ana lysis of Volny Cernogo Morja." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan, 1977, 184 pp., DA 38:6762A. Analyzes the appeal to children of Valentin Kataev's historical tetralogy. Also examines a large body of Soviet children's literary theory of the 1920s and 1930s. KEATS, EZRA JACK (1916-83) A1318 FREEDMAN, FLORENCE B. "Ezra Jack Keats: Author and Illustra tor." EE 46 (January 1969):55-65. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 230-42.) A personal reminiscence and appreciation by one of Keats's high- school English teachers. Quotes extensively from Keats's Caldecott acceptance speech for The Snowy Day. A1319 KEATS, EZRA JACK. "Caldecott Award Acceptance." Horn Book 39 (August 1963):361-63. Describes in detail the techniques and process of creating The Snowy Day. A biocritical account by Esther Hautzig follows, pp. 364-68. A1320 -----. "Dear Mr. Keats." Horn Book 48 (June 1973):306-10. The author-illustrator shares his mail from young readers who have responded to his books. A1321 LANES, SELMA G. "Ezra Jack Keats: In Memoriam." Horn Book 60 (September-October 1984):551-58. An appreciative overview of Keat's career as a creator of picture books, pointing out his distinctive qualities and some of the tech niques he employed. A1322 PERRY, ERMA. "The Gentle World of Ezra Jack Keats." American Artist 35 (September 1971):48-53, 71-73. A biocritical overview. A1323 SCHWARCZ, JOSEPH H. "The Opus of the Author-Illustrator." In Ways of the Illustrator, pp. 183-88. Examines the "distinctive themes, motifs, and stylistic features" of Keats's work as exemplified in his books about Peter, Willie, Amy, Archie, Roberto, and Louie. KEENE, CAROLYN [Stratemeyer Syndicate pseudonym often used by Harriet Adams] (1894-1982) A1324 AHRENS, R.C. "Nancy Drew Was Downright Sexy." AB Bookman's Weekly 68 (16 November 1981):3420-24. (Letter in response in 68 [21 December 1981]:4372.) Explores the long-standing appeal of Nancy Drew. Concludes that "her charm endures" despite her naivet‚ and stodginess. A1325 BROOKER-GROSS, SUSAN R. "Landscape and Social Values in Popu lar Children's Literature: Nancy Drew Mysteries. Journal of Geogra phy 80 (February 1981):59-64. Discusses landscape symbolism and the correspondence between social stereotypes and landscape stereotypes in the Nancy Drew series. A1326 DONELSON, KENNETH. "History Re-Written: Nancy Drew and The Secret of the Old Clock." Catholic Library World 52 (December 1980):220-25. Analyzes and comments upon changes, some obvious, some puz zling, that have been made over the years in the Nancy Drew series. A1327 FISHER, ANITA. "YA Detective Fiction: Nancy Drew and the Age of Technology." ALAN Review 11, no. 2 (Winter 1984):8-10. Discusses the influence and transformations of Nancy Drew in a world dominated by science and computers. A1328 JONES, JAMES P. "Nancy Drew, WASP Super Girl of the 1930s." Journal of Popular Culture 6, no. 4 (Spring 1973):707-17. An overview of the series. A1329 -----. "Negro Stereotypes in Children's Literature: The Case of Nancy Drew." Journal of Negro Education 40, no. 2 (Spring 1971):121-25. Shows, with impeccably documented examples, that as presented in Nancy Drew, "Negroes are menials who speak incorrect English. They are inclined toward crime, strong drink, and they `shuffle.'" A1330 KUSKIN, KARLA. "Nancy Drew and Friends." NYTBR, May 1975, pp. 20-21. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 350-52.) Examines the longstanding appeal of the series. A1331 MASON, BOBBIE ANN. "Nancy Drew: The Once and Future Prom Queen" and "Imposter Tea." In The Girl Sleuth, pp. 48-75, 726-39. The first chapter concentrates on Nancy's character and appeal, the second examines recent changes in the series. A1332 PRAGER, ARTHUR. "The Secret of Nancy Drew: Pushing Forty and Going Strong." In Rascals at Large, pp. 73-95. (Also in Saturday Review 52 (25 January 1969):18-19+.) Compares Nancy Drew to Judy Bolton and the Dana Girls. A1333 WERTHEIMER, BARBARA S., and SANDS, CAROL. "Nancy Drew Revisited." LA 52 (November-December 1975):1131-34, 1161. Summarizes critical attacks on the series and some of Harriet Adams's responses. Concludes that although Nancy Drew provides entertainment, the series does not encourage critical reading or "imaginative sympathy." A1334 ZACHARIAS, LEO. "Nancy Drew, Ballbuster." Journal of Popular Culture 9, no. 4 (Spring 1976):1027-38. Analyzes the messages given about the role of the female in American society through the five major, recurring characters in the series. KEEPING, CHARLES (1924- ) A1335 JONES, CORNELIA, and WAY, OLIVIA R. British Children's Authors, pp. 101-13. In an interview Keeping discusses his background, philosophy, and method of working. Includes an annotated bibliography of his works. A1336 KEEPING, CHARLES. "Illustration in Children's Books." CLE, o.s., no. 1 (March 1970):41-54. After some introductory remarks about the underrated position of illustration and the neglect of illustrations of picture books by book reviewers, Keeping discusses several of his own works. A1337 -----. "The Illustration of Children's Books." In Keyse, Loughborough 1983 Proceedings, pp. 137-40. Reflects upon the nature of illustration and discusses the origins of several of his books. A1338 -----. "My Work as a Children's Illustrator." ChLAQ 8, no. 4 (Winter 1983):14-19. Expresses his views on illustrating and describes the origins of many of his illustrations. A1339 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Pipers, pp. 49-63. Keeping discusses his life and work in an interview. KEITH, HAROLD (1903- ) A1340 PAINTER, HELEN W. "Rifles for Watie--A Novel of the Civil War." EE 38 (May 1961):287-91, 297. A critical appraisal of the 1958 Newbery Award winner. KELLOGG, STEVEN (1941- ) A1341 LANES, SELMA G. "Bicentennial Bowdlerizing or the Rape of Yankee Doodle." SLJ 23 (Summer 1976):34-35. Recounts the controversy surrounding the substitution of "folks" for "girls" in Steven Kellogg's version of "Yankee Doodle." KELLY, ERIC P. (1884-1960) A1342 DALPHIN, MARCIA. Review. Horn Book 6 (August 1930):222-27. A detailed and favorable review of The Blacksmith of Vilno; suggests, however, that "the author's great love for his subject and his familiarity with it has made him overload it a bit." A1343 KELLY, ERIC P. "The City of a Thousand Secrets." Horn Book 6 (February 1930):37-42. Tells how he came to write The Blacksmith of Vilno. A1344 -----. "The City That Sings." Horn Book 5 (February 1929):27-32. (Reprinted in Horn Book 16 [1940]:53-57, as "Krakow Is Still Sing ing.") Describes the experiences behind the writing of The Trumpeter of Krakow. KELLY, WALT (1913-73) A1345 MISHKIN, DANIEL. "Pogo: Walt Kelly's American Dream." Journal of Popular Culture 12, no. 4 (Spring 1979):681-90. Argues that "Kelly takes the usually secure world of the `funny animal' comic strip and bristles its furry edges in an artistic examination of life around him." A1346 WARDE, BEATRICE. "Homage to Walt Kelly as a Depicter of Conver sation." Penrose Annual 55 (1961):46-51. Explores the ways in which Walt Kelly has used the possibilities of the comic strip. KEMP, GENE (1926- ) A1347 CROSS, GILLIAN. "Children Are Real People: The Stories of Gene Kemp." CLE, n.s. 10, no. 3 (Autumn 1979):131-40. Maintains that Kemp's books are funny and original and "based upon a deep and intimate understanding of the needs and feelings of children. KENNEDY, RICHARD (1932- ) A1348 NEUMEYER, PETER F. "Introducing Richard Kennedy." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 2 (Summer 1984):85-92. Argues for wider appreciation of Kennedy's talents and original ity. KEPES, JULIET (1919- ) A1349 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 350-53. Traces Kepes's contributions to the art of the picture book. KERR, M.E. [Marijane Meaker] (1932- ) A1350 BERKLEY, JUNE. "Between Parents and Children: M.E. Kerr's Nov els for Young Adults." Focus 3, no. 2 (Winter 1977):25-27. (Also in ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 157 082.) Explores parent-child relationships in If I Love You Am I Trapped Forever?; Dinky Hocker Shoots Smack; and The Son of Someone Famous. A1351 KAYE, MARILYN. "Recurring Patterns in the Novels of M.E. Kerr." Children's Literature 7 (1978):226-32. Examines Dinky Hocker Shoots Smack; Gentlehands; If I Love You Am I Trapped Forever?; Is That You Miss Blue?; Love Is a Missing Person; and The Son of Someone Famous. A1352 KINGSBURY, MARY. "The Why of People: The Novels of M.E. Kerr." Horn Book 53 (June 1977):288-95. Views Kerr's novels as outstanding attempts to clarify the "why" of people. A1353 MATTER, ROXANA M. "Elkind's Theory of Adolescent Egocentrism as Expressed in Selected Characters of M.E. Kerr." Adolescence 17 (Fall 1982):657-66. Finds that Kerr's characters realistically represent the unique and typical behaviors of egocentrism common to adolescents. A1354 REES, DAVID. "Discreet Charm of the Bourgeoisie--M.E. Kerr." In Painted Desert, pp. 17-32. Argues that Kerr is one of the most gifted writers for young adults of the past decade, but she lacks sensitivity to place and individual character. Her range is narrow, but she is one of few writers for young adults who puts adults at the center of her work. A1355 SWEENEY, PATRICIA RUNK. "Self-Discovery and Rediscovery in the Novels of M.E. Kerr." L&U 2, no. 2 (Fall 1978):37-43. Examines the theme of self-revelation in Kerr's first six novels, "the imprisonment of one's true self in a shell of one's own making." KIMENYE, BARBARA (1940- ) A1356 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, pp. 186-88. Describes the basic characteristics of the Moses stories (Ugandan school stories). KINGMAN, LEE (1919- ) A1357 HEINS, PAUL. "A Second Look: The Year of the Raccoon." Horn Book 54 (February 1978):74-75. Sees the book as antedating the new realism in American fiction for young people. KINGSLEY, CHARLES (1819-75) A1358 CARPENTER, HUMPHREY. "Parson Lot Takes a Cold Bath: Charles Kingsley and The Water-Babies." In Secret Gardens, pp. 24-43. Examines The Water Babies within the contexts of Kingsley's life and time and the history of children's literature. Argues that the book is a work of "destruction . . . written at a time when its author's religious faith had nearly crumbled," and that it shows that "`untrue' stories, despised ever since the days of John Locke, by those who regarded themselves as the guardians and censors of English children's literature, could be deeply true, and therefore of inestimable value." A1359 JOHNSTON, ARTHUR. "The Water-Babies: Kingsley's Debt to Dar win." English 12 (Autumn 1959):215-19. Sees in Tom's metamorphosis from chimney sweep to water-baby the beginnings of "moral Darwinism." A1360 LEAVIS, Q.D. "The Water Babies." CLE, o.s., no. 23 (Winter 1976):155-63. Suggests uses of The Water Babies for modern children's educa tion and defends "its innate literary justification for being kept in circulation." A1361 UFFELMAN, LARRY K. "An Evolutionary Fantasy: The Water Babies." In Charles Kingsley. Boston: Twayne, 1979, pp. 67-81. Interprets The Water Babies as Kingsley's attempt to place "the nineteenth-century conflict between science and religion in the context of a fantasy designed to reconcile them by showing continu ous development to be the creative principle at work in the world." He wanted to enable children "to accept the advance of science with out losing their Christian faith." KIPLING, RUDYARD (1865-1936) A1362 ANDERSON, CELIA CATLETT. "`O Best Beloved'": Kipling's Reading Instructions in the Just So Stories." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):33-39. Investigates strategies from storytelling tradition (set phrases, asides to the reader, heavy repetition), poetic devices (refrains, rhyme, alliteration), and typographical clues that Kipling used to retain the original oral tone and emphasis of his tales. A1363 BLACKBURN, WILLIAM. "Internationalism and Empire: Kim and the Art of Rudyard Kipling." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):78-85. Argues that interpretations emphasizing Kipling's political views may have distorted critical perceptions of Kim's success. A1364 BLOUNT, MARGARET. "The Tables Turned at the Zoo: Mowgli and Stuart Little." In Animal Land, pp. 226-44. Examines, in depth, how Kipling's Jungle Books and E.B. White's Stuart Little portray animals befriended and rejected by humans and animals, outcasts "without any real place in the world." A1365 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Just So." Horn Book 58 (October 1982):565-70. Discusses newly illustrated versions of the Just So tales. A1366 FEELEY, MARGARET P. "The Kim That Nobody Reads." Studies in the Novel 13, no. 3 (Fall 1981):266-81. Shows that between a heretofore unknown working draft of Kim and the final manuscript "Kipling transcended his racism in several ways." A1367 -----. "Kipling's Kim: Introduction and Additions." Ph.D. disserta tion, City University of New York, 1976, 584 pp., DA 37:5140A. "A three-part study of Kipling's Kim, consisting of a critical introduction, the text of the first English edition of Kim, and notes to this edition that explain obscure references and provide a selection of textual variants from other editions." A1368 GREEN, ROGER LANCELYN. Kipling and the Children. London: Elek Books, 1965, 240 pp. Concentrates on Kipling's children's books "by which he is best known, but about which relatively little has been written." Provides an account of Kipling's early years and discusses each of his chil dren's books and stories. A1369 -----, comp. Kipling: The Critical Heritage. New York: Barnes & Noble, 1971, 409 pp. Includes reprints of early reviews of Stalky & Co. from Athe neum and Academy; a review of Kim from Blackwood's Magazine; G.K. Chesterton's review of Just So Stories from Bookman (1902); Agnes Deans Cameron on "Kipling and the Children" from Anglo- American Magazine (1902), plus additional articles on Stalky & Co.; an excerpt from Harvey Darton's Children's Books in England (1932); and Kipling's obituary in the Times Literary Supplement (1936). Also includes a bibliography and index. A1370 HAINES, HELEN E. "The Wisdom of Baloo: Kipling and Childhood." Horn Book 12 (May-June 1936):135-41. Considers The Jungle Books his masterpiece--"parables of human life in its strength, its weakness, its interrelationships." A1371 HARRISON, JAMES. Rudyard Kipling. Twayne's English Authors Series. Boston: Twayne, 1982, 173 pp. Concentrates on Kipling's fiction. In chapter 3, pp. 58-75, discusses the children's stories, including the Just So Stories, The Jungle Books, Captains Courageous, Stalky & Co., Puck of Pook's Hill, and Rewards and Fairies. A discussion of Kim, pp. 47-57, concludes: "Certainly he never again gave expression to the duality of life so perfectly as he did in Kim." The book's final chapter attempts to sum up Kipling through a comparison with E.M. Forster and Joseph Conrad. A1372 HAVHOLM, PETER. "Kipling and Fantasy." Children's Literature 4 (1975):91-104. Contrasts Kipling's failure to create a successful tragedy in The Light That Failed with his success in touching the emotions and providing "glimpses of joy" that even a child could understand in the "non-didactic" Mowgli stories and the Jungle Books. A1373 HINDLE, ALAN. "Rudyard Kipling's Rewards and Fairies." School Librarian 21, no. 4 (December 1973):295-300. Prefers Rewards and Fairies to Puck of Pook's Hill and examines it in depth. A1374 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 156-62. Kipling's "very best attributes" come out when he speaks to chil dren "in a faultlessly sustained style." Praises the Puck stories most highly but concludes, "At its heart, the manliness which Kipling admires is hollow." A1375 ISLAM, SHAMSUL. "Psychological Allegory in The Jungle Books." Kipling Journal 40 (March 1973):9-12. Points out elements of psychological allegory in the Jungle Books. A1376 KIMMEL, ERIC A. "A Second Look: Captains Courageous." Horn Book 58 (October 1982):543-47. Questions why the book fails when it shares many of the same elements as Kipling's more successful books: concludes it lacks both a memorable character and a plot. A1377 Kipling Society. Founded in 1927, it publishes The Kipling Journal four times a year. A1378 MEYERS, JEFFREY. "The Quest for Identity in Kim." Texas Studies in Literature and Language 12 (Spring 1970):101-10. Explores Kim's struggle for identity in his existence in between two worlds, the English and the Indian. A1379 MOSS, ROBERT F. Rudyard Kipling and the Fiction of Adolescence. New York: St. Martin's, 1982, 165 pp. Traces the handling of adolescence in Kipling's works for chil dren and adults in the years up to 1901. Concentrates on the Jungle Books, pp. 107-17, Captains Courageous, pp. 115-25, Stalky and Co., pp. 125-27, and Kim, which is seen as "Kipling's triumph," pp. 128-41. A1380 MUSGRAVE, P.W. "Kipling's View of Educating Children." Australian Journal of Education 25 (1981):211-23. Explores Kipling's views of the child and his education as por trayed in his books for children and for adults. A1381 -----. "Stalky and Co. Re-Read: A Taste of Things to Come?" CLE, n.s. 10, no. 4 (Winter 1979):186-93. Points out similarities in use of "physical violence, psychological pressure, and the use by the religious staff of the informal school groupings for their own ends" in Stalky & Co. and Robert Cormier's Chocolate War. A1382 NESBITT, ELIZABETH. "The Great Originator." Horn Book 29 (April 1953):106-14. (Excerpt from Meigs et al., A Critical History of Children's Literature.) A concise biocritical overview. A1383 PARRY, G. "The Identity Quest in Kipling's Kim." Caliban 14 (1977):55-60. Argues that in Kim, Kipling's "finest and most spacious piece of fiction, he dramatises the conflicting claims exerted by India and England" on the young boy. Provides a detailed thematic and struc tural analysis. A1384 ROSENTHAL, LYNNE M. "Boy Society in Rudyard Kipling's Stalky & Co." L&U 2, no. 2 (Fall 1978):16-26. Interprets the book in terms of the question of "how individuality might be retained in a world increasingly constrained by the pressure to conform." A1385 SALE, ROGER. "Kipling's Boys." In Fairy Tales, pp. 194-221. "The Kipling that has always been the most popular, and that will last longer than any of the rest, is the work done for children and growing boys." Finds the Just-So Stories condescending toward animals. Describes Kim as "such a seductive book because every detail is real, authentic, yet its aim is romance, excitement, adven ture, a view of life so boyish that it sees nothing ugly, mean, or dull." A1386 STEWART, JOHN I.M. Rudyard Kipling. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1966, 245 pp. Chapters 8, pp. 136-51, and 9, pp. 152-71, are devoted to Kip ling's children's books. A1387 SUTCLIFF, ROSEMARY. "Kim." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 4 (Winter 1982):164-70. Admitting she has always loved the book so much she has diffi culty judging how good it is, Sutcliff examines Kipling's craftsman ship and evaluates the book within the context of the Empire, the time, and Kipling's cultural and religious beliefs. A1388 -----. Rudyard Kipling. New York: Walck, 1961, 61 pp. Sutcliff's love and admiration for Kipling's work is evident throughout this biocritical analysis. She concentrates on those works she classifies as children's: The Jungle Books, Captains Courageous, Stalky and Co., Kim, the Just So Stories, Puck of Pook's Hill, and Rewards and Fairies. A1389 TOMPKINS, JOYCE, M.S. The Art of Rudyard Kipling. 2d ed. Lon don: Methuen, 1965, 277 pp. Discusses Kim--comparing it to Huckleberry Finn--pp. 21-32, and The Jungle Books, The Just so Stories, Puck of Pook's Hill, and Rewards and Fairies, in chapter 3, pp. 55-84. A1390 -----. "Kipling and Nordic Myth and Saga." English Studies 52 (April 1971):147-57. Suggests that Kipling's early knowledge of Nordic myths and sagas provided "forms for his imagination and emotion in his later years." A1391 WILSON, ANGUS. "Kim and the Stories." In The Strange Ride of Rudyard Kipling. New York: Penguin, 1977, pp. 122-33. Analyzes Kim and the Jungle Books, calling Kim "the best thing he ever wrote." KLEIN, NORMA (1938- ) A1392 AGEE, HUGH. "The Illegitimate Heroine and the Theme of Change in Two Adolescent Novels." Focus: Teaching English Language Arts 3, no. 2 (Winter 1977):39-42. (Also in ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 157 082.) Discusses the theme of change in two novels featuring protagon ists whose mothers are unmarried: Norma Klein's Mom, the Wolfman and Me, and Katie Letcher Lyle's I Will Go Barefoot All Summer for You. A1393 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Norma Klein's Adolescent Novels: The Reversal of the Usual." Focus 3, no. 2 (Winter 1977):15-24. (Also in ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 157 082.) Examines four of Klein's early books but feels that the more recent Taking Sides and What It's All About are "trendy" and "eminently forgettable." A1394 KLEIN, NORMA. "Growing Up Human: The Case for Sexuality in Children's Books." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 2 (Summer 1977):80-84. Discusses her background and interests and argues that books are needed that are concerned with emotions and the joys of life as well as its complexities. KNOWLES, JOHN (1926- ) A1395 ALLEY, DOUGLAS. "Teaching Emerson through A Separate Peace." English Journal 70 (January 1981):19-21. Shows that "Throughout the novel there are statements closely akin to concepts in Emerson's essays, poetry, and journals," especially Emerson's concept of friendship. A1396 ELLIS, JAMES. "A Separate Peace: The Fall from Innocence." English Journal 53 (May 1964):313-18. Discusses three sets of symbols as providing the basic structure of the novel: (1) summer and winter; (2) the Devon River and the Naguamsett River, and (3) peace and war. A1397 GREILING, FRANZISKA L. "The Theme of Freedom in A Separate Peace." English Journal 56 (December 1967):1269-72. Traces themes of freedom, harmony, and unity as "fragments from the Greek themes in the book." A1398 PIEHL, KATHY. "Gene Forrester and Tom Brown: A Separate Peace as School Story." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 2 (Summer 1983):67-74. Explores Knowles's use of the school story tradition. A1399 WITHERINGTON, PAUL. "A Separate Peace: A Study in Structural Ambiguity." English Journal 54 (December 1965):795-800. Sees the ambiguity in tensions portrayed in the novel as the key to its interpretation. KNOX, THOMAS WALLACE (1835-96) A1400 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction about Africa, pp. 108-10. Analyzes his depiction of Africa and Africans. KONIGSBURG, E.L. (1930- ) A1401 KONIGSBURG, E.L. "The Double Image: Language as the Perimeter of Culture." SLJ 16 (February 1970):31-34. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues In Children's Book Selection, pp. 24-30.) Discusses the ways in which language reflects and shapes a cul ture, and relates this to her efforts to capture the language of her culture and expand its limits for children. A1402 -----. "Newbery Award Acceptance." Horn Book 44 (August 1968):391-95. Reports on her background and goals in writing. Biographical sketch by her husband David follows, pp. 396-98. A1403 -----. "Of Ariel, Caliban, and Certain Beasts of Mine Own." Proceed ings of the Children's Literature Association 7 (1980):1-16. Offers a statement of her purpose in writing for the "middle- aged" child. "The purpose of my Beast is to help them know theirs." A1404 -----. "Ruthie Britten and Because I Can." In Hearne, Celebrating Children Books, pp. 62-72. Tells some of the reasons why she writes children's books. A1405 -----. "Spezzatura: A Kind of Excellence." Horn Book 52 (June 1976):253-61. "I would like to tell you why I write for children by tracing very specifically the roots of my last book, The Second Mrs. Giac onda." A1406 REES, DAVID. "Your Arcane Novelist--E.L. Konigsburg." In Marble in the Water, pp. 14-24. (Also in Horn Book 54 [February 1978]:79-84.) Offers an English perspective on an American writer. Discusses her work to date, praising her variety, style, wit, and originality. A1407 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. Sounding, pp. 111-24. Comments that her books "differ remarkably from each other," "display impressively different forms of expertise," and "are decidedly uneven." Includes a detailed discussion of The Mixed-Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler. KORCZAK, JANUSZ (1848-1942) A1408 KIRCHNER, HANNA. "The Meaning of Janusz Korczak's Work for World Literature." Bookbird 16, no. 2 (1978):12-21. A biocritical overview of the Polish author, teacher, and doctor. A1409 LYPP, MARIA. "The King Incognito or the Portrayal of the Child in J. Korczak's Matthew, the Young King." In Escarpit, Portrayal of the Child, pp. 365-77. Examines the way Korczak handles the problem any writer of children's literature faces: the incongruity between the horizon of the author and that of the reader. A1410 SCHWARCZ, JOSEPH. "Between Dream and Social Utopia." In Ways of the Illustrator, pp. 120-30. Examines the ways in which five illustrators have approached Korczak's popular King Mathew I (Mathew the Young King), first published in 1923. Studies the illustrated versions of Irene Loren towicz, S. Cohen, Jerzy Srokowski, Veronica Leo, and Waldemar Andrezejewski. In addition, unpublished sets of illustrations by Brakha Alhassid and Esther Katz are examined. KRAUSS, RUTH (1911- ) A1411 BADER, BARBARA. "Ruth Krauss; Ruth Krauss and Maurice Sendak." In American Picturebooks, pp. 416-33. Discusses Ruth Krauss's contribution as the author of picture- book texts and her collaboration with a number of artists, especially Maurice Sendak. A1412 COONEY, BARBARA. "Artist's Choice." Horn Book 32 (August 1956):278. Discusses Charlotte and the White Horse, illustrated by Maurice Sendak, commenting that "Miss Krauss's words are linked inseparably to the misty moonlit pictures." A1413 MARTIN, ANNE. "Ruth Krauss: A Very Special Author." EE 32 (November 1955):427-34. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illus trators, pp. 247-55.) Views Krauss as an experimenter with new forms and contents for the picture book. Discusses most of her books to date. KREIDOLF, ERNST (1863-1956) A1414 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "The Picture-Books of Ernst Kreidolf." In Three Centuries, pp. 203-7. Describes Kreidolf's books and his methods of working. KRUMGOLD, JOSEPH (1908-80) A1415 KRUMGOLD, JOSEPH. "Archetypes of the Twentieth Century: Mythic Roots of An Initiation Trilogy." Library Journal 93 (15 October 1968):3926-29. (Reprint of speech given at Catholic Library Associa tion Convention in 1968.) Provides a detailed discussion of the writing of Henry 3 and its archetypal background. A1416 -----. "Newbery Award Acceptance." Horn Book 30 (August 1954):221-32. Contrasts the community of Los Cordovas, New Mexico, the set ting for And Now Miguel, with Los Alamos, New Mexico, and its very different values. KULLMAN, HARRY (1919-82) A1417 MAHLQVIST, STEFAN. "Harry Kullman." Bookbird 2 (1980):7-10. Summarizes several books and points out Kullman's significance. KURELEK, WILLIAM (1927-77) A1418 LANGTON, JANE. "William Kurelek: North American Brueghel." NYTBR, 30 April 1978, Children's Book sec., pp. 26, 39. Points out that Kurelek's children's books represent only a small part of his prodigious output of paintings, many of them Bosch-like nightmares. A1419 MORLEY, PATRICIA. "The Good Life, Prairie Style: The Art and Artistry of William Kurelek." Children's Literature 6 (1977):141-49. Analyzes the pictures, texts, and biographical influences of Kurelek's books, especially A Prairie Boy's Winter and A Prairie Boy's Summer, placing the works in the context of "prairie literature" and Canadian literature. A1420 STOTT, JON C. "Kurelek's Vision." ChLAQ 2, no. 3 (Autumn 1977):1-2, 9-10. Discusses Kurelek's first four children's books, their similarities, and their differences. KUSKIN, KARLA (1932- ) A1421 BURROWS, ALVINA T. "Profile: Karla Kuskin." LA 56 (December 1979):934-40. An interview in which Kuskin talks about her life and work, poetry and children. Includes a bibliography of her works. A1422 HELBIG, ALETHEA K. "Feelings and Language: The Poetry of Karla Kuskin." ChLAQ 5, no. 2 (Summer 1980):27-30. An overview. A1423 KUSKIN, KARLA. "Introducing Poetry and Children to Each Other." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 8 (1981):21-36. Uses her own poetry as an example and in the process reveals much about her own methods of creating poetry and her aims in writing. LA FONTAINE, JEAN De (1621-95) A1424 CAULEY, JOSEPH C. "Contes of La Fontaine: A Study in Narrative Mode." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Wisconsin, 1972, 336 pp., DA 33:4402A. Examines the Contes in terms of La Fontaine's experiments with narrative style. A1425 TAILLEUX, DOMINIQUE. "The Sage of La Fontaine or a Certain Art of Living." Children's Literature 1 (1972):37-41. Examines the image of the wise man in La Fontaine's Fables. LADA, JOSEPH A1426 AMOR, STUART. "Joseph Lada, Illustrator." Signal 21 (September 1976):108-14. An appreciative evaluation. LAGERLOF, SELMA (1858-1940) A1427 BERENDSOHN, WALTER. Selma Lagerlof: Her Life and Work. Translated and adapted by George F. Timpson. 1931. Reprint. Port Washington, N.Y.: Kennikat Press, 1968, 136 pp. Discusses The Wonderful Adventures of Nils, pp. 62-67, consider ing it to be in many ways the most successful of her longer books. A1428 EDSTROM, VIVI B. Selma Lagerlof. Twayne's English Author Series. Boston: Twayne, 1984, 151 pp. Chapter 4 concentrates on The Wonderful Adventures of Nils, pp. 58-59. Includes references. A1429 LAGERROTH, ERLAND. "Selma Lagerlof Research 1900-1964: A Survey and An Orientation." Scandinavian Studies 37, no. 1 (Febru ary 1965):1-30. Includes summaries of Scandinavian research pertaining to Nils Holgersson. A1430 SALE, ROGER. Fairy Tales, pp. 90-97. Analyzes The Wonderful Adventures of Nils in terms of Lag erl”f's use of a combination of fantasy and realistic portrayal of animals to make points about strength and power. LAMORISSE, ALBERT (1922-70) A1431 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 155-57. Analyzes the themes of loss and death in White Mane. LANG, ANDREW (1844-1912) A1432 GREEN, ROGER L. Andrew Lang. New York: Henry Z. Walck; London: Bodley Head, 1962, 77 pp. A biocritical overview. A1433 -----. "Andrew Lang in Fairyland." Junior Bookshelf 26 (October 1962):171-80. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, 1st ed., pp. 270-78.) A brief biocritical overview. LANGTON, JANE (1922- ) A1434 REES, DAVID. "Real and Transcendental--Jane Langton." In Painted Desert, pp. 75-88. Examines Langton as a writer of realistic stories and fantasy rooted in history. LANSING, ELIZABETH HUBBARD (1911- ) A1435 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 55-56. Analyzes the theme of rejection in Lulu's Window. LATHAM, JEAN LEE (1902- ) A1436 LATHAM, JEAN L. "Newbery Acceptance Speech." Horn Book 32 (August 1956):283-92. Describes her working methods as a writer and the background of some of her books, especially Carry On, Mr. Bowditch. Biograph ical sketch by Ellen Fulton follows, pp. 293-99. LAURENCE, MARGARET (1926- ) A1437 LETSON, D.R. "Mother of Manawaka: Margaret Laurence as Author of Children's Stories." CCL 21 (1981):17-24. A critical overview of Laurence's work for children. LAURITZEN, JONREED (1902- ) A1438 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 67-69. Analyzes The Ordeal of the Young Hunter in terms of its theme of entrapment. LAWRENCE, ANN (1942- ) A1439 RAY, SHEILA. "Children's Writers 9: Ann Lawrence." School Librar ian 30 (September 1982):196-99. Finds Lawrence's books "readable" and "original." Discusses briefly her books for young readers, her fantasy, and her historical fiction. LAWSON, ROBERT (1892-1957) A1440 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 143-47. Analyzes Lawson's work from the Hurdy Gurdy Man and Ferdi nand (its techniques "unthinkable before motion pictures"), to Ben and Me and They Were Strong and Good. Feels that over the years Law son's "drawings lost all semblance of spontaneity," except for the animals. A1441 BURNS, MARY MEHLMAN. "There is Enough for All: Robert Law son's America." Horn Book 48 (February 1972):24-32; (April):120-28; (June):295-305. "The theme of America-the-Bountiful, the fabulous nature of American storytelling, the modes of American speech, the use of comic narrators--are motifs which recur in many of his books." This major survey of Lawson's work includes an extensive bibliography. A1442 CORNELL, ROBERT W. "Robert Lawson: For All Children." EE 50 (May 1973):718-25, 738. Reviews Lawson's life and work and "comments on his writing and illustrating techniques as he used them to present his views on life." Includes an extensive bibliography of research sources. A1443 FISH, HELEN DEAN. "Robert Lawson: Illustrator in the Great Tradi tion." Horn Book 16 (January-February 1940):16-26. Praises Lawson's versatility and variety, and traces his develop ment as an artist. Concludes with a discussion of his illustrations for Mary Godolphin's adaptation of Pilgrim's Progress. A1444 JONES, HELEN L. Robert Lawson Illustrator: A Selection of His Characteristic Illustrations. Boston: Little, Brown, 1972, 121 pp. Examines Lawson's work and his development as an illustrator, and provides numerous reproductions and a bibliography of his books. A1445 LAWSON, ROBERT. "Lo, The Poor Illustrator." Publishers Weekly 128 (17 December 1935):2091. Discusses the many difficulties facing an illustrator, using examples from his own experience to illuminate the process of illus tration. A1446 MADSEN, VALDEN. "Classic Americana: Themes and Values in the Tales of Robert Lawson." L&U 3, no. 1 (Spring 1979):89-106. Discusses traditional values and their skillful presentation in Mr. Revere and I, The Great Wheel, and Rabbit Hill. A1447 SALWAY, LANCE, and CHAMBERS, NANCY. "Book Post." Signal 26 (May 1978):99-107, passim. Comments on Rabbit Hill and contrasts it with Penelope Lively's The Voyage of QV66. A1448 Weston, Annette H. "Robert Lawson: Author and Illustrator." EE 47 (January 1970):74-84. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustra tors, pp. 256-67.) Primarily a history of the man and his books, providing much background although little in-depth criticism. Includes references. LEAF, MUNRO (1905-76) A1449 BELL, A. "About Ferdinand; Concerning the Book, The Story of Fer dinand." Publishers Weekly 190 (22 August 1966):54-55. Describes the publishing history of Ferdinand's first thirty years, from Munro Leaf's first draft to 1966. A1450 GROTJAHN, MARTIN. "Ferdinand the Bull: Psychoanalytical Remarks About a Modern Totem Animal." American Imago 1, no. 3 (June 1940):33-41. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 30-36.) Examines two aspects of Ferdinand from a psychoanalytical point of view: "1. What the artist expressed by the creation of a bull who refused to fight; 2. Why this creation struck a response in the unconscious of so large a portion of the public, hitting apparently upon deep emotional needs." LEAR, EDWARD (1812-88) A1451 BARKER, WAR REN J. "The Nonsense of Edward Lear." Psychoana lytic Quarterly 25, no. 4 (October 1966):568-86. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 12-19.) Attempts to show connections between Lear's experiences and his nonsense creations, exploring the ways in which Lear was able to express his highly personal needs in acceptable ways. A1452 BROCKWAY, J.T. "Edward Lear, Poet." Fortnightly, n.s. 1001 (May 1950):334-39. Explores the nature of Lear's poetic gift, finding a key in the underlying sense of tragedy that pervades the nonsense verses. A1453 BYROM, THOMAS. Nonsense and Wonder: The Poems and Cartoons of Edward Lear. New York: E.P. Dutton, Brandywine Press, 1977, 244 pp. Contains a brief biography and an extended discussion of Lear's limericks and long poems. Includes a section analyzing "picture and poem discrepancy" and a bibliography of primary and secondary sources. A1454 COOLIDGE, BERTHA. "How Pleasant to Know Mister Lear." Colophon 3, no. 9 (February 1932):57-68. Compares Lear and Lewis Carroll psychologically and in terms of their work. A1455 FISHER, CRISPIN. "A Load of Old Nonsense: Edward Lear Resur rected by Four Publishers." Growing Point 8 (November 1969):1418-20. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 198-201.) Reviews five new illustrated versions of works by Lear. A1456 HARK, INA RAE. Edward Lear. Twayne's English Author Series, no. 336. Boston: Twayne, 1982, 161 pp. Surveys all of Lear, showing "how strongly connected each work is with all the others." Includes a brief biography and a bibliography of primary and secondary sources. A1457 -----. "Edward Lear: Eccentricity and Victorian Angst." Victorian Poetry 16, nos. 1-2 (Spring-Summer 1978):112-22. Argues that Lear's poetry can best be understood in relation to the nature of Victorian society and Lear's relationship to it. A1458 HARMON, EDWARD. "Lear, Limericks, and Some Other Verse Forms." Children's Literature 10 (1982):70-76. Examines Lear's nonsense verses, pointing out that few of them are actually limericks. A1459 HOFER, PHILIP. "The Yonghy Bonghy Bo." Harvard Library Bulletin 15, no. 3 (July 1967):229-37. Reports on finding a manuscript version, with Lear's own draw ings, in a London bookshop. Describes and reproduces the manu script and drawings and also the musical setting, with extensive analysis and commentary. A1460 JACKSON, HOLBROOK. "Edward Lear: Laureate of Nonsense." Dol phin 4 (Fall 1940):10-18. Provides a sensitive analysis of Lear's life and work. A1461 LEHMAN, JOHN. Edward Lear and His World. New York: Scribner, 1977, 128 pp. An extensively illustrated account of Lear's various careers: as nonsense poet, illustrator, painter and draughtsman, and travel-book writer. A1462 MILLER, EDMUND. "Two Approaches to Edward Lear's Nonsense Songs." Victorian Newsletter 44 (Fall 1973):5-8. Argues that serious attention to Lear's sexual obsessions is helpful in understanding all of his poetry and "necessary for understanding why some of his poems are failures or partial failures, why some of his poems are ridiculous, rather than sublime, nonsense." A1463 ORWELL, GEORGE. "Nonsense Poetry." In Shooting An Elephant and Other Essays. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1950, pp. 187-92. Reviews The Lear Omnibus, edited by R.L. M‚groz. Finds Lear funniest "when a touch of burlesque or perverted logic makes its appearance." A1464 SMITH, WILLIAM JAY. "`So They Smashed That Old Man . . .': A Note on Edward Lear." Horn Book 35 (August 1959):323-26. Argues that sound precedes sense in Lear and with children. A1465 WHITE, ALISON. "With Birds in His Beard." Saturday Review (15 January 1966). (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, 1st. ed., pp. 279-85.) A brief biocritical overview. LEE, DENNIS (1939- ) A1466 Canadian Children's Literature 33 (1984):6-31. Contains three articles on Lee: "Re-realizing Mother Goose: An Interview with Dennis Lee On Jelly Belly," by Cory Bieman Davies and Catherine Ross; a highly critical "Jelly Belly in the Perilous Forest," by M.A. Thompson; and "Cadence and Nonsense: Dennis Lee's Poems for Children and Adults," by Perry Nodelman. A1467 DEMERS, PATRICIA. "Dennis Lee's Poetry for Children." ChLAQ 9, no. 3 (Fall 1984):129-30. Analyzes Lee's techniques and his appeal. A1468 LEE, DENNIS. "Roots and Play: Writing as a 35-Year-Old Children." CCL 4 (1979):28-58. The Canadian poet attempts to explain why and how he writes, with many examples from his poems. In addition to explaining that he writes not for children but "as a 35-year-old children," he dis cusses the importance of roots and play in his writing. A1469 NODELMAN, PERRY. "The Silverhonkabeest: Children and the Meaning of Childhood." CCL 12 (1978):26-34. Argues that children enjoy Lee's poems because they "share [his] sadness and are themselves conscious of what they are giving up as they turn into grownups." Compares Lee's understanding of this sadness to A.A. Milne's. See also James S. Reaney's review of Gar bage Delight in this same issue, pp. 72-74. A1470 ------. "Who's Speaking? The Voices of Dennis Lee's Poems for Chil dren." CCL 25 (1982):4-17. Depicts Lee as capturing the voice of childhood anarchy. An exchange of letters between Nodelman and Roderick McGillis, based on this article, appears in CLE, n.s. 15, no. 1 (Spring 1984):58-60. LEE, STAN (1922- ) A1471 MONDELLO, SALVATORE. "Spider-Man: Superhero in the Liberal Tradition." Journal of Popular Culture 10, no. 1 (Summer 1976):232-38. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 314-20.) Examines the character and political beliefs of Spider-Man and his role in American life in the 1960s and 1970s. LE GUIN, URSULA K. (1929- ) A1472 ATTEBERY, BRIAN. "The Beginning Place: Le Guin's Metafantasy." Children's Literature 10 (1982):113-23. Finds the work a better commentary on fantasy than a fantasy tale. A1473 BITTNER, JAMES WARREN. "Approaches to the Fiction of Ursula K. Le Guin." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1979, 511 pp., DA 40:3286A. Chapter 3 of this "first full length exploration of Le Guin's fiction" explores the complimentarity of myth and science in Le Guin's juvenile fantasy and her science fiction. A1474 -----. Approaches to the Fiction of Ursula K. Le Guin. Ann Arbor, Mich.: UMI Research Press, 1984, 161 pp. This revision of Bittner's doctoral thesis (University of Wisconsin, 1979) attempts to show the relationships within and among Le Guin's novels and short stories. "My goal is to see some of the connections between parts and between part and whole, not to identify those qualities that divide and separate." Sees relationships and connections as a key theme in all of Le Guin's work. A1475 BRADBURY, MARGARET. "What's in a Name?: Ursula K. Le Guin's Earthsea Trilogy." School Librarian 31, no. 3 (September 1983):205-10. A concise critical introduction to Le Guin's trilogy. A1476 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "High Fantasy: A Wizard of Earthsea." Horn Book 47 (April 1971):129-38. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 333-41.) Calls the Wizard of Earthesea "a book of magic and learning" influenced by anthropology. Offers a detailed analysis of the book and praises it highly as "a work, which though it is fantasy, continu ally returns us to the world about us, its forces and powers; returns us to ourselves, to our struggles and aspirations, to the very core of human responsibility." A1477 COGELL, ELIZABETH CUMMINS. Ursula K. Le Guin: A Primary and Secondary Bibliography. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1983, 244 pp. Includes an annotated listing of 761 critical studies, including book reviews and brief notices. A1478 CUNNEEN, SHEILA. "Earthseans and Earthteens." English Journal 74 (February 1985):68-69. A college student reflects on the meaning of the rites of passage theme for adolescent readers of A Wizard of Earthsea. A1479 DE BOLT, JOE. Ursula K. Le Guin: Voyage to Inner Lands and to Outer Space. New York: Kennikat Press, 1971, 221 pp. A collection of essays on Le Guin, including "Circumstance as Policy: The Decade of Ursula K. Le Guin," by Barry N. Malzburg, "A Le Guin Biography," by Joe De Bolt, "A Survey of Le Guin Cri ticism," by James W. Bittner, "Solitary Being: The Hero as Anthro pologist," by Karen Sinclair, "Science and Rhetoric in the Fiction of Ursula Le Guin," by Peter T. Koper, analysis of the Earthsea trilogy by Rollin A. Lasseter, John R. Pfeiffer, and Francis J. Molson, and additional essays by Elizabeth Cogell, Larry L. Tift, and Dennis C. Sullivan. A1480 DOOLEY, PATRICIA. "Earthsea Patterns." ChLAQ 4 (Summer 1979):1-4. (Reprinted in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 14-15.) Discusses Le Guin's use of patterning in the sentence-forms, plot, imagery, and thematic organization of the Earthsea trilogy. Argues that Le Guin's patterning "works toward the integration of the three independent books into one whole, in which each retains its separate character while it becomes part of a large work." A1481 -----. "Magic and Art in Ursula Le Guin's Earthsea Trilogy." Chil dren's Literature 8 (1980):103-10. Sees the central function of magic in the novels as a metaphor for art. Identifies three types of magic: "use-magic," "illusion," and most important, "art-magic"; these reflect Le Guin's belief in the importance of language. A1482 DUNN, MARGARET M. "In Defense of Dragons: Imagination as Experience in the Earthsea Trilogy." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):54-60. Le Guin offers a "symbolic rendering of the journey from child hood to adulthood" which may be more relevant to the lives of young readers than factual and matter-of-fact accounts. A1483 ESMONDE, MARGARET P. "The Good Witch of The West." Chil dren's Literature 9 (1981):185-90. Reviews four books of Le Guin criticism published in the late 1970s (by De Bolt, Olander, Scholes, and Slusser) and Le Guin's own essays The Language of the Night. Also summarizes earlier criticism. A1484 Extrapolation 21 (Fall 1980):195-304. Special issue. Includes an overview by Carl Yoke, "Precious Metal in White Clay," pp. 197-208; Dena C. Bain's "The Tao Te Ching as background to the novels of Ursula K. Le Guin; Rosemarie Arbur's "Le Guin's `Song' of Inmost Feminism," pp. 223-61; Barbara Brown's "The Left Hand of Darkness: Androgyny, Future, Present, and Past," pp. 227-35. Tom Moylan's "Beyond Negation: The Criti cal Utopias of Ursula K. Le Guin and Samuel R. Delany," pp. 236-53; Edgar C. Bailey's "Shadows in Earthsea: Le Guin's Use of a Jungian Archetype," pp. 254-61; Roger Galbreath's "Taoist Magic in the Earthsea Trilogy," pp. 262-68; Brian Attebery's "On the Far Shore: The Myth of Earth Sea," pp. 269-77; Thomas J. Remington's "A Time to Live and a Time to Die: Cyclical Renewal in the Earth sea Trilogy," pp. 278-87; and C.N. Manlove's "Conservatism in the Fantasy of Le Guin," pp. 287-98. Also includes a review of The Beginning Place, pp. 299-301. A1485 FOX, GEOFF, ed. "Notes on `Teaching' A Wizard of Earthsea." CLE, o.s., no. 2 (May 1973):58-67. Describes various classroom approaches to the book. A1486 HOXMIER, KELLY. "A Positive Alternative: The Novels of Ursula K. Le Guin." ALAN Review 10, no. 1 (Fall 1982):3-7. Explores positive aspects of several types of love relationships portrayed by Le Guin. A1487 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 245-47. "Her books are spare and stark, consciously wrought and shaped . . . they smell . . . of the study and the library stack . . . ," but the best events "are set pieces of grand storytelling." A1488 JAGO, WENDY. "A Wizard of Earthsea and the Charge of Escapism." CLE, o.s., no. 8 (July 1972):21-29. Concludes that children's books, such as Le Guin's Wizard of Earthsea encourage "honest experience" and cannot be said to be an escape from reality. A1489 JENKINS, SUE. "Growing Up in Earthsea." CLE, n.s. 16, no. 1 (Spring 1985):21-31. Discusses Le Guin's insights into coming of age. A1490 LE GUIN, URSULA K. "The Child and the Shadow." In Haviland, The Openhearted Audience, pp. 101-13. Discusses the ways in which she believes fantasy tells the truth and can be "the language of inner truth." Begins with Hans Chris tian Andersen's story of the man and his shadow and closes with a brief discussion of Tolkien, along the way pointing out Jungian insights into fairy tales and myths, and shedding light on the think ing behind her own work. A1491 OLANDER, JOSEPH D., and GREENBERG, MARTIN HARRY, eds. Ursula K. Le Guin. Writers of the 21st century. New York: Taplinger Publishing Co., 1979, 258 pp. This collection of essays includes two articles on the Earthsea trilogy, "The Master Pattern: The Psychological Journey in the Earthsea Trilogy," by Margaret P. Esmonde and "Words of Binding: Patterns of Integration in the Earthsea Trilogy," by John H. Crow and Richard D. Erlich. Includes a bibliography of works by and about Le Guin. A1492 REES, DAVID. "Earthsea Revisited: Ursula K. Le Guin." In Marble in the Water, pp. 78-89. Claims that "the three Earthsea books are almost as rich in suggestion and association as the poetry of T.S. Eliot," and maintains they sustain the belief in literature as a kind of magic. A1493 SCHOLES, ROBERT. "The Good Witch of the West." Hollins Critic 11 (April 1974):2-12. (Reprinted in Structural Fabulation: An Essay on Fiction of the Future [Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press, 1975], pp. 77-97.) Provides a detailed exploration of the Wizard of Earthsea. A1494 SHIPPEY, T.A. "The Magic Art and the Evolution of Words: Ursula Le Guin's Earthsea Trilogy." Mosaic 10, no. 2 (Winter 1977):147-63. Sees Le Guin's Earthsea trilogy as a "parable for our times," and calls Le Guin as much "myth-breaker" as "myth-maker." A1495 SLUSSER, GEORGE EDGAR. The Farthest Shores of Ursula K. Le Guin. Milford Series: Popular Writers of Today, vol. 3. San Bernar dino, Calif.: R. Reginald Borgo Press, 1976, 60 pp. Analyzes Le Guin's development as a novelist, seeing in her fic tion a merger of genres--"the literature of speculation, science fiction, and fantasy, with that of personal relationships and manners, the so-called `mainstream' novel." A1496 WALKER, JEANNE MURRAY. "Rites of Passage Today: The Cultural Significance of The Wizard of Earthsea." Mosaic 13 (Spring-Summer 1980):179-91. Examines Le Guin's presentation of God's "symbolic transforma tion from childhood to adolescence" and explores the significance of fictional rites of passage for the adolescent reader. LEMKUL, FEDOR (1914- ) A1497 KOPYLOVA, N. "Fedor Lemkul--An Illustrator from the Soviet Union." Bookbird 3 (1980):34-35. (Reprinted from Books & Art in the USSR 4, no. 23 [1979].) A brief biocritical overview. L'ENGLE, MADELEINE (1918- ) A1498 JONES, K. "A Pentaperceptual Analysis of Social and Philosophical Commentary in A Wrinkle in Time by Madeleine L'Engle." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Mississippi, 1977, 177 pp., DA 38:7325A. Examines the literary techniques used by L'Engle to communicate her values and philosophy. These include the use of allegory, ele ments of fairy tales, quotations and maxims, allusions to Alice in Wonderland, and role modeling. A1499 L'ENGLE, MADELEINE. "Before Babel." Horn Book 42 (December 1966):661-70. Maintains the writer's necessity is to communicate truth. Pro vides a framework by which to view her fiction. A1500 -----. "A Sense of Wonder." Advocate 2, no. 2 (Winter 1983):69-80. Explores the meaning of a sense of wonder to her as a storytel ler. A1501 PATTERSON, NANCY-LOU. "Angel and Psycho-pomp in Madeleine L'Engle's Wind Trilogy." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 4 (Winter 1983):195-203. Examines Christian, mythological, and Jungian elements in A Wrinkle in Time, The Wind in the Door, and A Swiftly Tilting Planet. A1502 PERRY, BARBARA. "Profile: Madeleine L'Engle: A Real Person." LA 54 (October 1977):812-16. Briefly discusses L'Engle's background, her significant themes, and her development as a writer. A1503 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. Sense of Story, pp. 120-29. Identifies L'Engle's main themes as centering around the clash of good and evil. Calls her books "good bad books," maintaining they are full of contradictions: they are exciting, stylishly written, and difficult to assess. A1504 WINTLE, JUSTIN, and FISHER, EMMA. Pied Pipers, pp. 249-62. L'Engle discusses her life and work in an interview. LENSKI, LOIS (1893-1974) A1505 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 76-79. Analyzes the Small books for young children. A1506 -----. "A Second Look: The Little Family." Horn Book 61 (March 1985):168-71. Explores reasons for the survival of The Little Family and Papa Small. A1507 HUCK, CHARLOTTE S. "Lois Lenski: Children's Interpreter." Catho lic Library World 40 (1969):346-50. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 268-74.) Praises her as author and illustrator for her "understanding of children of all ages" and for her authenticity and realism. "No author has interpreted American children more accurately or percep tively; no author has given more abundantly to children. . . ." A1508 JACOBS, LELAND B. "Lois Lenski's Regional Literature." EE 30 (May 1953):261-66. Maintains that Lenski's work meets the criteria she established for good regional fiction. A1509 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 42-44. Analyzes the theme of rejections in Judy's Journey. A1510 KUZNETS, LOIS R. "Fiction, Faction, and Formula in the Regional Novels of Lois Lenski." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):96-106. "An examination of Lenski's theory about her regional novels, of the life experience and literary practice that went into the theory, and of some of the works that were influenced by, or perhaps influ enced that theory." A1511 LENSKI, LOIS. Adventure in Understanding: Talks to Parents, Teach ers and Librarians, 1944-1966. Tallahassee, Fla.: Friends of the Florida State University Library, 1968, 242 pp. Contains Lenski's views on children, children's literature, and her goals as a writer. Includes her Newbery Award acceptance speech and her definition of regional children's literature. A1512 -----. "Creating Books." Library Journal 88 (15 October 1963):3987-90, 4004. Explores her aims in writing, her philosophy and methods. "Even in the picture book for the preschool child, I must somehow catch up the essence of the small child's world, forget my adult world and way of thinking, become a child at heart, live with him his simple doings and activity, listen to his every word with respect and try to interpret as he does." A1513 -----. "Regional Children's Literature." WLB 21 (December 1946):289-92. (Reprinted in Robinson, Readings About Children's Literature, pp. 328-34.) Sets forth her views on regional literature. A1514 -----. "The Story of Phebe Fairchild and Her Book." Horn Book 13 (December 1937):394-400. (Reprinted in Fryatt, Horn Book Sampler, pp. 19-22.) Tells about researching and writing the book. A1515 RAM, MARIE L. "The Sociological Aspects of the Lois Lenski Literat ure--An Exploratory Study." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Buf falo, 1958, 644 pp., DA 19:3307A. "Attempts to point out and to evaluate the contributions of the Lois Lenski literature to American elementary school children's understanding of the diverse cultural climates in America." Focuses on twenty picture books, six Roundabout America series, and twelve American regional stories. A1516 TITZELL, JOSIAH. "Lois Lenski: A Serious Artist with a Sense of Humor." Publishers Weekly 118 (25 October 1930):1966-69. A brief biocritical overview of Lenski as illustrator. Includes a bibliography of books she wrote and illustrated. A1517 WILSON, GEORGE P. "Lois Lenski's Use of Regional Dialect." North Carolina Folklore 9 (December 1961):1-3. Defends the use of dialect in children's literature, especially Lenski's use of it. LENT, BLAIR (1930- ) A1518 BADER, BARBARA. "The Japanese Advent and Blair Lent." In American Picturebooks, pp. 443-58. Discusses Japanese influence on the American picture book after World War II, particularly in the work of Blair Lent. A1519 LENT, BLAIR. "Artist at Work: Cardboard Cuts." Horn Book 41 (August 1965):408-12. Describes the technique and ways in which he uses it. A1520 SLEATOR, WILLIAM. "An Illustrator Talks." Publishers Weekly 195 (17 February 1969):126-28. Lent discusses his art, his techniques, and his ideas on illustration in this article based on a series of conversations. LESTER, JULIUS (1939- ) A1521 GELLER, EVELYN. "Aesthetics, Morality, and the Two Cultures." SLJ 17 (October 1970):97-100. (Reprinted in MacCann, Black Americans, pp. 36-38.) Discusses the differing responses of black and white critics to William Armstrong's Sounder and Julius Lester's Black Folktales. A1522 -----. "Julius Lester: Newbery Runner-Up." Library Journal 94 (15 May 1969):2070-71. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 275-79.) Interviews Lester following his selection as Newbery runner-up for To Be a Slave, exploring his motives, approach, and background. A1523 LESTER, JULIUS, and WOODS, GEORGE. "Black and White: An Exchange." In MacCann, Black American, pp. 28-35. (Reprinted from the NYTBR, 24 May 1970.) An exchange of letters between Lester and George Woods, the New York Times children's book editor, concerning Lester's To Be a Slave and Black Folktales, and differing critical responses of blacks and whites to these books and others. LEWIS, C[LIVE] S[TAPLES] (1898-1963) A1524 AYMARD, ELIANE. "On C.S. Lewis and the Narnian Chronicles." Cal iban 5 (1968):129-45. Reports on an interview with Walter Hooper, Lewis's secretary and close friend. Concentrates on Lewis's use of Christian allegory. A1525 BAKKE, JEANNETTE A. "The Lion, the Lamb and the Children: Christian Childhood Education through the Chronicles of Narnia." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1975, 366 pp., DA 76:4021A. Explores the use of myth in the Chronicles of Narnia as a basis for children's Christian education. A1526 BECKER, JOAN QUALL. "Patterns of Guilt and Grace in the Devel opment and Function of Character in C.S. Lewis's Romances." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Washington, 1981, 289 pp., DA 42:2361A. Examines "the achievements and failures of Lewis in his develop ment and use of characterization found in his imaginative fiction by considering his methods as well as his apparent aims." Discusses Narnia as well as Lewis's fiction for adults. A1527 BLOUNT, MARGARET. "Fallen and Redeemed: Animals in the Nov els of C.S. Lewis." In Animal Land, pp. 284-306. Characterizes Narnia as the most memorable of Edens shared equally by humans and animals. A1528 CHRISTOPHER, JOE R., and OSTLING, JOAN K., comps. C.S. Lewis: An Annotated Checklist of Writings About Him and His Works. Kent, Ohio: Kent State University Press, 1974, 389 pp. Includes sections on Narnia, on pp. 99-116, and a very brief section entitled "Children's Literature," pp. 218-19. Annotated listings of reviews of individual volumes of Narnia are listed separately. A1529 COMO, JAMES. "Mediating Illusions: Three Studies of Narnia." Chil dren's Literature 10 (1982):163-68. Reviews several recent books of Lewis scholarship. A1530 GOUGH, JOHN. "C.S. Lewis and the Problem of David Holbrook." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 2 (Summer 1977):51-62. A rebuttal of Holbrook's attack on the Narnia chronicles in CLE, o.s., no. 10. Claims "Holbrook's article is not merely idiosyncratic, it is bad scholarship, false information, and so internally contradictory as to verge now and then on incoherence." A1531 GREEN, ROGER LANCELYN. C.S. Lewis. London: Bodley Head, 1963, 49 pp. Defends Lewis's children's books against critics' attacks, maintain ing that they "will live to take their permanent place among the great works of children's literature" because of "the whole cast of the author's mind, which has gone into their making." A1532 HIGGINS, JAMES E. "A Letter from C.S. Lewis." Horn Book 42 (October 1966):533-39. Higgins comments upon a letter from Lewis in which Lewis comments upon various questions relating to the Narnia books. A1533 HOLBROOK, DAVID. "The Problem of C.S. Lewis." CLE, o.s., no. 10 (March 1973):3-25. (Extract in Fox, Writers, Critics, and Children, pp. 116-24.) "Under cover of his apparent religious intentions and his mask of benignity, C.S. Lewis conveys to his readers a powerful unconscious message that the world is full of malignancy; that one must be con tinually alert, that aggression is glorious, exciting and fully justified; that tenderness, cowardice and reticence are weak; that one may easily be assured as to one's righteousness; that magic works--and these messages are sometimes conveyed with undertones of a sadistic- sexual kind, or with powerful phantasies rooted in hate." See article in rebuttal by Gough, above, and Holbrook's reply in CLE, n.s. 9, no. 1 (Spring 1978):50-51. Holbrook's interpretation was also criti cized by Betty Levin in a letter in CLE, o.s., no. 17 (Summer 1975):99-101. A1534 HOLLINDALE, P. "The Image of the Beast: C.S. Lewis's Chronicles of Narnia." Use of English 28 (Spring 1977):16-21. Attempts to explain the sense of unease that many adults feel about the series. Concludes that "The Narnia books reveal a start lingly immature and vindictive sensibility." A1535 HOOPER, Fr. WALTER. "Narnia: The Author, The Critics, and the Tale." Children's Literature 3 (1974):12-22. (Reprinted in The Longing for a Form: Essays on the Fiction of C.S. Lewis, edited by Peter Schakel [Kent, Ohio: Kent State University Press, 1977].) Describes the background of the Narnia tales and discussions with Lewis about the books. Answers objections critics such as Holbrook have made to the books and maintains that the key to their power and success is in their "meaning." A1536 -----. Past Watchful Dragons: The Narnian Chronicles of C.S. Lewis. New York: Collier-Macmillan, 1979, 140 pp. A detailed account of the Narnia books by Lewis's biographer and former secretary. Includes Lewis's own "Outline of Narnian History, So Far As It Is Known," reminiscences by Lewis's illustrator, Pauline Baynes, and Hooper's own interpretations of the books. Earlier versions of the essays in this book include "Past Watchful Dragons: The Fairy Tales of C.S. Lewis" and Hooper's article in Children's Literature 3 (1974). A1537 HUTTON, M. "Writers for Children 3: C.S. Lewis." School Librarian and School Library Review 12 (July 1964):124-32. Summarizes a number of critical points of view concerning Lewis and includes a brief bibliography. A1538 KARKAINEN, PAUL. Narnia Explored. Old Tappan, N.J.: F.H. Revell, 1979, 192 pp. "The purpose of Narnia Explored is to ferret out of the Narnia tales the principal themes, particularly those which reflect Lewis's Christian viewpoint . . . [and] to encourage the reader to look at the world as Lewis did; as a place that is rich with meaning and filled with the rumor of God's presence." Provides a book by book analy sis. A1539 KEEFE, CAROLYN. "Narnia Tales: A Refracting of Pictures." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1978, 18 pp., ED 176 347. Argues that the principles that Lewis felt made the fairy tale a suitable medium in which to express himself, also make the Narnia tales suitable for oral interpretation. A1540 LEWIS, C.S. "Sometimes Fairy Stories May Say Best What's to Be Said." NYTBR, 18 November 1956, Children's Book sec., 3 p. Lewis says he wrote fairy tales because "the Fairy Tale seemed the ideal form for the stuff I had to say." A1541 LIVELY, PENELOPE. "The Wrath of God: An Opinion of the Narnia Books." Use of English 20, no. 2 (Winter 1968):126-29. Accuses Lewis of writing at rather than for children and argues that the moral and message of the books, "and hence much of the content, is distasteful and alarming." A1542 MONTGOMERY, JOHN W. "The Chronicles of Narnia and the Adoles cent Reader." In Religious Education 54 (September 1959):418-28. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 280-96.) Analyzes the principles as literature in terms of the Aristotelian categories of plot and character, then analyzes their allegory, their appeal to adolescents, and their value. Includes extensive references. A1543 MOORMAN, CHARLES. "`Now Entertain Conjecture of a Time'--The Fictive Worlds of C.S. Lewis and J.R.R. Tolkien." In Hillegras, Mark R., ed., Shadows of the Imagination. Carbondale: University of Southern Illinois, 1969, 170 pp. Compares and contrasts Lewis's world of Narnia with J.R.R. Tol kien's Middle Earth. A1544 POSKANZER, SUSAN C. "Thoughts on C.S. Lewis and the Chronicles of Narnia." LA 53 (May 1976):523-26. Suggests that Lewis's ability to weave childhood thoughts and rituals into his plots is one key to his success. The children characters are very real; the adults one-dimensional. The language is surprisingly contemporary, and he makes skillful use of several literary devices. A1545 QUINN, DENNIS B. "The Narnia Books of C.S. Lewis: Fantastic or Wonderful?" Children's Literature 12 (1984):105-21. Traces the history of definitions of fantasy and then attempts to distinguish between "the wonderful" and "the fantastic" in the Chro nicles of Narnia. Points out Lewis's Neoplatonism and his lack of skill as a storyteller (contrasting him with Edgar Rice Burroughs), and also points out the weakness in Lewis's characterization. Con cludes that fantasy such as Lewis's is "harmful to the imagination" in its avoidance of reality. Instead of learning to see enchantment in an actual wood, the child is taught that "there are no wonders in the wood," but only in the mind. A1546 RIGSBEE, SALLY. "Fantasy Places and Imaginative Belief: The Lion, the Witch, and the Wardrobe and The Princess and the Goblin." ChLAQ 8, no. 1 (Spring 1983):10-11. Compares the role of imaginative belief and fantasy places in C.S. Lewis's The Lion, the Witch, and the Wardrobe and George MacDonald`s The Princess and the Goblin. A1547 SAMMONS, MARTHA C. A Guide through Narnia. Wheaton, Ill.: H. Shaw, 1979, 164 pp. "The purpose of this books is to tell you something about the creator of the seven Narnia books, how he came to write them, to summarize the history of Narnia, and then to talk about what the Pevensie children learn during their adventures, and their meaning to the readers of these chronicles." Includes an index of names and places. A1548 SCHAKEL, PETER J. Reading with the Heart: The Way Into Narnia. Grand Rapids, Mich.: Wm. B. Eerdmans, 1979, 154 pp. Provides a close reading of the Narnia chronicles, paying special attention to Christian motifs. A1549 SMITH, LILLIAN H. "News from Narnia." Canadian Library Associa tion Bulletin 15 (July 1958):36-37. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, pp. 170-75, and Horn Book 39 [October 1963]:470-73.) Provides insights into Lewis's work, although the article contains much synopsis: "The fresh and vigorous winds of his imagination carry his readers exuberantly through strange and wild adventures that, half consciously, they come to recognize are those of a spiritual journey toward the heart of reality." A1550 WATSON, JAMES DARRELL. "A Reader's Guide to C.S. Lewis: His Fiction." Ed.D. dissertation, East Texas State University, 1981, 135 pp., DA 42:2692A. Examines the controlling religious imagery of Lewis's fiction: salvation from supernatural evil. A1551 WALKER, JEANNE MURRAY. "The Lion, The Witch, and The Wardrobe as Rite of Passage." CLE, n.s. 16, no. 3 (Autumn 1985):177-88. Analyzes the novel as a written rite of passage constructed spe cifically for Lewis's goddaughter. LIGGETT, THOMAS (1918- ) A1552 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 34-36. Analyzes Pigeon Fly Home in terms of its themes of rejection and physical disability. LINDGREN, ASTRID (1907- ) A1553 BAMBERGER, RICHARD. "Astrid Lindgren and a New Kind of Books for Children." Bookbird 5, no. 3 (1967):3-12. Provides an extensive analysis of key elements of Lindgren's work: her juxtaposition of imagination and reality, her humor, and her creative originality. A1554 -----. "Astrid Lindgren on the Occasion of Her 70th Birthday." Bookbird 15, no. 2 (1977):17-21. Summarizes the outstanding characteristics of Lindgren's work including her juxtaposition of reality and fantasy. A1555 COTT, JONATHAN. "Profiles: The Astonishment of Being." New Yorker, 28 February 1983, pp. 46-63. (Also in Pipers, pp. 137-58.) Views Pippi Longstocking as, among other things, related to legendary and mythological heroes, a female Emile, and a Reichian "child of the future." Includes an interview with Lindgren, biograph ical background, and discussions of The Children of the Noisy Vil lage and The Brothers Lionheart. A1556 HAGLIDEN, STEN. "Astrid Lindgren, the Swedish Writer of Chil dren's Books." Junior Bookshelf 23 (July 1959):113-21. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 297-301.) A brief summary and slender analysis of Lindgren's early works. A1557 HOFFELD, LAURA. "Pippi Longstocking: The Comedy of the Natural Girl." L&U 1, no. 1 (1977):47-55. Suggests that Pippi's appetite for enjoyment of life is the key to the reader's pleasure and shock. A1558 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. Three Centuries, pp. 81-83. Describes Pippi as "a figure to strike terror to grown-ups." Unlike Peter Pan, who is a "child eternal," Pippi is a kind of "super child." A1559 LINDGREN, ASTRID. "Pippi Can Lift a Horse: The Importance of Children's Books." Quarterly Journal of the Library of Congress 40 (Summer 1983):188-201. Reflects upon the importance of children's books, discusses her goals in writing, and shares the responses of children and critics to her books. A1560 LINDGREN, ASTRID, and VON ZWEIGBERGK, EVA. "The Road to Sunnanang." Bookbird 9, no. 1 (1971):37-55. Discusses Pippi, the fairy tales, Mio My Son, and Lindgren's portrayal of lonely children. Bibliography on pp. 42-55. A1561 SLAYTON, RALPH. "The Love Story of Astrid Lindgren." Scandinav ian Review 63, no. 4 (December 1975):44-53. Analyzes Lindgren's warm and loving portrayals of lonely chil dren. Concludes with an extensive discussion of The Brothers Lion heart and the controversies surrounding its handling of evil. A1562 UDAL, JOHN. "Richard Kennedy and Pippi Longstocking." Junior Bookshelf 42, no. 2 (April 1978):75-77. Reports on the interpretation of Pippi offered by illustrator Richard Kennedy. LINDQUIST, WILLIS (1908- ) A1563 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, pp. 157-60. Analyzes themes of death and loss in Burma Boy. LINDSAY, NORMAN (1879-1969) A1564 ROE, MARJORIE. "A Magic Pudding from Australia." Bookbird 6, no. 3 (1968):28-33. Praises The Magic Pudding for its humor and its use of animals to satirize the "typical Australian." LINDSAY, VACHEL (1879-1931) A1565 Elementary English Review 9 (May 1932):115-31. Special issue. Includes the following critical articles among other brief accounts and reminiscences: Edwin Arlington Robinson's "Vachel Lindsay," pp. 115, describes Lindsay as a "triumphant combi nation of the troubadour and the evangelist." Frederic G. Melcher's "Vachel Lindsay in the Schools," pp. 117-19, tells of Lindsay's interactions with high-school audiences. Hazelton Spencer's, "Lindsay and the Child's Approach to Art," pp. 120-21, 127, 131, maintains that Lindsay believed that poetry should be heard, not seen, and should be perpetuated through audiences of children. Argues that Lindsay's poems depict American history and geography and help children see beauty in daily surroundings. Finally, on pp. 129, 131, Witter Bynner is critical of Lindsay's attempts to separate himself into one part for children and another for adults. "He thereby left behind him the whole Lindsay who should have remained a heaven-sent child through all vicissitudes." A1566 WHITNEY, BLAIR. "`Shoes of Song and Wings of Rhyme': Vachel Lindsay's Poetry for Children." Children's Literature 2 (1973):142-47. Calls him "one of the best children's poets of this century." Although his poetry may lack a coherent philosophy" it abounds in musicality. LINEVSKI, A. A1567 "An Old Tale Carved Out of Stone: The 1975 Batchelder Award." TON 31 (June 1975):384-90. Includes an article by Maria Polushkin, translator of Linevski's book, about the book's background and plot. LINGARD, JOAN (1932- ) A1568 JAMES, DAVID. "Joan Lingard: Values in the Marketplace." CLE, o.s, no. 2 (Summer 1976):86-95. Discusses Lingard's children's stories about the strife in Northern Ireland. "Her novels reveal, in a way that children can grasp, the very roots of bigotry and prejudice and their ensuing violence." A1569 MARRIOTT, STUART. "`Me Mum She Says It's Bigotry': Children's Responses to The Twelfth Day of July." CLE, n.s. 16, no. 1 (Spring 1985):53-61. Reports on responses of children in Northern Ireland to Joan Lingard's novel. LIONNI, LEO (1910- ) A1570 AGREE, ROSE. "Lionni's Artichokes: An Interview." WLB 44 (May 1970):947-50. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 25-30.) Lionni discusses his life and work in this interview, relates various books to various stages in his life, describes children's reactions to Little Blue and Little Yellow, and discusses his views on art and children's book illustration. A1571 ARNOLD, LINDA. "Leo Lionni: Modern Fabulist." LA 53 (Septem ber 1976):704-8. Analyzes Lionni's tales as fables. A1572 BADER, BARBARA. "Leo Lionni." In American Picturebooks, pp. 525-30. Analyzes the ways in which Lionni uses the devices, techniques, and insights of design to tell a story. A1573 COHN, ANNABELLE SIMON. "Leo Lionni, Artist and Philosopher." Children's Literature 2 (1973):123-29. Lionni's "stories are didactic both in word and image, and the cumulative corpus makes a significant statement about Lionni's thought." Discusses influences and the development of his art and thought. A1574 KUSKIN, KARLA. "Three By Lionni." NYTBR, 2 May 1976, Chil dren's Book sec., pp. 28-30. Reviews A Color of His Own, In the Rabbit Garden, and Pezzet tino. See also "A Room of His Own," by Lionni in the same issue, pp. 30-32. A1575 LIONNI, LEO. "Before Images." Horn Book 60 (November-December 1984):727-34. Reflects upon his own creative processes and what he feels is the child's approach to words and images. A1576 -----. "Mrs. Sanborn, I Love You." Publishers Weekly 189 (11 July 1966):134-35. Reflects upon his attitudes toward his books, particularly his first, Little Blue and Little Yellow. A1577 -----. "My Books for Children." WLB 39 (October 1964):142-45. (Reprinted in Hoffman, Authors and Illustrators, pp. 302-7.) Discusses the aims and techniques of his children's books. "The protagonist of my books is often an individual who is, because of special circumstances, an outcast, a rebel, a victim, or a hero. His story ends happily because of his intelligence (the inchworm), his vitality and resourcefulness (Swimmy), his goodness (Tico), or simply because his will and patience turn the law of averages to his advan tage." LIPSYTE, ROBERT (1938- ) A1578 DONELSON, KENNETH. "One Fat Summer as Adventure-Romance." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 207-9. A1579 FELDMAN, SARI. "Up the Stairs Alone: Robert Lipsyte on Writing for Young Adults." TON 39 (Winter 1983):198-202. An overview of Lipsyte's background and his books, with in- depth discussion of several titles. Includes a bibliography of his books. A1580 SIMMONS, JOHN S. "Lipsyte's Contender: Another Look at the Junior Novel." EE 49 (January 1972):116-19. Feels the novel deserves the attention of the teacher of literature to early adolescents because it follows several significant traditions in the junior novel and also incorporates more recent techniques and themes. LITTLE, JEAN (1932- ) A1581 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. Tragic Mode, 132-34. Analyzes the theme of loss through death in Home from Far. A1582 ROSS, CATHERINE. "An Interview with Jean Little." CCL 34 (1984):6-22. Little discusses her work and literary influences. Her own account of her friendship with Rosemary Sutcliff, "A Long Distance Friendship," follows, pp. 23-30. A1583 ZOLA, MEGUIDO. "Profile: Jean Little." LA 58 (January 1981):86-92. Little discusses her life and work; includes an annotated bibliog raphy of Little's novels. "Little Red Riding Hood" A1584 BURNS, LEE. "Red Riding Hood." Children's Literature 1 (1972):30-36. Analyzes the symbolism of numerous versions of "Little Red Rid ing Hood," dwelling on its darkness, violence and eroticism. A1585 GRANT, AGNES. "A Canadian Fairy Tale: What Is It?" CCL 22 (1981):27-35. Provides a Native American perspective on "Little Red Riding Hood" in response to Nodelman's "Little Red Riding Hood as a Cana dian Fairy Tale," CCL 20 (1980). A1586 HANKS, CAROLE, and HANKS, T.D., Jr. "Perrault's "Little Red Rid ing Hood": Victims of Revision." Children's Literature 7 (1978):68-77. Outlines changes in the story between the Perrault version and the Grimm version from which most American retellings have come, arguing that the American and Grimm versions have revised away the sex and death, metaphors for the maturing process. A1587 HANNABUSS, C. STUART. "The Moral of the Story." Times Educa tional Supplement, 7 June 1974, p. 51. Examines various versions of "Little Red Riding Hood" and reflects upon the moral messages they convey. A1588 MAVROGENES, NANCY A., and CUMMINS, JOAN S. "What Ever Happened to Little Red Riding Hood? A Study of a Nursery Tale and Its Language." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Ser vice, 17 pp., ED 132 576. (Shorter version in Horn Book 55 [June 1979]:344-49, and reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 305-9.) Explores the origins of the Perrault and Grimm versions of the tale and examines some of its more recent variants. The ERIC article contains supplemental information on readability and language charac teristics. A1589 NODELMAN, PERRY. "`Little Red Riding Hood' as a Canadian Fairy Tale." CCL 20 (1980):17-27. Reports on his experiment to have a group of students write the tale as they remembered it. Concludes that "Little Red Riding Hood" "still maintains the qualities of the oral tradition it sprang from." A1590 -----. "Little Red Riding Hood Rides Again--and Again and Again and Again." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 5 (1978):70-77. Traces versions (and changes in attitudes they reflect), of Little Red Riding Hood over the centuries from Perrault's "Le Petit Chap eron Rouge" in Histoires ou Contes du Temps Passe of 1697, and the Grimms' "Rotkappchen" from Kinder und Hausmarchen in 1812, through contemporary versions found in popular editions. Includes a bibliography. A1591 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. The Child and the Book, pp. 88-92. Summarizes some of the many psychoanalytic interpretations of the tale, then analyzes it in terms of the psychological process of "splitting between good and the bad." A1592 ZOHAR, SHAVIT. "The Notion of Childhood and the Child as Implied Reader (Test Case: `Little Red Riding Hood')." Journal of Research and Development in Education 16, no. 3 (Spring 1983):60-67. Examines how versions of "Little Red Riding Hood" written in different centuries illustrate "how the character of texts for children have changed as society's views of children and of education have evolved." LIVELY, PENELOPE (1933- ) A1593 ABBS, PETER. "Penelope Lively, Children's Fiction and the Failure of Adult Culture." CLE, o.s., no. 18 (Fall 1975):118-24. Argues that children's literature, alone, in modern times "seems capable of forging the imagery of integration and transformation." Discusses Lively's work in these terms. A1594 ARMSTRONG, JUDITH. "Ghosts as Rhetorical Devices in Children's Fiction: The Literary Use of the Ghost as in The Ghost of Thomas Kempe by Penelope Lively." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 2 (Summer 1978):59-66. Considers the use of the ghost as a literary device to allow the exploration of "what is," "what has been," and "what might have been," particularly in The Ghost of Thomas Kempe. A1595 INGLIS, FRED. Promise of Happiness, pp. 226-29. Links Lively with Gillian Avery and William Mayne as writers of a kind of historical fiction "off the main road." Briefly discusses The House in Norham Gardens, The Driftway, and Going Back. A1596 LIVELY, PENELOPE. "Bones in the Sand." Horn Book 57 (December 1981):641-51. Discusses time, past experience, and history, and their part in her writing. A1597 -----. "Children and the Art of Memory." Horn Book 54 (February 1978):17-23; (April 1978):197-203. Explores her goals in writing for children, her attempt "to intro duce to children the art of memory so that they can observe its possibilities and effects and wonder about them, as I do myself." A1598 -----. "The Ghost of Thomas Kempe." Junior Bookshelf 38, no. 3 (June 1974):143-45. Describes the origins of Thomas Kempe's ghost and how she created the story. A1599 REES, DAVID. "Time Present and Time Past: Penelope Lively." In Marble in the Water, pp. 185-98. (Another version in Horn Book 51 [February 1975]:17-25. Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 342-48.) Analyzes Lively's juxtaposition of time present and time past, traces her development as a writer, and describes her as one of the most interesting authors of children's books to have emerged in the 1970s. A1600 SMITH, LOUISA A. "Layers of Language in Lively's The Ghost of Thomas Kempe." ChLAQ 10 (Fall 1985):114-16. Points out how Lively "evokes historical periods by means of the linguistic trappings of various times." A1601 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. A Sounding, pp. 125-38. Analyzes her ability to manipulate time scales and her deep feel ing for the people and landscapes of England. Books discussed include The Ghost of Thomas Kempe, The House in Norham Gar dens, and A Stitch in Time. LOBATO, JOSE BENTO MONTEIRO (1882-1952) A1602 BARROS, MARIA DIRCE DO VAL. "Monteiro Lobato and the Renewal of Children's Literature in Brazil." Ph.D. dissertation, Tulane University, 1982, 142 pp., DA 43:704A. Establishes a set of criteria for evaluating children's books and applies these criteria to Lobato's books for children. Concludes that Lobato's works were "a direct response to a need to lead the devel opment and writing of children's literature in Brazil down new div erse and relevant paths." A1603 HAYDEN, ROSE LEE. "The Children's Literature of Jose Bento Mon teiro Lobato of Brazil: A Pedagogy for Progress." Michigan State University, 1974, 333 pp., DA 35:3297A. Examines Lobato's thirty-nine works and seven adaptations for the children of Brazil. LOBEL, ARNOLD (1933- ) A1604 LOBEL, ARNOLD. "Caldecott Medal Acceptance." Horn Book 57 (August 1981):400-404. Tells how he came to write Fables. Biographical sketch by wife Anita follows, pp. 405-10. A1605 -----. "A Good Picture Book Should. . . ." In Hearne, Celebrating Children's Books, pp. 73-80. Explains why he creates picture books and what makes some bet ter than others--the "subjective involvement" of the author. Uses his Uncle Elephant as his example. A1606 NATOV, RONI, and DE LUCA, GERALDINE. "An Interview with Arnold Lobel." L&U 1, no. 1 (1977):72-97. Lobel discusses his work, especially the Frog and Toad stories. A1607 ROLLIN, LUCY. "The Astonished Witness Disclosed: An Interview with Arnold Lobel." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 4 (Winter 1984):191-97. Lobel discusses his work in an interview. LOFTING, HUGH (1886-1947) A1608 BLISHEN, EDWARD. Hugh Lofting. London: Bodley Head, 1968, 61 pp. (Bound with Geoffrey Trease by Margaret Meek and J.M. Barrie by Roger Lancelyn Green.) Provides biographical background and an extensive analysis of the Doctor Dolittle books, with briefer comments on Lofting's other children's books and his illustrations. A1609 CHAMBERS, DEWEY W. "How Now, Dr. Dolittle?" EE 45 (April 1968):437-39, 445. Explores ways to approach the racist incidents in The Story of Dr. Dolittle in a classroom setting. A1610 FISH, HELEN DEAN. "Doctor Dolittle: His Life and Work." Horn Book 24 (September 1948):339-46. A brief account of Dr. Dolittle's life and work and also of Hugh Lofting's. "Doctor Dolittle lives, as truly as any man whose portrait has been painted, and his `work' is, in its way, as important as that of any prelate or potentate." A1611 "John Dolittle, M.D." TLS, 23 November 1951, p. vii. Singles out the key ingredients of the Dr. Dolittle books' appeal: an engaging central character, storytelling ability, and imaginative and truthful interpretation of animals. A1612 SCHLEGELMILCH, WOLFGANG. "From Fairy Tale to Children's Novel." Bookbird 8, no. 4 (1970):14-21. (Reprinted in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 265-71.) Maintains that Lofting found the final style of the Dolittle books with the second book, The Voyages of Doctor Dolittle. The first, The Story of Doctor Dolittle, was written in fairy-tale style, while the later books were truly children's novels. Close analysis reveals the stylistic differences in the first and later books. A1613 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, pp. 175-78. Argues that Lofting not only perpetrates the standard stereotypes, he also makes "Africans appear foolish and simpleminded in a way that differs from that of other authors." His stories "have never been right or inevitable to Africans. Nor are they to Euroamericans who share in the changed intellectual climate of postindependence Africa." A1614 SHENK, DOROTHY C. "Hugh Lofting: Creator of Dr. Dolittle." EE 32 (April 1955):201-8. Cites nine reasons for the popularity of the Dolittle books. A1615 SUHL, ISABELLE. "The `Real' Doctor Dolittle." IRBC 2, nos. 1-2 (1969). (Reprinted in MacCann, Black American, pp. 78-88.) Points out many examples of racial stereotypes and prejudices in the Doctor Dolittle books. LONDON, CAROLYN (1918- ) A1616 SCHMIDT, NANCY. Children's Fiction About Africa, pp. 82-83. Discusses London's treatment of Africa and Africans. LONDON, JACK (1876-1916) A1617 LACHTMAN, HOWARD. "Criticism of Jack London: A Selected Checklist." Modern Fiction Studies 22, no. 1 (1976):107-25. Includes general studies on London, articles on selected individual works, and a bibliography. A review article by Sam Baskett, pp. 101-5, examines two recent studies. A1618 OWENBY, RAY WILSON. Jack London: Essays in Criticism. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Peregrine Smith, 1978, 126 pp. A1619 SHERMAN, JOAN. Jack London: A Reference Guide. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1977, 323 pp. An annotated bibliography of works by and about London. The introduction includes a survey of London's critical reputation, 1900-1976. A1620 TAVERNIER-COURBIN, JACQUELINE, ed. Critical Essays on Jack London. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1983, 298 pp. Reprints a number of important critical essays on London and publishes several for the first time. Includes an update of Sherman's 1977 bibliography. A1621 WARD, SUSAN. "Jack London as a Children's Writer." Children's Lit erature 5 (1976):92-103. Examines London's numerous stories written for children's maga zines between 1899 and 1907. A1622 WILCOX, EARL J., comp. The Call of the Wild: A Casebook with Text, Background Sources, Reviews, Critical Essays and Bibliography. Chicago: Nelson-Hall, 1980, 254 pp. Critical essays include "Jack London" by Earle Labor, and several articles from the Jack London Newsletter. LOVELACE, MAUD H. (1892-1960) A1623 BEARDWOOD, VALERIE. "Betsy-Tacy Stories--Books to Grow On." EE 36 (November 1959):465-70. Examines the appeal of the Betsy-Tacy books. LOW, JOSEPH (1911- ) A1624 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks, pp. 346-50. Traces Low's contributions to the art of the picture book. LOWREY, JANETTE SEBRING (1892- ) A1625 JOHNSTON, LEAH CARTER. "A Texas Author." Horn Book 23 (Jan uary 1947):56-61. A brief biographical and literary survey, with special praise for The Lavender Cat. Includes a bibliography of Lowrey's works. LUNN, JANET (1928- ) A1626 JONES, RAYMOND E. "Border Crossing: Janet Lunn's The Root Cel lar." ChLAQ 10, no. 1 (Spring 1985):43-44. Points out that the book handles themes of national and adolescent identity and "sets up deliberate parallels to The Secret Garden." LYNCH, PATRICIA (1898-1972) A1627 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 182-84. Writes "the richest and most heart-warming of family stories." "She has never bettered The Grey Goose of Kilnevin in fantasy and Fiddler's Quest in homely adventure." A1628 DEEVY, TERESA. "Patricia Lynch--A Study." Junior Bookshelf 17 (March 1949):17-27. Finds the outstanding quality of Lynch's work lies in her "power of enjoyment. She leads her readers into a wider space." A1629 GRAHAM, ELEANOR. "Patricia Lynch--An Appreciation." Junior Bookshelf 7 (March 1943):2-6. Includes a brief statement by Lynch about her background and the origins of her stories. "Mabinogion" A1630 EVANS, W.D. EMRYS. "The Welsh Mabinogion: Tellings and Retel lings." CLE n.s. 9, no. 1 (Spring 1978):17-33. Compares a number of interpretations, including Evangeline Wal ton's Prince of Annwn, The Children of Llyr, The Song of Rhian non, and The Island of the Mighty, Lloyd Alexander's Prydain Chronicles, and Alan Garner's Owl Service. A1631 HERMAN, JOHN. "Recommended: Evangeline Walton." English Jour nal 74 (April 1985):75-76. Praises Walton's retellings of the four branches of the Welsh epic, Mabinogion: Prince of Annwn, The Children of Llyr, The Song of Rhiannon, and The Virgin and the Swine (also published as The Island of the Mighty). A1632 ZAHORSKI, KENNETH J., and BOYER, ROBERT H. Lloyd Alex ander, Evangeline Walton Ensley, and Kenneth Morris: A Primary and Secondary Bibliography. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1981, 291 pp. For each of these three authors, linked by their use of the Mabi nogion in their fantasy writings, there is a biocritical introduction and annotated listings of primary and secondary sources. MACAULAY, DAVID (1946- ) A1633 AMMON, RICHARD. "Profile: David Macaulay." LA 59 (April 1982):374-78. Reports on